Survey
* Your assessment is very important for improving the workof artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project
Download Course Catalog - Computer Insight Learning Center
Document related concepts
Transcript
23 Main Street, Eatontown, NJ 07724 (732) 544-1125, Fax (732) 544-1128 CLASSROOM & ON-LINE COURSES www.computerinsight.com Volume: 2010—3.0 Computer Insight Learning Center Page i Course Catalog Course Catalog – 2009 Table of Contents Certification Programs .............................................................................................................. xvi DESKTOP APPLICATIONS ....................................................................................................................... 1 Adobe ................................................................................................................................................................................ 1 Adobe Acrobat 8.0 ........................................................................................................................................................ 1 Adobe Reader 8.0 ......................................................................................................................................................... 1 Adobe Acrobat 7.0 ........................................................................................................................................................ 1 Adobe Reader 6.0 ......................................................................................................................................................... 1 Adobe Acrobat 5.0 ........................................................................................................................................................ 1 Best Practices for Desktop Users...................................................................................................................................... 1 Information Security Best Practices for Business Users ............................................................................................... 1 Microsoft Office 2007 ........................................................................................................................................................ 1 Microsoft Office 2007: New Features............................................................................................................................ 1 Microsoft Office 2007: Beginning Word (Basic) ............................................................................................................ 1 Microsoft Office 2007: Advanced Word (Intermediate) ................................................................................................. 1 Microsoft Office 2007: Word for the Power User (Advanced) ....................................................................................... 1 Microsoft Office 2007: Beginning Excel (Basic) ............................................................................................................ 2 Microsoft Office 2007: Advanced Excel (Intermediate) ................................................................................................. 2 Microsoft Office 2007: Excel for the Power User (Advanced) ....................................................................................... 2 Microsoft Office 2007: Beginning PowerPoint (Basic)................................................................................................... 2 Microsoft Office 2007: Advanced PowerPoint (Advanced) ........................................................................................... 2 Microsoft Office 2007: Beginning Outlook (Basic)......................................................................................................... 2 Microsoft Office 2007: Advanced Outlook (Intermediate) ............................................................................................. 2 Microsoft Office 2007: Outlook for the Power User (Advanced) ................................................................................... 2 Microsoft Office 2007: Beginning Access (Basic) ......................................................................................................... 2 Microsoft Office 2007: Advanced Access (Intermediate) .............................................................................................. 3 Microsoft Office 2007: Access for the Power User (Advanced) .................................................................................... 3 Microsoft Office 2007: Beginning Visio ......................................................................................................................... 3 Microsoft Office 2007: Beginning Project ...................................................................................................................... 3 Microsoft Office 2007: Advanced Project ...................................................................................................................... 3 Microsoft Office 2007: Publisher ................................................................................................................................... 3 Microsoft Office SharePoint Server 2007 End User...................................................................................................... 3 Microsoft Office 2007: Collaborating, Communicating, and Sharing Information ......................................................... 3 Microsoft Office Project Server 2007: Managing Projects............................................................................................. 3 Microsoft Windows Vista for the End User.................................................................................................................... 4 Microsoft Office XP............................................................................................................................................................ 4 Access 2002 Basic........................................................................................................................................................ 4 Access 2002 Intermediate............................................................................................................................................. 4 Access 2002 Advanced................................................................................................................................................. 4 Excel 2002 Basic........................................................................................................................................................... 4 Excel 2002 Intermediate ............................................................................................................................................... 4 Excel 2002 Advanced ................................................................................................................................................... 4 FrontPage 2002 Basic................................................................................................................................................... 4 FrontPage 2002 Advanced ........................................................................................................................................... 4 Outlook 2002 Basic ....................................................................................................................................................... 4 Outlook 2002 Intermediate............................................................................................................................................ 4 Outlook 2002 Advanced................................................................................................................................................ 4 PowerPoint 2002 Basic ................................................................................................................................................. 4 PowerPoint 2002 Advanced.......................................................................................................................................... 5 Word 2002 Basic........................................................................................................................................................... 5 Word 2002 Intermediate................................................................................................................................................ 5 Word 2002 Advanced.................................................................................................................................................... 5 Microsoft Office XP: Common Features Across Office Applications............................................................................. 5 Microsoft Office XP: New Features for Advanced Users .............................................................................................. 5 Page ii Computer Insight Learning Center Course Catalog Microsoft Office XP: Beginning Visio 2002.................................................................................................................... 5 Microsoft Office XP: New Office-wide Features ............................................................................................................ 5 Microsoft Office XP: New Features for End-Users........................................................................................................ 5 Microsoft Project 2002....................................................................................................................................................... 5 Microsoft Project 2002: Beginners ................................................................................................................................ 5 Microsoft Project 2002: Advanced ................................................................................................................................ 5 Microsoft Windows XP for End Users ............................................................................................................................... 5 Microsoft Windows XP: Getting Started ........................................................................................................................ 5 Microsoft Windows XP - New Features......................................................................................................................... 5 Microsoft Windows XP for Beginners............................................................................................................................ 5 Microsoft Windows XP Tablet PC ................................................................................................................................. 5 Microsoft Windows XP Media Center............................................................................................................................ 6 Introduction to Windows XP .......................................................................................................................................... 6 Managing Windows XP ................................................................................................................................................. 6 Microsoft Office 2003 ........................................................................................................................................................ 6 Microsoft Office 2003: New Features............................................................................................................................ 6 Access 2003 Basic........................................................................................................................................................ 6 Access 2003 Advanced................................................................................................................................................. 6 Excel 2003 Basic........................................................................................................................................................... 6 Excel 2003 Intermediate ............................................................................................................................................... 6 Excel 2003 Advanced ................................................................................................................................................... 6 Excel 2003 Expert ......................................................................................................................................................... 6 Introduction to Office 2003 ............................................................................................................................................ 6 Outlook 2003 Basic ....................................................................................................................................................... 6 Outlook 2003 Advanced................................................................................................................................................ 6 PowerPoint 2003 Basic ................................................................................................................................................. 6 PowerPoint 2003 Advanced.......................................................................................................................................... 7 Word 2003 Basic........................................................................................................................................................... 7 Word 2003 Intermediate................................................................................................................................................ 7 Word 2003 Advanced.................................................................................................................................................... 7 Word 2003 Expert ......................................................................................................................................................... 7 Microsoft Office 2003: Beginning Project Professional ................................................................................................. 7 Microsoft Office 2003: Visio for Beginners .................................................................................................................... 7 Microsoft Office 2003: Advanced Project Professional ................................................................................................. 7 Microsoft Office 2003: Beginning FrontPage ................................................................................................................ 7 Microsoft Office 2003: Advanced FrontPage ................................................................................................................ 7 Microsoft Office 2003: Publisher ................................................................................................................................... 7 Microsoft Office 2003: OneNote.................................................................................................................................... 7 Microsoft Office 2000 ........................................................................................................................................................ 7 Microsoft Office 2000: New Features............................................................................................................................ 7 Microsoft Office 2000: Beginning Word 2000................................................................................................................ 8 Microsoft Office 2000: Deployment and Administration ................................................................................................ 8 Microsoft Office 2000: Advanced Word 2000................................................................................................................ 8 Microsoft Office 2000: Advanced Excel 2000 ............................................................................................................... 8 Microsoft Office 2000: Beginning Excel 2000 ............................................................................................................... 8 Microsoft Office 2000: Beginning Project 2000 ............................................................................................................. 8 Microsoft Office 2000: Advanced Project 2000 ............................................................................................................. 8 Microsoft Office 2000: Access 2000.............................................................................................................................. 8 Microsoft Office 2000: PowerPoint 2000....................................................................................................................... 8 Microsoft Office 2000: Outlook 2000............................................................................................................................. 8 Microsoft Office 2000: FrontPage 2000 ........................................................................................................................ 8 Microsoft Visio 2000 .......................................................................................................................................................... 8 Microsoft Visio 2000: Getting Started............................................................................................................................ 8 Microsoft Visio 2000: Up and Running.......................................................................................................................... 8 ECDL- European Computer Driving License/ICDL - International Computer Driving License .......................................... 8 ECDL/ICDL 4 Module 1: Concepts of Information Technology (IT) .............................................................................. 8 ECDL/ICDL 4 Module 2: Using the Computer and Managing Files .............................................................................. 8 ECDL/ICDL 4 Module 3: Word Processing with Microsoft Word 2003.......................................................................... 8 ECDL/ICDL 4 Module 4: Spreadsheets with Microsoft Excel 2003............................................................................... 9 ECDL/ICDL 4 Module 5: Database with Microsoft Access 2003................................................................................... 9 ECDL/ICDL 4 Module 6: Presentations with Microsoft PowerPoint 2003 ..................................................................... 9 ECDL/ICDL 4 Module 7: Information and Communication............................................................................................ 9 Computer Insight Learning Center Page iii Course Catalog Home and Personal........................................................................................................................................................... 9 Introduction to PCs........................................................................................................................................................ 9 Encyclopedia Britannica................................................................................................................................................ 9 Microsoft Works Suite 2006 .......................................................................................................................................... 9 NetMeeting.................................................................................................................................................................... 9 America Online Service 9.0........................................................................................................................................... 9 Tablet PC ...................................................................................................................................................................... 9 Basic Computer Maintenance and Troubleshooting ..................................................................................................... 9 Building a Wired/Wireless Network ............................................................................................................................. 10 Secure Email............................................................................................................................................................... 10 Securing your PC ........................................................................................................................................................ 10 Home Networking with Microsoft Windows XP ........................................................................................................... 10 Microsoft Money.......................................................................................................................................................... 10 Financial Management................................................................................................................................................ 10 Lotus Notes ..................................................................................................................................................................... 10 Lotus Notes 8: New Features for End Users............................................................................................................... 10 Lotus Notes 8: End User ............................................................................................................................................. 10 Lotus Notes 7: End User ............................................................................................................................................. 10 Lotus Notes 6: End User ............................................................................................................................................. 11 Internet ............................................................................................................................................................................ 11 Microsoft Internet Explorer 7: End User ...................................................................................................................... 11 Microsoft Internet Explorer 6 ....................................................................................................................................... 11 Internet Explorer 5.5: Getting Started ......................................................................................................................... 11 Internet Basics ............................................................................................................................................................ 11 Internet Explorer 7 Advanced Features ...................................................................................................................... 11 PC and Internet Basics ............................................................................................................................................... 11 NetScape......................................................................................................................................................................... 11 Netscape 6.2: Getting Started..................................................................................................................................... 11 Netscape 6 - Getting Started....................................................................................................................................... 11 PDAs ............................................................................................................................................................................... 11 Palm OS...................................................................................................................................................................... 11 Pocket PC 2002 .......................................................................................................................................................... 11 PDAs and Pocket PC Fundamentals .......................................................................................................................... 11 Seagate Crystal Reports ................................................................................................................................................. 11 Crystal Reports v 10.................................................................................................................................................... 11 Crystal Reports XI: Report Writing Basics .................................................................................................................. 12 Microsoft Windows Vista ................................................................................................................................................. 12 Microsoft Windows Vista: New Features for End Users.............................................................................................. 12 Using your Windows Vista Tablet PC ......................................................................................................................... 12 WordPerfect .................................................................................................................................................................... 12 WordPerfect Office 11................................................................................................................................................. 12 WordPerfect Office 12................................................................................................................................................. 12 AntiVirus .......................................................................................................................................................................... 12 Norton FireWall and AntiSpam.................................................................................................................................... 12 McAfee Firewall and AntiSpam ................................................................................................................................... 12 McAfee Security Suite................................................................................................................................................. 13 Home Office .................................................................................................................................................................... 13 Wireless Networking for Small Businesses................................................................................................................. 13 Quicken 2007 Deluxe.................................................................................................................................................. 13 QuickBooks Pro 2007 ................................................................................................................................................. 13 Microsoft Picture It Photo Premium 9.0....................................................................................................................... 13 Digital Media.................................................................................................................................................................... 13 Digital Photography..................................................................................................................................................... 13 Digital Video Editing .................................................................................................................................................... 13 Understanding Digital Printing..................................................................................................................................... 13 CD and DVD Creation................................................................................................................................................. 13 Transfer Digital Images ............................................................................................................................................... 13 Organize, Edit, and Share Digital Images: Pinnacle Instant PhotoAlbum................................................................... 13 Manage and Store Digital Images............................................................................................................................... 13 Display Digital Images Electronically .......................................................................................................................... 14 Protect and Share Digital Movies: Pinnacle Instant VideoAlbum................................................................................ 14 Roxio Easy Media Creator 7 ....................................................................................................................................... 14 Page iv Computer Insight Learning Center Course Catalog Capture Digital Video .................................................................................................................................................. 14 Store Digital Video ...................................................................................................................................................... 14 Transfer Digital Video.................................................................................................................................................. 14 Display Digital Video ................................................................................................................................................... 14 Sonic RecordNow! Deluxe .......................................................................................................................................... 14 Ripping and Burning Digital Music .............................................................................................................................. 14 MusicMatch Jukebox 8.2............................................................................................................................................. 14 Paint Shop....................................................................................................................................................................... 14 Paint Shop Pro 8 ......................................................................................................................................................... 14 Paint Shop Photo Album 5 .......................................................................................................................................... 14 Paint Shop Pro 9 ......................................................................................................................................................... 14 Paint Shop Pro Studio................................................................................................................................................. 15 Information Technology............................................................................................................................ 16 Application Development................................................................................................................................................. 16 Application Development ............................................................................................................................................ 16 IBM Websphere............................................................................................................................................................... 16 Developing with IBM Rational Application Developer for WebSphere Software V6.0 ................................................ 16 Java 2 Programming ....................................................................................................................................................... 16 Java Programming with J2SE 1.4 ............................................................................................................................... 16 Java Programming with J2SE: Update from 1.4 to 5.0 ............................................................................................... 16 Java Programming with J2SE 5.0 ............................................................................................................................... 16 Java Programming with Java SE 6.0 .......................................................................................................................... 16 Java Enterprise Development with the J2EE: Overview of the J2EE Architecture ..................................................... 16 Java Enterprise Development with the J2EE: Client Development, Application Deployment and Security................ 17 Java Enterprise Development with the J2EE: Servlets and JSP’s.............................................................................. 17 Java Enterprise Development with the J2EE: Enterprise JavaBeans......................................................................... 17 Java Enterprise Development with the J2EE: J2EE Support Technologies ............................................................... 17 Java Web Services ..................................................................................................................................................... 17 Java Enterprise Development with the J2EE: J2EE Connector Architecture.............................................................. 17 Microsoft .NET Software Development Tools ................................................................................................................. 17 Microsoft .NET for Developers .................................................................................................................................... 17 Microsoft .NET for Developers: Implementing Security for C# Applications ............................................................... 17 Microsoft .NET for Developers: Implementing Security for VB.NET Applications....................................................... 17 Microsoft .NET for Developers: C# for the VB6 Developer ......................................................................................... 18 Microsoft .NET for Developers: C# for the C++ Developer ......................................................................................... 18 Microsoft .NET for Developers: Foundations of ASP.NET with VB.NET .................................................................... 18 Microsoft .NET for Developers: Visual Basic .NET for the VB6 Developer................................................................. 18 Microsoft .NET for Developers: Building XML Web Services...................................................................................... 18 Microsoft .NET for Developers: ADO.NET with VB.NET............................................................................................. 18 Microsoft .NET for Developers: ADO.NET with C# ..................................................................................................... 18 Microsoft .NET for Developers: Testing, Debugging, and Maintaining Windows Application in VB.NET ................... 18 Microsoft .NET for Developers: Testing, Debugging and Maintaining Windows Applications in C# ........................... 18 Microsoft .NET for Developers: Testing, Debugging, and Maintaining Web Applications in VB.NET......................... 18 Microsoft .NET for Developers: Creating User Services for Windows Applications with VB.NET .............................. 18 Microsoft .NET for Developers: Building Server Components with VB.NET............................................................... 18 Microsoft .NET for Developers: Mastering ASP.NET with VB.NET ............................................................................ 19 Microsoft .NET for Developers: Configuration and Security with VB.NET .................................................................. 19 Microsoft .NET for Developers: Configuration and Security with C#........................................................................... 19 Microsoft .NET for Developers: Windows-Based Application Deployment ................................................................. 19 Microsoft .NET for Developers: Analyzing Requirements and Defining Solution Architectures.................................. 19 Microsoft .NET for Developers: Web-based Application Deployment......................................................................... 19 Microsoft .NET for Developers: Creating User Services for Windows Applications with C#....................................... 19 Microsoft .NET for Developers: Testing, Debugging, and Maintaining Web Applications in C# ................................. 19 Microsoft .NET for Developers: Building Server Components with C# ....................................................................... 19 Microsoft .NET for Developers: Foundations of ASP.NET with C#............................................................................. 19 Microsoft .NET for Developers: Mastering ASP.NET with C#..................................................................................... 19 Microsoft .NET for Developers: Building XML Web Services with C#......................................................................... 19 Microsoft .NET Framework 2.0: New Features for Developers Using Visual Basic 2005........................................... 20 Microsoft .NET Framework 2.0: Application Development Foundation with Visual Basic 2005 ................................. 20 Microsoft .NET Framework 2.0: Developing Web-based Client Applications with Visual Basic 2005 and ASP.NET 2.0 ............................................................................................................................................................................... 20 Microsoft .NET Framework 2.0: New Features for Developers Using C# 2005.......................................................... 20 Computer Insight Learning Center Page v Course Catalog Microsoft .NET Framework 2.0: Application Development Foundation with C# 2005................................................. 20 Microsoft .NET Framework 2.0: Developing Windows-based Client Applications with Visual Basic 2005 ................. 20 Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 and the .NET Framework 2.0: An Introduction ............................................................. 20 Microsoft .NET Framework 2.0: Developing Web-based Client Applications with C# 2005 and ASP.NET 2.0 .......... 20 Microsoft .NET Framework 2.0: Distributed Application Development with Visual Basic 2005 .................................. 21 Microsoft .NET Framework 2.0: Developing Windows-based Client Applications with C# 2005 ................................ 21 Microsoft .NET Framework 2.0: Distributed Application Development with C# 2005 ................................................. 21 Microsoft .NET Framework 3.5: ADO.NET Application Development with Visual Basic 2008.................................... 21 Microsoft .NET Framework 3.5: ASP.NET Application Development with Visual Basic 2008 .................................... 21 Microsoft .NET Framework 3.5: Windows Forms Applications with Visual Basic 2008 .............................................. 21 Microsoft .NET Framework 3.5: Windows Communication Foundation with VB 2008................................................ 21 Microsoft .NET Framework 3.5 and Visual Studio 2008: First Look............................................................................ 22 Microsoft.NET Framework: Application Development with Visual Basic..................................................................... 22 Software Testing Foundations......................................................................................................................................... 22 Software Testing Foundations .................................................................................................................................... 22 Generic Languages ......................................................................................................................................................... 22 C++ programming ....................................................................................................................................................... 22 ANSI C Programming.................................................................................................................................................. 22 Perl Programming Fundamentals ............................................................................................................................... 22 Software Programming Fundamentals............................................................................................................................ 23 Software Programming Fundamentals........................................................................................................................ 23 Object-Oriented Analysis and Design with UML ......................................................................................................... 23 Object-Oriented Technologies .................................................................................................................................... 23 Software Development Principles ................................................................................................................................... 23 Best Practices for Software Programming .................................................................................................................. 23 Developing a User-Centered Software Design Approach........................................................................................... 23 Lotus Domino R6 Application Development.................................................................................................................... 23 Lotus Notes Domino 6 Application Development Update ........................................................................................... 23 CompTIA ......................................................................................................................................................................... 24 CompTIA A+ 2006 Essentials ..................................................................................................................................... 24 CompTIA A+ 2006 IT Technician................................................................................................................................ 24 CompTIA A+ 2006 Remote Support Technician......................................................................................................... 24 CompTIA A+ 2006 Depot Technician ......................................................................................................................... 24 CompTIA A+ 2003 Operating System Technologies .................................................................................................. 24 CompTIA Server+ 2005 .............................................................................................................................................. 24 Linux+ 2004 ................................................................................................................................................................ 24 Windows SharePoint Services 3.0 .................................................................................................................................. 24 Microsoft SharePoint Services (WSS) 3.0 .................................................................................................................. 24 Microsoft Windows SharePoint Services 3.0 – Application Development................................................................... 24 Microsoft SharePoint Server 2007 .................................................................................................................................. 25 Microsoft Office SharePoint Server 2007 Administration ............................................................................................ 25 Microsoft Office SharePoint Server 2007 Application Development ........................................................................... 25 Microsoft Small Business Server 2003 ....................................................................................................................... 25 IT Professional ................................................................................................................................................................ 26 Microsoft Business Desktop Deployment.................................................................................................................... 26 Microsoft Office Project 2007: Managing Projects ...................................................................................................... 26 Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 Admin..................................................................................................................... 26 IT Infrastructure Library (ITIL) Foundations V3 ........................................................................................................... 26 Microsoft Windows Vista Enterprise Support .............................................................................................................. 26 Microsoft Support Technologies...................................................................................................................................... 27 Microsoft MCDST: Supporting Users and Troubleshooting a Windows XP Operating System .................................. 27 Microsoft MCDST: Supporting Users and Troubleshooting Desktop Applications on a Windows XP Operating System ........................................................................................................................................................................ 27 Microsoft Windows Server 2008...................................................................................................................................... 27 Microsoft Windows Server 2008 – New Features ....................................................................................................... 27 Microsoft Windows Server 2008: Configuring Active Directory................................................................................... 27 Microsoft Windows Server 2008: Configuring Network Infrastructure......................................................................... 27 Microsoft Windows Server 2008: Configuring Applications Infrastructure .................................................................. 28 Microsoft Windows Server 2008: Server Administration ............................................................................................. 28 Microsoft Windows Server 2008: Enterprise Administration ....................................................................................... 29 Microsoft Windows Server 2003...................................................................................................................................... 29 Microsoft Windows Server 2003: Introduction............................................................................................................. 29 Page vi Computer Insight Learning Center Course Catalog Microsoft Windows Server 2003: Upgrading Support Skills for MCSEs on Windows 2000........................................ 29 Microsoft Windows Server 2003: Updating Support Skills for MCSAs on Windows 2000 .......................................... 29 Microsoft Windows Server 2003: Server Management............................................................................................... 30 Microsoft Windows Server 2003: Network Management ............................................................................................ 30 Microsoft Windows Server 2003: Network Planning ................................................................................................... 30 Microsoft Windows Server 2003: Active Directory Planning ....................................................................................... 30 Microsoft Windows Server 2003: Designing an Active Directory and Network Infrastructure..................................... 30 Microsoft Windows Server 2003: Designing Security for Networks ............................................................................ 30 Microsoft Windows 2003 Server: Migrating from NT Server 4.0 to .NET Directory Services...................................... 30 Microsoft Windows Server 2003: Implementing and Administering Security for Networks......................................... 30 Microsoft Windows Server 2003: Internet Information Services ................................................................................. 30 Microsoft Windows XP .................................................................................................................................................... 31 Microsoft Windows XP Professional: Installation and Configuration........................................................................... 31 Microsoft Windows 2000 ................................................................................................................................................. 31 Microsoft Windows 2000 Script Host .......................................................................................................................... 31 Microsoft Windows 2000 - Installation and Administration.......................................................................................... 31 Microsoft Windows 2000: Core Technologies............................................................................................................. 31 Managing Microsoft Windows 2000 in a Network Environment .................................................................................. 31 Microsoft Windows 2000: Implementing a Network Infrastructure .............................................................................. 31 Microsoft Windows 2000: Network Design.................................................................................................................. 31 Microsoft Windows 2000: Active Directory Design...................................................................................................... 32 Microsoft Windows 2000: Implementing an Active Directory Infrastructure ................................................................ 32 Microsoft Windows 2000: Security Design.................................................................................................................. 32 Microsoft Windows 2000 Professional: Getting Started .............................................................................................. 32 Microsoft Windows 2000 - Migration Design............................................................................................................... 32 Microsoft Windows 2000 Server Technologies: Designing Highly available Web Solutions ...................................... 32 Implementing Microsoft Cluster Service on Windows 2000 Advanced Server ........................................................... 32 Microsoft Exchange 2003................................................................................................................................................ 32 Microsoft Exchange Server 2003: Implementing and Managing a Messaging Infrastructure ..................................... 32 Microsoft Exchange Server 2003: Designing a Messaging Organization ................................................................... 32 Microsoft Exchange Server 2000 .................................................................................................................................... 32 Introducing Microsoft Exchange 2000 Server ............................................................................................................. 32 Designing and Deploying Microsoft Exchange 2000 Server ....................................................................................... 32 Implementing and Administering Microsoft Exchange 2000 Server............................................................................ 33 Microsoft Small Business Server 2000............................................................................................................................ 33 Microsoft Small Business Server 2000 Solutions........................................................................................................ 33 Microsoft Small Business Server 2000: Advanced Features ...................................................................................... 33 Microsoft Internet Security and Acceleration Server 2000 .............................................................................................. 33 Deploying and Administering Microsoft Internet Security and Acceleration Server 2000 ........................................... 33 Microsoft Internet Information Services 5.0..................................................................................................................... 33 Administering Microsoft Internet Information Services 5.0.......................................................................................... 33 Oracle Operating Systems and Servers.......................................................................................................................... 33 Oracle Application Server 10g: Administration I.......................................................................................................... 33 Oracle Application Server 10g: Administration II......................................................................................................... 33 Sun Solaris 9 ................................................................................................................................................................... 33 Sun Microsystems Solaris 9: System Administration I ................................................................................................ 33 Sun Microsystems Solaris 9: System Administration II ............................................................................................... 34 Novell SUSE Linux .......................................................................................................................................................... 34 SUSE Linux Fundamentals ......................................................................................................................................... 34 UNIX ................................................................................................................................................................................ 34 UNIX: System Administration...................................................................................................................................... 34 UNIX: Operating System Fundamentals ..................................................................................................................... 34 UNIX: Shell Programming ........................................................................................................................................... 34 UNIX: The User Environment...................................................................................................................................... 34 Lotus Domino R6............................................................................................................................................................. 34 Lotus Notes Domino 6 System Administration Update ............................................................................................... 34 IBM Lotus: Collaboration using Sametime and QuickPlace........................................................................................ 34 Linux LPI Level 2............................................................................................................................................................. 34 Linux Intermediate System Administration.................................................................................................................. 34 IBM Websphere............................................................................................................................................................... 34 IBM WebSphere: Application Server 5.0..................................................................................................................... 34 Linux LPI Level 1............................................................................................................................................................. 35 Computer Insight Learning Center Page vii Course Catalog LPIC: Junior Level Linux Professional (LPIC-1) Exam 101......................................................................................... 35 LPIC: Junior Level Linux Professional (LPIC-1) Exam 102......................................................................................... 35 Linux: System Administration Update I ....................................................................................................................... 35 Linux: System Administration Update II ...................................................................................................................... 35 Linux: System Administration Update III ..................................................................................................................... 35 Linux: System Administration Update IV..................................................................................................................... 35 Microsoft Enterprise Servers ........................................................................................................................................... 35 Microsoft ISA Server 2004 .......................................................................................................................................... 35 Microsoft Project Server 2003: Planning, Deploying, and Managing an Enterprise Project Management Solution ... 35 Microsoft Systems Management Server 2003: Planning and Deployment ................................................................. 36 Microsoft SharePoint Portal Server 2003.................................................................................................................... 36 Microsoft Systems Management Server 2003: Management and Administration ...................................................... 36 Microsoft Windows Vista ................................................................................................................................................. 36 Microsoft Windows Vista Client Configuration ............................................................................................................ 36 CompTIA Networking, Internetworking, and Security Technologies ............................................................................... 36 CompTIA Network+ 2009............................................................................................................................................ 36 CompTIA Network+ 2005............................................................................................................................................ 36 Network Protocols ........................................................................................................................................................... 36 TCP/IP: Mobile IP and IP Mobility ............................................................................................................................... 36 TCP/IP: Protocols for Securing Web Transactions ..................................................................................................... 37 TCP/IP: Network Management Protocols ................................................................................................................... 37 CCNT (Certified in Convergent Network Technologies) ............................................................................................. 37 CompTIA iNET+ .............................................................................................................................................................. 37 CompTIA i-Net+: Internet and Web Technologies ...................................................................................................... 37 Data/Telecommunications............................................................................................................................................... 37 Computer Telephony Integration................................................................................................................................. 37 Frame Relay................................................................................................................................................................ 37 Introduction to ISDN and DSL..................................................................................................................................... 37 Introduction to Multiprotocol Label Switching.............................................................................................................. 38 IPv6 and Future Applications ...................................................................................................................................... 38 Quality of Service ........................................................................................................................................................ 38 Signaling Systems....................................................................................................................................................... 38 SONET/SDH ............................................................................................................................................................... 38 Telecommunications Fundamentals ........................................................................................................................... 38 Voice over IP Fundamentals ....................................................................................................................................... 38 Virtual Private Networks.............................................................................................................................................. 38 WAN Basics ................................................................................................................................................................ 38 Lightweight Directory Access Protocol........................................................................................................................ 38 Wireless Communications ............................................................................................................................................... 38 Wireless Security ........................................................................................................................................................ 38 Wireless LANs............................................................................................................................................................. 38 Wireless Technologies ................................................................................................................................................ 38 Wireless Home Networking......................................................................................................................................... 38 Wireless Networking Basics for the Home and Small Business ................................................................................. 38 Advanced Wireless Technologies ............................................................................................................................... 38 Wireless........................................................................................................................................................................... 38 Understanding and Evaluating RFID Technology for your Business .......................................................................... 38 Networking and Telecommunications Fundamentals...................................................................................................... 39 Introduction to Voice Over IP ...................................................................................................................................... 39 Security Principles ........................................................................................................................................................... 39 Net Safety ................................................................................................................................................................... 39 Security Solutions............................................................................................................................................................ 39 CompTIA Security+ 2008............................................................................................................................................ 39 CompTIA Security+..................................................................................................................................................... 39 The Certified Information Systems Security Professional (CISSP)............................................................................. 39 Security Procedures ........................................................................................................................................................ 39 Securing Networked Information I............................................................................................................................... 39 Securing Networked Information II.............................................................................................................................. 39 Security Technologies ..................................................................................................................................................... 40 Check Point NG VPN-1/Firewall-1 Administration ...................................................................................................... 40 Check Point Certified Security Administrator (CCSA) NGX ........................................................................................ 40 Security Over Internet Protocol (IPSec) ...................................................................................................................... 40 Page viii Computer Insight Learning Center Course Catalog Cisco ............................................................................................................................................................................... 40 IIUC 1.0: Implementing Cisco IOS Unified Communications ...................................................................................... 40 IUWNE 1.0: Implementing Cisco Unified Wireless Networking Essentials ................................................................. 40 IINS 1.0: Security: Implementing Cisco IOS Network Security ................................................................................... 41 ARCH 2.0: Designing Cisco Network Service Architectures....................................................................................... 41 ICND1 1.0: Interconnecting Cisco Networking Devices Part 1 ................................................................................... 41 ICND2 1.0: Interconnecting Cisco Networking Devices Part 2 ................................................................................... 42 DESGN 2.0: Designing For Cisco Internetwork Solutions .......................................................................................... 42 CIPT1 6.0: Cisco IP Telephony Part 1 ........................................................................................................................ 42 CIPT1 4.1: Cisco IP Telephony Part 1 ........................................................................................................................ 42 CIPT2 6.0 Cisco IP Telephony Part 2 ......................................................................................................................... 43 CIPT2 4.1: Cisco IP Telephony Part 2 ........................................................................................................................ 43 QoS 2.1: Implementing Cisco Quality of Service ........................................................................................................ 43 CVOICE 6.0: Cisco Voice Over IP .............................................................................................................................. 43 CVOICE 5.0: Cisco Voice over IP ............................................................................................................................... 43 INTRO 2.1: Introduction to Cisco Networking Technologies....................................................................................... 44 BCMSN 3.0: Building Cisco Multilayer Switched Networks ........................................................................................ 44 BSCI 3.0: Building Scalable Cisco Internetworks........................................................................................................ 44 ISCW 1.0: Implementing Secure Converged Wide Area Networks ............................................................................ 44 ONT 1.0: Optimizing Converged Cisco Networks ....................................................................................................... 45 Cisco CCDA/CCDP Certification ..................................................................................................................................... 45 DESGN 1.2 Designing for Cisco Internetwork Solutions............................................................................................. 45 ARCH 1.2: Designing Cisco Network Service Architectures....................................................................................... 45 CCSP .............................................................................................................................................................................. 45 SNRS 1.0 Securing Networks with Cisco Routers and Switches................................................................................ 45 ISC 2 ............................................................................................................................................................................... 45 The Systems Security Certified Practitioner (SSCP) Domains ................................................................................... 45 The Information Systems Security Engineering Professional (ISSEP) Domains ........................................................ 45 EMC ................................................................................................................................................................................ 46 Storage Technology Foundations ............................................................................................................................... 46 Oracle 11g....................................................................................................................................................................... 46 Oracle Database 11g: New Features for Administrators............................................................................................. 46 Oracle Database 11g: Administration Workshop I ...................................................................................................... 46 Oracle Database 11g: Administration Workshop II ..................................................................................................... 46 Oracle Database 11g: SQL and PL/SQL New Features ............................................................................................. 47 Oracle Database 11g: SQL Fundamentals I ............................................................................................................... 47 Oracle Database 11g: SQL Fundamentals II .............................................................................................................. 47 Oracle Database 11g: PL/SQL Fundamentals............................................................................................................ 47 Oracle Database 11g: Develop PL/SQL Program Units ............................................................................................. 47 Oracle Database 11g: Introduction to SQL ................................................................................................................. 47 Oracle Database 11g: Program with PL/SQL ............................................................................................................. 48 Oracle 11i ........................................................................................................................................................................ 48 Oracle 11i E-Business Suite: Essentials for Implementers ......................................................................................... 48 Oracle 11i E-Business Suite: System Administrator Fundamentals ........................................................................... 48 Oracle 11i: Project Foundation Fundamentals............................................................................................................ 48 Oracle 11i: Navigate Oracle Applications.................................................................................................................... 48 Oracle 11i: Procure-to-Pay Fundamentals.................................................................................................................. 48 Oracle 11i: (11i10) Sys Admin .................................................................................................................................... 49 Oracle Workflow 11i10 ................................................................................................................................................ 49 Oracle 11i10 Project Foundation Fundamentals......................................................................................................... 49 Oracle 11i10 Order to Cash ........................................................................................................................................ 49 Oracle 10g....................................................................................................................................................................... 50 Oracle Database 10g: Administration Workshop II ..................................................................................................... 50 Oracle Database 10g: SQL Fundamentals I and II ..................................................................................................... 50 Oracle Database 10g: Programming with PL/SQL I.................................................................................................... 50 Oracle Database 10g: Developing PL/SQL Program Units......................................................................................... 50 Oracle Database 10g: New Features.......................................................................................................................... 50 Oracle Database 10g: Administration Workshop I Release 2 ..................................................................................... 51 Oracle Database 10g R2: SQL Tuning ....................................................................................................................... 51 Oracle Database 10g Performance Tuning................................................................................................................. 51 Migrating to Oracle Database Server 10g................................................................................................................... 51 Oracle Development 10g ............................................................................................................................................ 51 Computer Insight Learning Center Page ix Course Catalog OracleBI Discoverer Plus 10g ..................................................................................................................................... 52 OracleBI Discoverer Admin 10g.................................................................................................................................. 52 Oracle Reports Developer 10g.................................................................................................................................... 52 Oracle 9i .......................................................................................................................................................................... 53 Oracle9i Database Fundamentals: Architecture and Management ............................................................................ 53 Oracle9i Database Fundamentals: Backup and Recovery ......................................................................................... 53 Oracle9i Database Fundamentals: Managing Data Storage....................................................................................... 53 Oracle9i Database Fundamentals: Managing Database Access................................................................................ 53 Oracle9i Database Fundamentals: Network Administration........................................................................................ 53 Oracle9i Database: Introduction to SQL ..................................................................................................................... 53 Oracle9i Database: New Features I ............................................................................................................................ 53 Oracle9i Database: New Features II ........................................................................................................................... 53 Oracle9i Database: Performance Tuning.................................................................................................................... 53 Oracle 9i PL/SQL ........................................................................................................................................................ 54 Systems and Database Design ....................................................................................................................................... 54 Database Design......................................................................................................................................................... 54 Database Fundamentals ............................................................................................................................................. 54 Microsoft SQL Server 2005 ............................................................................................................................................. 54 Microsoft SQL Server 2005: Implementation and Maintenance.................................................................................. 54 Microsoft SQL Server 2005: Infrastructure Design ..................................................................................................... 54 Microsoft SQL Server 2005: Database Maintenance.................................................................................................. 54 Microsoft SQL Server 2005: Designing Database Solutions....................................................................................... 54 Microsoft SQL Server 2005: Designing and Optimizing Data Access......................................................................... 55 Microsoft SQL Server 2000 ............................................................................................................................................. 55 Microsoft SQL Server 2000 Database Administration................................................................................................. 55 Microsoft SQL Server 2000 Database Design ............................................................................................................ 55 Microsoft SQL Server 2000 Database Implementation............................................................................................... 55 IBM & Lotus - Enterprise Database Systems .................................................................................................................. 55 IBM DB2 Universal Database V8.1 Database Administration..................................................................................... 55 IBM DB2 Universal Database V8.1 Fundamentals ..................................................................................................... 55 IBM IMS Essentials ..................................................................................................................................................... 55 SAP R/3 Release 4.6 ...................................................................................................................................................... 56 Moving to SAP R/3 Release 4.6.................................................................................................................................. 56 Overview of SAP R/3 Release 4.6 .............................................................................................................................. 56 SAP Overview for Project Teams................................................................................................................................ 56 SAP ABAP Programming Fundamentals .................................................................................................................... 56 SAP ABAP 6.10 .......................................................................................................................................................... 56 Enjoy SAP ................................................................................................................................................................... 56 SAP R/3 4.6 ................................................................................................................................................................ 56 SAP Customer Relationship Management (CRM) ...................................................................................................... 56 MySAP ........................................................................................................................................................................ 57 SAP R/3 4.6 FI ............................................................................................................................................................ 57 Web Site Design - Principles........................................................................................................................................... 57 Web Site Design – Principles...................................................................................................................................... 57 Web Authoring Tools & Languages................................................................................................................................. 57 Web Services .............................................................................................................................................................. 57 Macromedia (see Adobe below)...................................................................................................................................... 57 Adobe .............................................................................................................................................................................. 57 Adobe Dreamweaver CS3 .......................................................................................................................................... 57 Adobe Dreamweaver MX ............................................................................................................................................ 57 Adobe Fireworks MX................................................................................................................................................... 57 Adobe Flash CS3 ........................................................................................................................................................ 57 Adobe Flash MX.......................................................................................................................................................... 58 Adobe Flash 8 ............................................................................................................................................................. 58 Adobe FreeHand MX .................................................................................................................................................. 58 Adobe Flash MX 2004: Media Design......................................................................................................................... 58 Adobe Freehand 10: Foundation ................................................................................................................................ 58 Adobe FreeHand 10.................................................................................................................................................... 58 Adobe 8: Website Development................................................................................................................................. 58 Adobe Captivate.......................................................................................................................................................... 58 Adobe Photoshop CS3................................................................................................................................................ 58 Adobe PhotoShop CS2 ............................................................................................................................................... 59 Page x Computer Insight Learning Center Course Catalog Adobe Photoshop CS.................................................................................................................................................. 59 Adobe Illustrator CS3 .................................................................................................................................................. 59 Adobe Illustrator CS2 .................................................................................................................................................. 59 Adobe Illustrator CS .................................................................................................................................................... 59 Adobe Illustrator 9.0 .................................................................................................................................................... 59 Adobe InDesign CS2................................................................................................................................................... 59 Adobe GoLive CS2 ..................................................................................................................................................... 60 Adobe GoLive 5 .......................................................................................................................................................... 60 Scripting and Web Languages ........................................................................................................................................ 60 Introduction to XML: Language Basics ....................................................................................................................... 60 JavaScript Client-Side Scripting.................................................................................................................................. 60 Microsoft VBScript: Language Basics ......................................................................................................................... 60 DHTML Basics ............................................................................................................................................................ 60 Advanced XML............................................................................................................................................................ 60 Programming with XHTML .......................................................................................................................................... 60 IP Communication ........................................................................................................................................................... 61 IP Communication....................................................................................................................................................... 61 BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT ..................................................... 62 Business Law .................................................................................................................................................................. 62 Fundamentals of Business Law .................................................................................................................................. 62 Operations Curriculum .................................................................................................................................................... 62 Six Sigma Green Belt: Six Sigma and the Organization ............................................................................................. 62 Six Sigma Green Belt: Define ..................................................................................................................................... 62 Six Sigma Green Belt: Measure.................................................................................................................................. 62 Six Sigma Green Belt: Analyze ................................................................................................................................... 62 Six Sigma Green Belt: Improve and Control ............................................................................................................... 62 Managing Customer-Driven Process Improvement .................................................................................................... 63 Six Sigma Foundations ............................................................................................................................................... 63 Six Sigma Team Implementation ................................................................................................................................ 63 Lean Manufacturing .................................................................................................................................................... 63 Six Sigma Black Belt: Deployment.............................................................................................................................. 63 Six Sigma Black Belt: The Define Phase (ASQ-aligned) ............................................................................................ 63 Six Sigma Black Belt: The Define Phase .................................................................................................................... 63 Six Sigma Black Belt - The Measurement Phase (ASQ-aligned)................................................................................ 63 Six Sigma Black Belt: The Measurement Phase......................................................................................................... 64 Six Sigma Black Belt - The Improve Phase (ASQ-aligned)......................................................................................... 64 Six Sigma Black Belt: The Improve Phase.................................................................................................................. 64 Six Sigma Black Belt: The Control Phase ................................................................................................................... 64 Six Sigma Black Belt - The Analyze Phase (ASQ-aligned)......................................................................................... 64 Six Sigma Black Belt: The Analyze Phase.................................................................................................................. 64 Six Sigma Black Belt: The Lean Enterprise ................................................................................................................ 65 Six Sigma Black Belt - Design for Six Sigma (DFSS) Framework and Methodologies (ASQ-aligned) ....................... 65 Six Sigma Black Belt: Design for Six Sigma Black Belt .............................................................................................. 65 Six Sigma Black Belt (2007 BOK): Enterprise-Wide Deployment (ASQ-aligned) ....................................................... 65 Six Sigma Black Belt (2007 BOK): Organizational Process Management and Measures (ASQ-aligned) .................. 65 Six Sigma Black Belt (2007 BOK): Team Management.............................................................................................. 65 Six Sigma: Champion Training.................................................................................................................................... 66 Certified Manager of Quality/Organizational Excellence............................................................................................. 66 Logistics Management ................................................................................................................................................ 66 ISO 9000:2000 Overview ............................................................................................................................................ 66 Supply Chain Management......................................................................................................................................... 66 Quality Management ................................................................................................................................................... 66 Operations Management............................................................................................................................................. 66 ISO 9001 ..................................................................................................................................................................... 67 Total Quality Management .......................................................................................................................................... 67 Strategic Planning Curriculum......................................................................................................................................... 67 Strategic IT Planning................................................................................................................................................... 67 Strategic Management ................................................................................................................................................ 67 The Fundamentals of Globalization ............................................................................................................................ 67 Systems Thinking in the 21st Century......................................................................................................................... 67 Moving From an Operational Manager to a Strategic Thinker .................................................................................... 67 Managing Business Risk............................................................................................................................................. 67 Computer Insight Learning Center Page xi Course Catalog Marketing Curriculum ...................................................................................................................................................... 68 Strategic Marketing in Action ...................................................................................................................................... 68 Strategic Brand Management ..................................................................................................................................... 68 Online Branding Strategy ............................................................................................................................................ 68 Competitive Marketing Strategies ............................................................................................................................... 68 Product Management Essentials ................................................................................................................................ 68 Government..................................................................................................................................................................... 68 HIPAA Privacy............................................................................................................................................................. 68 Government Contracting ............................................................................................................................................. 68 Finance & Accounting Curriculum ................................................................................................................................... 69 Fundamental Accounting Concepts ............................................................................................................................ 69 Accounting 101 ........................................................................................................................................................... 69 Finance Fundamentals for non-Finance Professionals............................................................................................... 69 Practical Budgeting Skills for Business ....................................................................................................................... 69 Advanced Business Finance....................................................................................................................................... 69 Accounting 102 ........................................................................................................................................................... 69 Auditing: A Practical Approach.................................................................................................................................... 69 Managerial Accounting.................................................................................................................................................... 69 Using Financial Statements (co-Developed with Wharton)......................................................................................... 70 Administrative Support Curriculum.................................................................................................................................. 70 The Effective Administrative Support Professional ..................................................................................................... 70 Advanced Skills for Administrative Support Professionals.......................................................................................... 70 Administrative Assistant Skills..................................................................................................................................... 70 Knowledge Management................................................................................................................................................. 70 Knowledge Management Fundamentals..................................................................................................................... 70 The 21st Century Learning Curve ............................................................................................................................... 70 Achieving Measurable Performance Impact from Training ......................................................................................... 71 Human Resources Curriculum ........................................................................................................................................ 71 Managing Diversity in the Workplace.......................................................................................................................... 71 Effective Hiring and Interviewing................................................................................................................................. 71 HRCI Senior Professional in Human Resources (SPHR) ........................................................................................... 71 HRCI Professional in Human Resources (PHR) ......................................................................................................... 71 Behavioral Interviewing ............................................................................................................................................... 71 Recruiting & Retention Strategies for the Tight Labor Market..................................................................................... 71 German Laws for Equality of Treatment ..................................................................................................................... 72 Management Curriculum ................................................................................................................................................. 72 Effectively Managing Top Performers ......................................................................................................................... 72 Advanced Management Skills..................................................................................................................................... 72 Moving into Management............................................................................................................................................ 72 Crucial Skills for Tomorrow's Managers...................................................................................................................... 72 Problem Performance Management ........................................................................................................................... 72 Using Change Process to Support Employees ........................................................................................................... 72 Effective Delegation .................................................................................................................................................... 72 Facilitating Successfully .............................................................................................................................................. 73 Coaching with Confidence .......................................................................................................................................... 73 The Essentials of Mentoring........................................................................................................................................ 73 Appraising Performance.............................................................................................................................................. 73 Moving from Technical Professional to Management ................................................................................................. 73 360-Degree Performance Appraisal............................................................................................................................ 73 The Fundamentals of Business Crises Management ................................................................................................. 73 Managing Technical Professionals ............................................................................................................................. 74 How to Overcome Negativity in the Workplace........................................................................................................... 74 Managing Contractors and Temporary Employees..................................................................................................... 74 Business Case Preparation......................................................................................................................................... 74 Balance Scorecard...................................................................................................................................................... 74 Talent Management .................................................................................................................................................... 74 Remote Manager Practices......................................................................................................................................... 74 Leadership Curriculum .................................................................................................................................................... 75 Moving from Management to Leadership.................................................................................................................... 75 Leading from the Front Line ........................................................................................................................................ 75 Business Execution..................................................................................................................................................... 75 Leading the Workforce Generations ........................................................................................................................... 75 Page xii Computer Insight Learning Center Course Catalog Succession Planning for Business Environment......................................................................................................... 75 Communication Curriculum ............................................................................................................................................. 76 Advanced Business Communication........................................................................................................................... 76 Advanced Interpersonal Communication .................................................................................................................... 76 Business Etiquette ...................................................................................................................................................... 76 Business Writing ......................................................................................................................................................... 76 E-mail Etiquette........................................................................................................................................................... 76 Grammar Skills............................................................................................................................................................ 76 Interpersonal Communication ..................................................................................................................................... 76 Listening Skills ............................................................................................................................................................ 77 Telephone Skills.......................................................................................................................................................... 77 How to Write an Effective Internal Business Case...................................................................................................... 77 Business Interpersonal Communication Skills ............................................................................................................ 77 Effective Listening ....................................................................................................................................................... 77 Working with and Managing Difficult People............................................................................................................... 77 Giving Successful Presentations................................................................................................................................. 77 The Effective Business Meeting.................................................................................................................................. 78 Conflict in the Workplace ............................................................................................................................................ 78 Getting the Results You Want: Negotiating to Win ..................................................................................................... 78 Emotional Intelligence at Work.................................................................................................................................... 78 Communicating Assertively......................................................................................................................................... 78 Business Writing Essentials ........................................................................................................................................ 78 International Communications..................................................................................................................................... 78 Business Etiquette and Professionalism ..................................................................................................................... 79 Building Better Work Relationships............................................................................................................................. 79 Business Grammar Essentials .................................................................................................................................... 79 Email Essentials.......................................................................................................................................................... 79 Telephone Skills For Business Professionals ............................................................................................................. 79 Getting Results Without Authority ............................................................................................................................... 79 Effective Use of Feedback for Business ..................................................................................................................... 79 Anger Management in The Workplace........................................................................................................................ 79 Foundation Skills Curriculum........................................................................................................................................... 80 Basic Business Math Skills ......................................................................................................................................... 80 Personal Development Curriculum.................................................................................................................................. 80 Career Development ................................................................................................................................................... 80 Organizational Skills.................................................................................................................................................... 80 Stress Management .................................................................................................................................................... 80 Time Management ...................................................................................................................................................... 80 Business Ethics........................................................................................................................................................... 80 Creativity and Innovation in the Workplace................................................................................................................. 80 Fast-tracking Your Career........................................................................................................................................... 80 Taking Control of Your Time by Working More Effectively.......................................................................................... 81 Living a Balanced Life ................................................................................................................................................. 81 Dealing with Organizational Change........................................................................................................................... 81 Problem Solving and Decision-making for Business................................................................................................... 81 Working without a Net - The Business of Risk ............................................................................................................ 81 Achieving Organizational Excellence Through Critical Thinking ................................................................................. 81 Business Professionalism ........................................................................................................................................... 81 Remote Employee Practices....................................................................................................................................... 82 Doing Business Professionally.................................................................................................................................... 82 Project Management Curriculum..................................................................................................................................... 82 Project Management for Non-Project Managers......................................................................................................... 82 Program Management (PMI Standard-aligned) .......................................................................................................... 82 Portfolio Management (PMI® Standard-aligned) ........................................................................................................ 82 Project Management Foundations (Prince2-aligned).................................................................................................. 82 Project Management Essentials - (PMBOK® Guide - Fourth Edition-aligned) ........................................................... 83 Project Management Essentials - (PMBOK® Guide – Third Edition-aligned)............................................................. 83 Project Integration Management (PMBOK® Guide - Fourth Edition-aligned)............................................................. 83 Project Integration Management (PMBOK® Guide - Third Edition-aligned) ............................................................... 83 Project Scope Management (PMBOK® Guide - Fourth Edition-aligned).................................................................... 83 Project Scope Management (PMBOK® Guide - Third Edition-aligned) ...................................................................... 84 Project Time Management (PMBOK® Guide - Third Edition-aligned) ........................................................................ 84 Computer Insight Learning Center Page xiii Course Catalog Project Cost Management (PMBOK® Guide -Third Edition-aligned)........................................................................ 84 Project Quality Management (PMBOK® Guide - Third Edition-aligned) ................................................................... 84 Project Human Resource Management (PMBOK® Guide - Third Edition-aligned) .................................................... 84 Project Communications Management (PMBOK® Guide - Third Edition-aligned) ..................................................... 84 Project Risk Management (PMBOK® Guide - Third Edition-aligned) ....................................................................... 84 Project Procurement Management (PMBOK® Guide - Third Edition-aligned) ........................................................... 85 Managing Software Project Outsourcing..................................................................................................................... 85 Project Management Professional Responsibility ....................................................................................................... 85 Project Management for IT Professionals ................................................................................................................... 85 Strategic Project Management for IT Projects ............................................................................................................ 85 Advanced Project Leadership ..................................................................................................................................... 85 Team Building Curriculum ............................................................................................................................................... 86 Creating High-performance On-site and Virtual Teams .............................................................................................. 86 Participating in Teams................................................................................................................................................. 86 Making Teams Work: Capitalizing on Conflict............................................................................................................. 86 Business Analysis ........................................................................................................................................................... 86 Certified Business Analysis Professional (CBAP)....................................................................................................... 86 Sales Curriculum ............................................................................................................................................................. 86 Field Sales Skills ......................................................................................................................................................... 86 Territorial Account Sales Skills.................................................................................................................................... 86 Inside Sales Skills ....................................................................................................................................................... 86 Strategic Account Sales Skills..................................................................................................................................... 87 Sales Team Management ........................................................................................................................................... 87 Selling at the Executive Level ..................................................................................................................................... 87 Sales University Sales Orientation: Professional Selling in the Knowledge Economy ............................................... 87 Sales University Sales Math 101: Developing a Sales Plan for Success ................................................................... 87 Sales University Sales Manufacturing: A Success Model........................................................................................... 87 Sales University Communication 101 ......................................................................................................................... 87 Sales Presentations .................................................................................................................................................... 87 Competitive Selling ..................................................................................................................................................... 88 Sales Negotiation ........................................................................................................................................................ 88 Sales Forecasting ....................................................................................................................................................... 88 Relationship Management .......................................................................................................................................... 88 Customer Service Curriculum ......................................................................................................................................... 89 Customer Service and Communications Skills ........................................................................................................... 89 HDI – Help Desk Analyst............................................................................................................................................. 89 HDI – Help Desk Manager .......................................................................................................................................... 89 HDI – Customer Service Representative, Professionalism......................................................................................... 89 HDI - Customer Service Representative, Skills........................................................................................................... 89 HDI - Customer Service Representative, Process ...................................................................................................... 90 HDI - Customer Support Specialist, Professionalism.................................................................................................. 90 HDI - Customer Support Specialist ............................................................................................................................. 90 HDI - Customer Support Specialist, Process .............................................................................................................. 90 How to Excel at Customer Service.............................................................................................................................. 90 Excellence in Service .................................................................................................................................................. 91 Frontline Call Center Skills.......................................................................................................................................... 91 Measuring Customer Satisfaction ............................................................................................................................... 91 Internal Customer Service........................................................................................................................................... 91 Internal Customer Service Agent Skills....................................................................................................................... 91 Technical Support Agent Skills ................................................................................................................................... 91 Managing A Customer-Focused Department.............................................................................................................. 91 IT Infrastructure Library (ITIL) Foundations V3 ........................................................................................................... 92 IT Infrastructure Library (ITIL) Foundations ................................................................................................................ 92 Inbound Call Center Management .............................................................................................................................. 92 Consulting Skills .............................................................................................................................................................. 92 Consulting with the External Client ............................................................................................................................. 92 Consulting with the Internal Client............................................................................................................................... 92 Internal Consulting for the Technical Professional...................................................................................................... 92 Industry Foundations....................................................................................................................................................... 92 Industry Overviews...................................................................................................................................................... 92 Industry Overview Series ............................................................................................................................................ 93 e-Commerce ............................................................................................................................................................... 93 Page xiv Computer Insight Learning Center Course Catalog e-Business .................................................................................................................................................................. 93 HOME TECHNOLOGY INTEGRATION......................................................................................... 94 Advanced and Emerging Home Technologies............................................................................................................ 94 Business Communication............................................................................................................................................ 94 Computer and Networking Fundamentals................................................................................................................... 94 Customer Support and Service Management ............................................................................................................. 94 Effective Sales Strategies ........................................................................................................................................... 94 Electrical and Electronic Fundamentals ...................................................................................................................... 94 Home Entertainment Systems .................................................................................................................................... 94 Home Network Design and Configuration................................................................................................................... 94 Home System Automation and Integration ................................................................................................................. 94 Home Technology: Tools, Products, and Services ..................................................................................................... 95 Lighting, Temperature, and Water Control Systems ................................................................................................... 95 Project Management ................................................................................................................................................... 95 Security, Surveillance, and Access Control Systems.................................................................................................. 95 Technical Graphics ..................................................................................................................................................... 95 Technical Mathematics ............................................................................................................................................... 95 Telecommunication Systems ...................................................................................................................................... 95 Wiring Installation........................................................................................................................................................ 95 MEDICAL................................................................................................................................................................... 96 Computerized Medical Billing...................................................................................................................................... 96 Health Insurance Processing ...................................................................................................................................... 96 Medical Coding ........................................................................................................................................................... 96 Medical Office Procedures .......................................................................................................................................... 96 Medical Terminology Basic ......................................................................................................................................... 96 Medical Terminology Advanced .................................................................................................................................. 96 Introduction to Medical Transcription .......................................................................................................................... 96 Computer Insight Learning Center Page xv Course Catalog Certification Programs END-USER CERTIFICATIONS European Computer Driving License (ECDL/ICDL) Microsoft Office Specialist – Office XP Microsoft Office Specialist – Office 2003 Microsoft Certified Application Specialist – Office 2007 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY CERTIFICATIONS Check Point Check Point Security Administration NGX (CCSA) Cisco Cisco Certified Design Associate (CCDA) Cisco Certified Design Professional (CCDP) Cisco Certified Entry Networking Technician (CCENT) Cisco Certified Network Associate (CCNA) Cisco Certified Network Professional (CCNP) Cisco Certified Network Associate Security (CCNA Security) Cisco Certified Network Associate Wireless (CCNA Wireless) CompTIA certifications A+ Essentials A+ IT Technician A+ Depot Technician A+ Remote Support Technician DHTI+ I-Net+ Linux+ Network+ Security+ Server+ (ISC)2 Certified Information Systems Security Professional (CISSP) Information Systems Security Engineering Professional (ISSEP) Systems Security Certified Practitioner (SSCP) Linux LPIC: Junior Level Administration LPIC: Intermediate Level Administration Microsoft certifications Microsoft Certified Desktop Support Technician (MCDST) Microsoft Certified Systems Administrator (MCSA) Microsoft Certified Systems Administrator – Messaging (MCSA Messaging) Microsoft Certified Systems Administrator - Security (MCSA Security) Microsoft Certified Systems Engineer (MCSE) Microsoft Certified Systems Engineer - Messaging (MCSE Messaging) Page xvi Computer Insight Learning Center Course Catalog Microsoft Certified Systems Engineer – Security (MCSE Security) Microsoft Certified Technology Specialist (MCTS) TS: Microsoft Exchange Server 2007, Configuring (70-236) TS: Microsoft SQL Server 2005: Implementation and Maintenance (70-431) TS: Microsoft. NET Framework 3.5: ADO.NET Applications (70-561) TS: Microsoft. NET Framework 3.5: ASP.NET Applications (70-562) TS: Microsoft .NET Framework 2.0: Windows-based Client Development (70-526) TS: Microsoft .NET Framework 2.0: Web-based Client Development (70-528) TS: Microsoft .NET Framework 2.0: Distributed Application Development (70-529) TS: Microsoft .NET Framework 2.0: Application Development Foundation (70-536) TS: Microsoft Windows SharePoint Services 3.0; Application Development (70-541) TS: Microsoft Office SharePoint Server 2007, Application Development (70-542) TS: Microsoft Windows Vista Client (70-620) TS: Business Desktop Deployment (70-624) TS: Office SharePoint Server 2007, Configuring (70-630) TS: Microsoft SharePoint Services 3.0, Configuration (70-631) TS: Microsoft Office Project 2007, Configuring (70-632) Microsoft Windows Server 2008 Active Directory Configuration (70-640) Microsoft Windows Server 2008 Network Infrastructure Configuration (70-642) Microsoft Windows Server 2008 Applications Infrastructure Configuration (70-643) Microsoft Certified Technology Specialist .NET Framework 2.0 Web Applications Microsoft Certified Technology Specialist .NET Framework 2.0 Windows Applications Microsoft Certified Technology Specialist .NET Framework 2.0 Distributed Applications Microsoft Certified IT Professional: Database Administrator Microsoft Certified IT Professional: Database Developer Microsoft Certified IT Professional: Enterprise Support Technician Microsoft Certified IT Professional: Enterprise Administrator Microsoft Certified IT Professional: Server Administrator Microsoft Certified IT Professional: Microsoft Windows Server 2008 Admin Oracle certifications Oracle 9i Database Administration Certified Associate Oracle 9i Database Administration Certified Professional Oracle 10g Database Administrator Certified Associate Oracle 10g Database Administrator Certified Professional Oracle Database SQL Server Expert Sun Microsystems Solaris 9 Operating Environments Sun Certified Programmer for Java 2 BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT CERTIFICATIONS Certified Associate in Project Management (CAPM) Project Management Professional (PMP) Program Management Professional (PgMP) Six Sigma Black Belt (SSBB) Professional in Human Resources (PHR) Senior Professional in Human Resources (SPHR) Foundation in IT Service Management (ITILv3) Computer Insight Learning Center Page xvii Course Catalog Career Programs ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICE PROFESSIONAL Office Assistant Bookkeeping Executive Assistant Technical Office Support MEDICAL OFFICE PROFESSIONAL Medical Office Support Medical Billing and Coding Medical Transcriptionist Medical Office Administration INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY PROFESSIONAL Computer Support Technician Help Desk Technician Database Administrator Systems Administrator Security Professional HOME TECHNOLOGY PROFESSIONAL Home Electronics Specialist Digital Home Technology Integration Digital Home Electronics Technician Electronic Technologies and Integration Page xviii Computer Insight Learning Center DESKTOP APPLICATIONS Adobe Adobe Acrobat 8.0 This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the creation of PDFs, including creating them from multiple files and web pages, explore methods of saving, printing, formatting, and organizing them, explore accessibility and help features of Adobe Acrobat 8, explore the advantages of PDF security, security measures you can employ, such as using digital IDs, security policies, password and encryption protection, and security envelopes, explore the advanced features of Adobe Acrobat 8. Adobe Reader 8.0 This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the core features and functionality of Adobe Reader 8, including an overview of the work area, using forms, searching and reviewing PDF files, customizing the interface, using the application's accessibility features and explore the advanced features of Adobe Reader 8. Adobe Acrobat 7.0 This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the creation of PDFs, including creating them from multiple files and web pages, explore methods of saving, printing, formatting, and organizing them, explore accessibility and help features of Adobe Acrobat 7, explore the advantages of PDF security, security measures you can employ, such as using digital IDs, security policies, password and encryption protection, and security envelopes, explore the advanced features of Adobe Acrobat 7. Adobe Reader 6.0 This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: use Adobe Reader 6.0.2 Adobe Acrobat 5.0 This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the basic document-management features of Adobe Acrobat 5.0, explore the document organization, enhancement, and navigation features of Adobe Acrobat 5.0 Best Practices for Desktop Users Information Security Best Practices for Business Users This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore information security in the business world, demonstrate secure practices for networked and mobile users, explore software piracy and social engineering, explore how malicious code Computer Insight Learning Center works and the ways to defeat it in a wired and wireless environment, use the Internet and e-mail securely. Microsoft Office 2007 Microsoft Office 2007: New Features This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the new features for end users in Microsoft Office 2007, use the new features of Microsoft Office Excel, PowerPoint, and Outlook 2007, recognize the new features in Microsoft Access 2007 and Publisher 2007, recognize the sharing and collaboration features of Microsoft Office 2007. Microsoft Office 2007: Beginning Word (Basic) This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore 2007 and navigate within the new user interface of Word 2007, use the Font and Paragraph formatting options, Mini toolbar and live preview features, use page and section breaks, spacing adjustment, and column insertion, save a document in PDF or XPS format, save as a web page, save documents so that they can be viewed in previous versions of Word, explore the use of Quick Styles, building blocks, templates and AutoCorrect features in detail, previewing and printing options, Help and Research options, Drawing Tools, use headers, footers, and page numbers, navigate using line numbers, and multiple windows. Microsoft Office 2007: Advanced Word (Intermediate) This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: use borders, shading, margins and horizontal lines to create documents, use theme colors, theme fonts and theme effects, background colors and fill effects, use footnotes and endnotes, create tables of contents, insert, modify, delete and navigate hyperlinks, bookmarks, and frames, create indexes and index crossreferences, use track changes and comments when reviewing documents, repair corrupted documents, create, format, and modify Word, insert, link, and embed Excel objects in Word documents and insert and format charts. Microsoft Office 2007: Word for the Power User (Advanced) This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: add, modify, and update form fields, explore the mail merge process, create, edit, copy and delete macros, explore aspects of master and subordinate documents, customization of the Quick Access Toolbar, use Word 2007's document security, password protect a document, mark a document as read-only, use Document Inspector, view privacy options, add a digital signature, explore the various workspace collaboration features available using Page 1 Course Catalog SharePoint , explore working with HTML to save a document as a web page and create a web page in Word, create blogs in Word 2007. Microsoft Office 2007: Beginning Excel (Basic) This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the basic features and functionality of Excel 2007, explore the process of copying and moving cells, columns, rows, and sheets, inserting or removing sheets, modifying workbooks, formatting tables, textual and numerical data, conditional formatting, explore Excel 2007 reviewing features, configure workbooks, spreadsheets, and spreadsheet selections for printing, use the Page Layout view, print using the Office button, create and edit formulas, work with tables in Excel 2007, explore basic, logical, financial, and date functions, use and customize charts, use themes and styles to improve presentation, and add visual elements to workbooks. Microsoft Office 2007: Advanced Excel (Intermediate) This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: modify charts and pictures, create and edit custom number formats, organize and subtotal data in Excel 2007, explore data validation, create templates in Excel 2007, customize workbook properties, themes, and styles, work with macros, including recording, editing, and running. Microsoft Office 2007: Excel for the Power User (Advanced) This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore advanced data analysis features, such as PivotTable and PivotChart reports, Goal Seek, Solver, scenarios, data tables, and OLAP, range, worksheet, and workbook protection, explore track changes and merging workbooks in Excel 2007, share workbooks, use Excel Services for collaboration, publish workbooks to SharePoint, explore creating links, importing text files, creating database and web queries, import Excel 2007 data into other applications and use XML in Excel 2007. Microsoft Office 2007: Beginning PowerPoint (Basic) This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: create a new presentation from scratch, use layouts and views to make working with your presentation easy, use PowerPoint's powerful help features, create visually appealing presentations using PowerPoint's design templates, implement new Microsoft Office 2007 themes, explore the introduction of SmartArt in PowerPoint 2007, incorporate diagrams, tables, charts, high-impact slide shows, movie and sound clips, animated slide content, and slide transitions to enhance your presentation’s appeal. Microsoft Office 2007: Advanced PowerPoint (Advanced) This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: create custom slide shows that meet your Page 2 audience’s needs, create self-running presentations, annotate your presentation while it's running, use Presenter View, explore the process of securing your presentations for distribution by setting up passwords, distribute your presentations to colleagues and other audiences, print your slides, save a presentation as a web page, e-mail your presentations and package your slide show to a CD. Microsoft Office 2007: Beginning Outlook (Basic) This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the basic features and functionality of Outlook 2007, create, view, reply to and organize email messages, use basic Help features, use the various formatting features, explore e-mail message options, use and work with attachments, customize the calendar using personalized views, create and manage appointments, meetings, events, contacts, tasks, and notes, customize the interface using Outlook Today, shortcuts, Favorite Folders, and the Navigation Pane, explore the search feature, Instant Search, explore printing options, explore RSS feeds, to see how users can view content from multiple sources, such as news outlets or blogs, from a central location. Microsoft Office 2007: Advanced Outlook (Intermediate) This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: customize Outlook to meet a variety of requirements, track items in Outlook, configure additional e-mail accounts, configure rules and alerts to help organize e-mail messages, adjust the Junk E-mail Filter settings to suit your needs, use Outlook 2007 to connect to a SharePoint site and open, edit, and update SharePoint files, create calendar items for the SharePoint site, share your calendar and customize, test, and publish customized forms in Outlook 2007. Microsoft Office 2007: Outlook for the Power User (Advanced) This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: configure the security settings, offline access, and synchronization settings for Outlook 2007, access Outlook from the Internet, archive data and manage your data file sizes, configure and implement IRM, send and receive instant and text messages and faxes from your inbox, configure Outlook for voice mail, setup Business Contact Manager with Accounts, Contacts, Opportunities, and Projects, track and link items to records, share and protect your data in the Business Contact Manager database. Microsoft Office 2007: Beginning Access (Basic) This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore Access 2007, navigate within the user interface, explore the introductory steps in planning a database, explore the use of table templates, Design and Datasheet views, field creation, data types, and modifiable properties, viewing, editing, navigating, sorting, finding, and filtering records, printing data and implementing and maintaining table relationships, Computer Insight Learning Center Course Catalog explore controls, (add to a form, set their properties, resize, move, group, and position on a form), explore the use of the Query Wizard, create or modify a query in Design view, explore Expression Builder, explore the use of the Report, Report Wizard, Blank Report, Report Design, and Label options, add and bind controls, group and sort data, and modify sections of a report. Microsoft Office 2007: Advanced Access (Intermediate) This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the various methods of importing, exporting, and linking to external data sources, create and modify PivotTables and Pivot Charts, explore the options used to apply aggregate functions to a PivotTable, add a calculated field to a PivotTable, export a PivotTable to an Excel spreadsheet, explore retrieving and validating data, using sub forms and sub reports, apply conditional formatting in Access 2007 tables, forms, and reports, explore the various types of join and parameter queries that can be used in Access 2007, explore the use of action queries, including update, append, delete, and make table queries, explore the use of SQL-specific queries such as data-definition, passthrough, sub query, and union queries. Microsoft Office 2007: Access for the Power User (Advanced) This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore how SharePoint sites can be used with Access, move and publish data to a site, import from or link to a list, create an Access view of a list, work offline with lists, track data versioning, explore programming in Access and when to use macros or VBA code to automate processes, create, launch, and modify macros and explore the use of the Visual Basic Editor to create event handlers and set control property values. Microsoft Office 2007: Beginning Visio This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore how Visio 2007 has predefined templates and stencils, along with the Visio Help features that allow you to tap into the knowledge base within the help files and online through the Microsoft knowledge base, manipulate the shapes and connectors before saving and printing them, position and manipulate shapes, alter views and page orders, manipulate text and text characteristics within Visio 2007 diagrams, link, embed, import and export content and drawings to allow for collaboration with other programs while using Visio 2007. Microsoft Office 2007: Beginning Project This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the basics of project management, create – and manage – a new project using Microsoft Office Project 2007, explore resource management for projects, and Microsoft Office Project 2007's resource management tools, explore the features of Microsoft Office Project 2007 and how a project manager can use Computer Insight Learning Center them to address a project's tracking and reporting needs. Microsoft Office 2007: Advanced Project This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the basics of customizing Microsoft Office Project 2007 and the advanced customization features, explore the basics of importing and exporting, sorting, filtering, and grouping information to meet a project's needs, create and share resource pools in a multi-project environment, manage the efficient use of limited resources to keep multiple projects on schedule, and create task dependencies across multiple projects. Microsoft Office 2007: Publisher This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the wide range of available templates and the creating, editing, printing, and publishing tools at your disposal, explore the new features of Microsoft Publisher 2007, the redesigned and enhanced familiar features, explore features such as email and catalog merging capabilities, e-mail templates, and web page creation and customization. Microsoft Office SharePoint Server 2007 End User This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: use SharePoint for file sharing, collaboration, discussion, integrate and use it with Office applications, customize SharePoint 2007 to suit your personal experience and search for information relating to your organization. Microsoft Office 2007: Collaborating, Communicating, and Sharing Information This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore Groove 2007 and Communicator 2007 as collaborative software packages, create Groove workspaces, invite people to share that workspace, connect with team members using chat or discussion boards, explore the concept of 'presence' in relation to Groove and Communicator, explore the benefits of an integrated Office system, use Communicator for realtime collaboration, create shared notepads, add files and text, initiate a live session to share notes in real time, organize notepads and search for information using the Office OneNote 2007 tools. Microsoft Office Project Server 2007: Managing Projects This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the basics of project management, create – and manage – a new project using Microsoft Office Project 2007, explore resource management for projects, and Microsoft Office Project 2007's resource management tools, explore the features of Microsoft Office Project 2007 and how a project manager can use them to address a project's tracking and reporting needs. This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the basics of customizing Microsoft Office Project 2007 and the advanced Page 3 Course Catalog customization features, explore the basics of importing and exporting, sorting, filtering, and grouping information to meet a project's needs, create and share resource pools in a multi-project environment, manage the efficient use of limited resources to keep multiple projects on schedule, and create task dependencies across multiple projects. Microsoft Windows Vista for the End User This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the hardware requirements necessary to implement Windows Vista, work with the Start menu, desktop, and Control Panel, manage files with Windows Explorer, create and save files to removable media, work with Windows programs, print in Windows Vista, explore backup and restore features, including both file backups and complete system recovery options, as well as Windows Defender and Windows Firewall security features, explore navigating the Web with Internet Explorer 7, subscribing to RSS feeds, and Internet Explorer security mechanisms. Microsoft Office XP Access 2002 Basic This course presents the learner with the fundamentals of Microsoft Access 2002. This course guides the learner through the basics of Access databases and covers topics such as creating and modifying databases, and establishing relationships between tables. Access 2002 Intermediate This courses covers more advanced features of Access 2002. Individuals will learn how to make different types of data queries, work with forms and link data to other databases. Access 2002 Advanced This course covers the more complex aspects of working with data using Access 2002. Assuming the learner is already proficient in Access, the course covers advanced features of database queries, and enhancing forms and reports. Excel 2002 Basic This course presents learners with the fundamental elements of Excel 2002. The course covers the Excel interface and navigation, how to create and format worksheets. Topics such as creating formulas, copying, inserting and deleting a range of cells are covered in the course. Excel 2002 Intermediate This course covers the advanced skills of working with worksheets in Excel 2002, and teaches how to manage display properties, advanced calculation techniques and worksheet data manipulation. The Outline and Web Integration section covers outlining worksheets and publishing a workbook as a Web page. Finally, the Page 4 Charts and Drawing Objects section teaches creating and modifying a chart and drawing objects. Excel 2002 Advanced This course covers skills particular to the expert user of Excel 2002. The course teaches template and database integration, shared workbooks, and consolidating data across workbooks. This course also teaches, Data Analysis and Automation, data importing and querying, pivot tables, macros, and data analysis tools. FrontPage 2002 Basic This course introduces the learner to core elements of FrontPage 2002. The principles of designing and structuring a Web site are introduced, as well as, the procedures essential to creating both Web pages and Web sites. The organization and management of a Web site is covered as well as Task management. Features such as Share Point Team Services and FrontPage Server extensions are also presented in the course. FrontPage 2002 Advanced This course delivers instruction on the higher level skills required to work with Web sites in FrontPage 2002. Modification and structuring of Web sites are covered, as well as, design considerations and procedures fundamental to Web site customization that include the creation of dynamic pages, frames and tables. Finally, essential elements in client/server interaction, such as the creation of Web forms, database integration, collaboration features and publishing options are covered. Outlook 2002 Basic This course presents the learner with the basics of Microsoft Outlook 2002. Individuals will learn how to open and reply to e-mail messages, insert attachments in messages and schedule appointments in the Outlook Calendar. Outlook 2002 Intermediate This course teaches common utilities within Outlook 2002 and will enable the learner to become proficient in using Outlook. The course covers the advanced skills of scheduling meetings, Tasks, and working with Outlook Journal and Notes. Outlook 2002 Advanced This course teaches the advanced features of Outlook 2002 and will enable the learner to become an expert user. Message formats and templates, security tools and network configuration newsgroups, instant messaging and working remotely are topics covered in the course. It assumes the learner has taken the Outlook Fundamentals and Proficient User courses. PowerPoint 2002 Basic This course presents the learner with the skills to become proficient at Microsoft PowerPoint 2002. This course guides the learner through the basics of Computer Insight Learning Center Course Catalog PowerPoint presentations with the emphasis on learning by doing. Learners will be presented with topics such as creating and modifying presentations. The course will also cover adding graphics to presentations and preparing a slide show of the presentation. PowerPoint 2002 Advanced This course builds on the skills acquired in the PowerPoint 2002 Proficient User course, and enables the learner to master advanced skills in PowerPoint. The course covers presentation enhancements, using and inserting charts and tables, importing objects and making the final presentation as professional as possible. Word 2002 Basic This course introduces the learner to the fundamental elements of Word 2002. The Word interface is covered along with the creation of documents and use of Word Help. Working with documents as well as document formatting and management and organization are covered. Word 2002 Intermediate This course covers more advanced skills of working with documents in Word 2002. Learners will deal with document enhancement, table management, and column management. This course also covers visual enhancements including WordArt, graphics, and diagrams. Lastly, learners will cover mail merge and workgroup collaboration. Word 2002 Advanced This course covers skills particular to the expert user of Word 2002. Advanced text and document handling is covered along with document styles and macros. Learners will cover group editing and document distribution, advanced workgroup collaboration and forms. Lastly, this course will cover tables, indexes and referencing, advanced document navigation and data tables. Microsoft Office XP: Common Features Across Office Applications This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the common tools and features across Office XP applications. Microsoft Office XP: New Features for Advanced Users This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the new features and feature enhancements in the following Microsoft Office XP applications - Access, Publisher, FrontPage, and SharePoint Team Services. Microsoft Office XP: Beginning Visio 2002 This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the features of Visio 2002, create, manipulate, save, and print Visio 2002 diagrams, work Computer Insight Learning Center extensively with stencils, templates, and diagrams in Visio 2002. Microsoft Office XP: New Office-wide Features This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the key new features contained in Microsoft Office XP. Microsoft Office XP: New Features for End-Users This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the new and enhanced features in the following Microsoft Office XP applications - Word, Excel, Outlook, and PowerPoint. Microsoft Project 2002 Microsoft Project 2002: Beginners This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the basics of project management, introduce Project 2002 as a project management tool, manipulate project tasks and resources in Project 2002 to produce a detailed project plan, track project progress and create project reports in Project 2002. Microsoft Project 2002: Advanced This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: deal with multiple data sources using Project 2002 and discuss collaboration and advanced tracking and reporting with Project 2002. Microsoft Windows XP for End Users Microsoft Windows XP: Getting Started This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the basic skills that are necessary to start using the Windows XP operating system. Microsoft Windows XP - New Features This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the fundamental improvements in Windows XP and the more advanced improvements in Windows XP. Microsoft Windows XP for Beginners This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore and describe the basic skills and configurations necessary to start using the Windows XP operating system, install and configure hardware, configure networking, and optimize Windows XP. Microsoft Windows XP Tablet PC A Tablet PC combines mobile computing with unique handwriting and voice recognition technology allowing users to type, write, or dictate notes. It also offers interactivity features by accepting commands in the form of gestures drawn by users. This course will explain how a Tablet PC is different from a desktop or laptop. The unique features of a Tablet PC will be covered as well. Additionally, this course will include hardware and Page 5 Course Catalog software specifications for a Tablet PC and methods to write, save and convert notes, and customize settings. Finally, it will cover the interaction between the unique features of a Tablet PC and its use with the Microsoft Office 2003 suite. This course also covers AutoFilter, sorting lists, using functions, and printing data. Microsoft Windows XP Media Center This course will enable the learners to get the most of their Windows XP Media Center-based PC. This course also covers Windows Media Center Extender technology and usage. Excel 2003 Intermediate This course covers worksheet data manipulation, working with cells, rows and columns, worksheets and workbooks. The Web Integration section covers inserting hyperlinks, previewing and publishing a workbook as a Web page. Finally, the Charts, Diagrams and Drawing Objects section teaches creating and modifying a chart, working with diagrams and AutoShapes. Introduction to Windows XP This course is designed to teach students the basic skills necessary to work with computers and the fundamental features of Windows XP. Students will cover working with the basic features of Windows XP. Tasks include using menus, windows, programs, files, folders, and shortcuts, and working with the view menu and toolbars. Excel 2003 Advanced This course introduces students to the more advanced elements of Excel 2003. Formatting worksheets and graphics, managing templates, and importing and exporting data are covered. This course also covers using advanced filters and creating PivotTables and PivotCharts. Managing Windows XP This course is designed to teach the students how to Manage Windows XP and manipulate the Windows XP environment. Students will learn how to work with files and folders and how to customize Windows XP settings to suit their preferences Excel 2003 Expert This course introduces students to the skills necessary to become an expert user of Excel 2003. Managing named ranges and functions, analyzing and projecting data, and structuring data are covered. This course also includes modifying toolbars and menus and working with macros. Microsoft Office 2003 Microsoft Office 2003: New Features This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore new features of Microsoft Office Word, Excel, and PowerPoint 2003, new features of Microsoft Office Outlook 2003, new applications in Microsoft Office 2003 and the new features of Microsoft Office Access, FrontPage, SharePoint Services, and Office Publisher 2003. Access 2003 Basic This course presents students with the fundamentals of Microsoft Access 2003. This course guides students through the basics of Access databases and covers topics such as creating and modifying databases, creating tables, and establishing relationships between tables. This course also covers managing data and using various types of queries to locate data. Access 2003 Advanced This course covers some of the advanced features of Access 2003. Students will learn how to create and work with forms and reports. This course covers creating data access pages and integrating data with other Microsoft Office applications. The different database tools and utilities will also be covered. Excel 2003 Basic This course introduces students to the fundamental elements of Excel 2003. Creating and saving workbooks, working with cells and formulas are covered. Page 6 Introduction to Office 2003 This course introduces students to the fundamental elements of Office 2003. The interfaces of the core Office applications are compared and explored. Using Task Panes to create new files is covered as well as utilizing basic skills in each individual application. Outlook 2003 Basic This course introduces students to the basic elements of Outlook 2003. Key components of this course include responding to e-mail messages, attaching files, sending instant messages from contacts and attaching signatures to messages. Also covered is displaying and managing items. Outlook 2003 Advanced Outlook Advanced introduces advanced-level skills of Outlook 2003. Key components of this course include creating and modifying appointments, meetings and events; accepting, declining and delegating tasks. Also covered in the course is creating and modifying notes, organizing items using folders, searching for items, and previewing and printing items. PowerPoint 2003 Basic This course introduces the basics of Microsoft PowerPoint 2003. Students are guided through the steps for creating a new presentation and how to manage slides. Students will learn how to work with AutoShapes, WordArt, Clip Art and graphics. How to use the Thesaurus and Spell Check tools, how to set up a presentation for printing, and how to create headers and Computer Insight Learning Center Course Catalog footers are covered topics in this course. Finally, this course teaches how to add and rehearse slide show timings and how to run a slide show. PowerPoint 2003 Advanced PowerPoint Advanced guides students through the steps for enhancing slide elements. How to add design templates and how to customize Slide Master are covered. Students will learn about hyperlinks, importing objects, and working with charts and graphs. This course teaches how to transfer presentations to Microsoft Word and how to package to CD. Finally, students learn about publishing presentations as Web pages and how to broadcast a presentation. Word 2003 Basic This course introduces students to the fundamental elements of Word 2003. Creating and saving documents, working with text, and paragraph formatting are covered. This course also covers document layout tools, spell check and auto correct, and printing documents. Word 2003 Intermediate This course introduces students to the features of Word 2003 that allow you to enhance documents and research, review, and collaborate. Document views and arranging windows, working with tables and columns, inserting graphics, and diagrams are covered. This course also covers research options and hyperlinks, document reviewing, document summary and sending documents by e-mail. Word 2003 Advanced The advanced elements of Word 2003 are introduced in this course. Key components of this course include working with tables and graphics, customizing toolbars and menus and advanced paragraph formatting. Also covered are macros, mail merge, and document reviewing. Word 2003 Expert This course introduces students to the more advanced elements of Word 2003. Key components of this course include creating forms, securing documents, and working with long documents. Also covered is publishing web documents and working with XML. Microsoft Office 2003: Beginning Project Professional This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the basics of project management, begin creating a new project using Project Professional 2003, define how resources are assigned, adjusted, and administered and how to track and report on the progress of your project. Microsoft Office 2003: Visio for Beginners This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore Visio 2003 and its features, use it Computer Insight Learning Center to create diagrams, add and modify text and shapes and use Visio 2003 with other programs. Microsoft Office 2003: Advanced Project Professional This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: structure your project using advanced customization features, share project data across applications and work with time-saving macros, organize project information for efficient performance, use e-mail to work collaboratively, set up and manage an enterprise project using Project Professional 2003, Project Server, and Project Web Access, use Project 2003's collaborative functions to manage and analyze project information. Microsoft Office 2003: Beginning FrontPage This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the basic features and functionality of Microsoft FrontPage 2003, add graphics, hyperlinks and tables to web pages, apply themes and styles, and work with shared borders, organize content in FrontPage 2003 using Dynamic Web Templates and frames and structure and publish FrontPage 2003 web sites. Microsoft Office 2003: Advanced FrontPage This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: work with code in FrontPage 2003, import web sites, create forms, and work with databases, enhance web sites with dynamic components, explore the issues involved in administering web sites, explore the use of Windows SharePoint Services in conjunction with FrontPage 2003. Microsoft Office 2003: Publisher This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore Publisher 2003 and the features and tools used for creating publications and options for getting help as you work, work with text boxes, text, and tables, explore printing, inserting, and modifying graphics and objects, create e-mail publications and web sites, explore mail and catalog merges and advanced design techniques and printing in Publisher 2003. Microsoft Office 2003: OneNote This course will introduce Microsoft Office OneNote 2003 and cover its features, including organizing notes, side notes, note flags, and customizing stationery. Microsoft Office 2000 Microsoft Office 2000: New Features This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the new features and improvements incorporated in Microsoft Office 2000 and the new web-integration and collaboration features of Office 2000 and other features for power users. Page 7 Course Catalog Microsoft Office 2000: Beginning Word 2000 This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the basic concepts and features of Word 2000 and the functionality of Word 2000. Microsoft Office 2000: Deployment and Administration This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore some of the tools and techniques available for installing, deploying, and maintaining Microsoft Office 2000. Microsoft Office 2000: Advanced Word 2000 This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: master the more advanced functionality of Word 2000 and acquire skills in using mail merge, forms, and macros and in workgroup editing. Microsoft Office 2000: Advanced Excel 2000 This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: bring proficient users of Excel 2000 to an advanced level of competence in using macros and sharing, displaying, formatting, and analyzing data. Microsoft Office 2000: Beginning Excel 2000 This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the core concepts of Microsoft Excel 2000, accomplish common Excel 2000 tasks efficiently, prepare for certification as Proficient Users of Excel 2000. Microsoft Office 2000: Beginning Project 2000 This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the major features of Microsoft Project 2000 used by most users, customize projects and handle multi project environments using Microsoft Outlook and Project Central. Microsoft Office 2000: Advanced Project 2000 This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: administrate and use advanced features of Project Central. Microsoft Office 2000: Access 2000 This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the core concepts of Microsoft Access 2000 and the skill areas of planning and creating a database, creating tables and forms, entering and querying data, creating and enhancing a report, working with queries, integrating data, modifying and enhancing a table, a form, working with Access tools, and integrating Access with the Web. Microsoft Office 2000: PowerPoint 2000 This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the core concepts of Microsoft PowerPoint 2000 and enable those proficient in PowerPoint 2000 to become expert users. Page 8 Microsoft Office 2000: Outlook 2000 This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: use Outlook 2000 in the integration of desktop applications and show how Outlook 2000 can be used in most organizational and communications tasks. Microsoft Office 2000: FrontPage 2000 This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the core concepts of Microsoft FrontPage 2000 and provide advanced users of FrontPage 2000 with skills in using navigation, themes, frames, forms, and databases on a web site. Microsoft Visio 2000 Microsoft Visio 2000: Getting Started This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: guide the home user or end-user through the basic concepts of working with diagrams, shapes, and connections, using layout, and working with graphics in Microsoft Visio 2000. Microsoft Visio 2000: Up and Running This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: guide the home user or end-user through the basic concepts of working with stencils, templates, and charts in Microsoft Visio 2000. ECDL- European Computer Driving License/ICDL - International Computer Driving License ECDL/ICDL 4 Module 1: Concepts of Information Technology (IT) This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the main concepts of IT, networks, and the components of a personal computer, explore health and safety, legal, and security issues involved in using computers. Note: the exercise items included with this ECDL-approved training are not ECDL certification tests. ECDL/ICDL 4 Module 2: Using the Computer and Managing Files This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: outline the main features of Windows XP and work with programs and documents, work with folders and files in Windows XP, personalize Windows XP to best suit the user's needs. Note: the exercise items included with this ECDL-approved training are not ECDL certification tests. ECDL/ICDL 4 Module 3: Word Processing with Microsoft Word 2003 This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: use mail merge and automated formatting and editing features in Word 2003, structure, edit, print, Computer Insight Learning Center Course Catalog create, open, and save Word 2003 documents, format text, organize paragraphs, add headers and footers, navigate and recover documents, create and format tables, graphics, diagrams, and charts in Word 2003. Note: the exercise items included with this ECDLapproved training are not ECDL certification tests. ECDL/ICDL 4 Module 4: Spreadsheets with Microsoft Excel 2003 This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the basic features of Excel 2003, format worksheets, print spreadsheets, create and use charts, use formulas and functions in Excel 2003. Note: the exercise items included with this ECDL-approved training are not ECDL certification tests. ECDL/ICDL 4 Module 5: Database with Microsoft Access 2003 This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the concepts and processes for creating and navigating an Access 2003 database, creating and modifying tables and forms, queries and reports. Note: the exercise items included with this ECDL-approved training are not ECDL certification tests. ECDL/ICDL 4 Module 6: Presentations with Microsoft PowerPoint 2003 This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: create basic presentations using PowerPoint 2003, modify slide layout and design and add visuals, charts, diagrams, tables, and multimedia, complete PowerPoint 2003 presentations. Note: the exercise items included with this ECDL-approved training are not ECDL certification tests. ECDL/ICDL 4 Module 7: Information and Communication This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore IE6 and the IE6 interface, perform basic tasks, work with web content, purchase goods online, and customize IE6, create, send, and respond to messages in Outlook 2003, work with text, attachments, and contacts, organize messages, search for items, and change settings in Outlook 2003. Note: the exercise items included with this ECDL-approved training are not ECDL certification tests. Home and Personal Introduction to PCs This course provides the learner with comprehensive foundational knowledge of PCs, working with Microsoft Windows, Microsoft application software, and using the Internet and E-mail. The course covers an introduction to the PC, benefits, components, hardware and software, input and output devices, storage, and general maintenance. Working with Microsoft Windows XP, opening and closing applications, and managing windows and files are also covered. Additionally, the course will cover the main types of Microsoft application Computer Insight Learning Center software: word processing, spreadsheet, database, graphics and presentation, and the basics of Internet technology and uses. Encyclopedia Britannica Encyclopedia Britannica Ready Reference provides access to 25,000 articles, and its library of photographs, illustrations, videos, audio clips, and maps. The course will provide users information on how to find articles, review and use libraries, use interactive tools, and organize research. Microsoft Works Suite 2006 This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to create documents, save a document, edit, format, move, and align text in a document, enhance a document, work with formulas and functions in a spreadsheet, perform common tasks such as copying, pasting, and printing. Students will also learn how to create and work with databases, fields, records, forms, and reports. NetMeeting This course offers an overview of the functionality and features of NetMeeting. Guidelines are given for managing calls, attending and hosting meetings, using audio and video, and using Chat and Whiteboard. Coverage is also given to file and program sharing procedures in NetMeeting. America Online Service 9.0 The America Online Service 9.0 Optimized course introduces the AOL service and teaches how to connect to and navigate the Web using the America Online service. The course will cover using help, downloading files and adding Web pages to AOL Favorites. It also includes how to use e-mail, AOL Instant Messenger, and chat rooms. Other topics include adding screen names, setting Parental Controls, and using the computer checkup. Tablet PC A Tablet PC combines mobile computing with unique handwriting and voice recognition technology allowing users to type, write, or dictate notes. It also offers new interactivity features by accepting commands in the form of gestures drawn by users. This course will explain how a Tablet PC is different from a desktop or a laptop. The features of a Tablet PC, its benefits and uses will be covered. Additionally, this course will include hardware and software specifications for a Tablet PC and methods to write, save and convert notes, and customize settings. Basic Computer Maintenance and Troubleshooting This introduction to troubleshooting will cover some commonly occurring problems and some simple troubleshooting techniques, such as problems with monitors, drives, printing, sound and video, and start up and shut down of the computer. The course also introduces users to preventative maintenance. It covers Page 9 Course Catalog methods of obtaining system properties. It also discusses ways of maintaining and effectively using a computer. Building a Wired/Wireless Network This course will cover how to build a wired and wireless network. It provides an overview of computer networks and their operation. It will also explain the features, benefits and requirements of a wired and wireless network. Secure Email This is a basic course that teaches the importance of using and implementing e-mail security. The topics in this course cover the basics of e-mail security, encrypting e-mails, and digital signatures. Securing your PC This course will provide the learners with an overview of various threats to home PCs and ways to protect them. The course will cover concepts such as hackers, viruses, Trojan horses, Spyware, Phishing, spam, worms, Adware, and cookies. This course will also provide the learner with measures to prevent virus infections, spam, and Spyware. Guidelines regarding maintaining privacy and guarding children online will be covered as well. The course will also include how to use Windows Service Pack 2, Internet Explorer 6, McAfee Internet Security Suite 6, and Norton Internet Security 2005 to block malware. Home Networking with Microsoft Windows XP Home networking is becoming increasingly important with the proliferation of PC home ownership, advancements in telecommunications technology and increase in teleworking and home business. Windows XP facilitates easy setup of a small network. This course introduces the concept of home networking, the technologies involved and the various possible topologies. It then covers planning and setup of a home network, security considerations and firewall use and troubleshooting guidelines for the most common problem areas. After the course, the learner will understand the area of home networking and be in a position to setup and maintain one. Microsoft Money The Microsoft Money 2007 Deluxe course helps learners manage their personal finance. This course discusses the features and benefits of the Money software. It covers the steps to create a Money file and setup Money accounts. The course also provides information on using account registers, managing transactions, transferring funds, balancing accounts, and using online services. The course also helps the learner to create a budget and track and manage investments. In addition, the course provides information on securing Money accounts and preventing data loss. Page 10 Financial Management This course introduces computer-based money management. Money management capabilities including transactions, transferring funds, banking online, and reporting are covered. Finally, the learner is guided through budgets, investments, and tax preparation capabilities, using financial software to help simplify preparing your information for filing your taxes and using TurboTax software in creating and filing your taxes. Lotus Notes Lotus Notes 8: New Features for End Users Lotus Notes 8 is the latest release of IBM's messaging and collaboration software. This desktop client now ships with an updated look and feel which allows users to centrally manage their e-mail, calendar, instant messaging, as well as a host of new productivity tools. This course explores the new features of the user interface, as well as the key enhancements to the core functionality of the Lotus Notes 8. Also discussed are the new editing tools based on the Open Document Format for Office Applications, which allow users to work on spreadsheets, word processing documents and presentations. Lotus Notes 8: End User This course explores the updated user interface of Notes, and introductory topics on Lotus Notes Applications and using the built-in help system. Also included in the course are discussions on how to compose and send e-mail messages, as well as perform additional mailbox management tasks. This course discusses the calendar interface and how to book appointments and meetings with colleagues. This course also shows you how to set up Notes 8 applications to fulfill a variety of other user functions, and shows you how to create and format documents within those applications. Configuring and working with TeamRoom Documents is covered in detail as an example of a collaborative application. This course discusses how to communicate with colleagues using the updated instant messaging features, and how to add and update e-mail contacts as well as instant messaging contacts. Also covered in this course is the new Lotus Notes blog feature which enables user to publish content to their own personal blogs. Included for the first time in Lotus Notes are word processing, spreadsheet, and presentation applications called Productivity Tools. These tools support the Open Document Format (ODF), which allows users to open and work with office documents from many major vendors. This course concentrates on the basics of the Productivity Tools such as interface navigation, opening and creating new documents, as well as formatting and editing text. Also discussed is Domino Web Access, and an exploration of creating replicas and replication schedules. Lotus Notes 7: End User This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: use the basic features of the Notes client, Computer Insight Learning Center Course Catalog compose and send e-mail, customize mail settings, communicate using instant messaging, save contact details, create and manage databases, use the calendar, personal journal, and to do list for information management and scheduling, access Lotus Notes databases from remote locations. Lotus Notes 6: End User This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore Lotus Notes 6 and its features, the Calendar, To Do List, and TeamRoom collaboration, explore the options available for personalizing Notes 6 Mail features and the remote use of Notes 6, explore iNotes - web-based access to the Notes client. Internet Microsoft Internet Explorer 7: End User This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the basic features of Internet Explorer 7; browse, save, and print content; search for information and get help; and use RSS feeds for dynamic web sites, personalize your use of Internet Explorer 7 by customizing default features, and protect your privacy and the security of your computer. Microsoft Internet Explorer 6 This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the fundamental navigation, saving, printing, help, mail, and media features of Internet Explorer 6, understand the advanced and customizable features of Internet Explorer. Internet Explorer 5.5: Getting Started This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the basic navigation and webbrowsing capabilities of Microsoft Internet Explorer 5.5. Internet Basics This course will provide users information on the Internet and on how to surf and navigate the Web. It will also provide how to communicate on the Web using e-mail and different equipment involved in accessing the Internet. The course will also introduce browsers, e-Mail clients, chat rooms, and instant messaging. Internet Explorer 7 Advanced Features The Windows Internet Explorer 7: Advanced Features course aims at familiarizing the learners with the advanced features of Internet Explorer. This course introduces the learner to features such as tabbed browsing, Favorites Center, and Really Simple Syndication (RSS) feeds. It describes how to access the home page, preview and subscribe to RSS feeds, choose a zoom level and print Web pages, use and manage History, and search for content. This course also describes how you can use the tabbed browsing feature to open multiple Web sites in a single browser window. Moreover, it discusses how you can customize the Internet Explorer Command bar and toolbars. Computer Insight Learning Center PC and Internet Basics The Introduction to Computers and Software (Vista) course introduces computers and software. This course introduces the basic hardware components of a computer. It also explains working in Windows Vista environment, using dialog boxes, wizards, and Control Panel. Additionally, the course explains using gadgets and switching between applications. The Troubleshooting Basics for Your Microsoft Windows Vista PC course provides solutions to common Windows Vista computer problems. This course familiarizes the learner to procedures and features of Windows Vista that help resolve slow system and system startup problems. It introduces the learner to common hard disk problems and solutions to resolve these problems. Using this course, the learner can troubleshoot CD and DVD problems, monitor problems, USB device problem, and sound problems on a Windows Vista computer. This course also discusses solutions for troubleshooting network and Internet connection problems. Moreover, the course introduces the help features in Windows Vista that guides the learner to obtain the best help for a problem. NetScape Netscape 6.2: Getting Started This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the Netscape 6.2 browser. Netscape 6 - Getting Started This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to explore the basics of Netscape Navigator 6. PDAs Palm OS This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the basic functionality of the Palm handheld device running Palm OS 4. Pocket PC 2002 This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the basic functionality of the Pocket PC 2002. PDAs and Pocket PC Fundamentals This course is designed for new owners of handheld devices running the Pocket PC 2002 operating system. After taking this course, learners should be able to use their Pocket PC as an effective business and entertainment device. Seagate Crystal Reports Crystal Reports v 10 This course is the first in a three-part series that focuses on the basics of reporting using Crystal Reports v10. Page 11 Course Catalog This course introduces the user to Crystal Reports and its environment. It also covers the fundamentals of databases and the key concepts associated with relational databases. In this course, you will learn to plan, create, preview, save, and distribute reports. Crystal Reports XI: Report Writing Basics This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: create a report in Crystal Reports XI, manipulate data and distribute reports. Microsoft Windows Vista Microsoft Windows Vista: New Features for End Users This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: recognize the changes to the Windows User interface and new and enhanced Windows applications, recognize the security and data protection features in Windows Vista. Using your Windows Vista Tablet PC The Using Your Microsoft Windows Vista Tablet PC course provides an overview of using Microsoft Windows Vista on a Tablet PC. This course familiarizes the learner to features specific to Tablet PC such as the integrated tablet pen, the Input Panel tab, and panning hand. It introduces the learner to the handwriting personalization feature, where a Tablet PC recognizes your handwriting and gives improved handwriting to text conversion results. This course also focuses on Windows Vista tools, which are available with a Tablet PC such as Windows Journal, Sticky Notes, and Snipping Tool. Moreover, the course discusses a Tablet PC in conjunction with Microsoft Office 2007. It focuses on using ink in Microsoft Office Outlook 2007, Microsoft Office Word 2007, and Microsoft Office OneNote 2007. WordPerfect WordPerfect Office 11 WordPerfect 11 is a general-purpose word processing program that is used to create documents of all kinds. The WordPerfect 11 course teaches the learner how to create and edit a document, focusing on how to select and move text, format and align text, and create bulleted and numbered lists. This course also teaches how to enhance documents with clipart images and how to proof and print documents. The Quattro Pro 11 Module introduces the concept of notebooks and related worksheets. It also covers the basics of data entry, editing, and how to select data. Mathematical and logical functions as well as basic formatting principles are also covered. Finally, the learner explores print options available within Quattro Pro. The WordPerfect Office 11 - Presentations 11 module introduces the capabilities of Presentations to create slide shows. The course teaches how to create presentations and to insert text, shapes, graphics, Clipart, and charts. Slide show effects, such as slide transitions, are also taught. Finally, the learner is Page 12 taught how to edit and play slide shows, as well as how to print presentations. WordPerfect Office 12 This course will introduce learners to the features and functions included in WordPerfect® Office 12. Learners will be able to demonstrate competence in using WordPerfect to perform simple tasks such as opening existing documents, creating new documents, saving documents, and formatting and manipulating text. Further, this course will equip learners to include images in documents and set page format and printing options. This course will also enable learners to understand and use Quattro Pro to perform simple tasks such as opening existing notebooks, creating new notebooks, saving notebooks, and formatting data. Learners will be able to insert charts in their notebooks, use formulas and functions, and set printing options. Finally, this course will enable learners to understand and use Presentations to perform simple tasks such as opening existing presentations, creating new presentations, saving presentations, and formatting data. Learners will be able to insert images and charts in their presentation, set up slide transitions, view presentations as a slide show, and set printing options. AntiVirus Norton FireWall and AntiSpam In this course, you will be introduced to the features and benefits of Norton Personal Firewall 2005. You will learn about keeping hackers out and personal data in and facilitating robust firewall protection by automatically hiding your PC on the Internet and blocking suspicious connections. You will also learn about protecting your privacy using the Personal Firewall by preventing confidential information from being sent out without your knowledge. The course also teaches the learner about various options to protect the computer from viruses, worms, and Trojan horses. It covers options that can be specified to detect viruses and other potential risks in the instant messenger attachments, e-mail messages, Internet downloads, and other files. You will also learn about features and benefits of Norton AntiSpam 2005 and its role in filtering unsolicited e-mail. You will learn to protect your private information and customize Privacy Control. You will also learn to block Web sites, programs, and newsgroups using Parental Control. McAfee Firewall and AntiSpam This course will provide a computer user with an understanding of the McAfee Personal Firewall Plus software. It will also cover the user interface as well as setting up and working with a firewall. It will provide a computer user with an understanding of the McAfee VirusScan software. It will also cover the user interface as well as how to update the software, and scan for viruses Computer Insight Learning Center Course Catalog McAfee Security Suite This course provides an overview of McAfee SecurityCenter. It provides an insight into the McAfee SecurityCenter configuration options and the working of McAfee SecurityCenter. This course explains protecting your files and computer, Internet and network connection, and e-mail and instant messaging. Additionally, this course explains using parental control and performing common security tasks. The course also provides an overview of McAfee SecurityCenter, McAfee VirusScan, McAfee Personal Firewall, McAfee Privacy Service, McAfee EasyNetwork, and McAfee SiteAdvisor. Learners will gain an insight into the working of McAfee security services. Home Office Wireless Networking for Small Businesses This course covers the benefits and applicability of wireless networking to the small business. It covers wireless components and configurations. It provides guidelines on planning, setting up and securing a wireless network for a small business. Quicken 2007 Deluxe Quicken 2007 Deluxe course introduces learners to key features and functions of Quicken 2007. Learners will be able identify the key aspects of managing and manipulating accounts, data files, and transactions. Learners will also be able to identify the key features of budgets, reports, and protecting data. QuickBooks Pro 2007 This course introduces the QuickBooks interface and explains how to use the interface for basic operations such as creating a company file, adding customers, vendors, accounts, and items to the company file. Students will learn about the process of managing banking and billing transactions in QuickBooks. Students will also learn about payroll and how to create reports and budgets in QuickBooks. Finally, students will learn about centers, lists, and forms in QuickBooks. Students will learn about the Customer Center, Vendor Center, and Employee Center and the methods to work with these centers. In this course, students learn to create item lists and forms, such as invoices, sales receipts, and purchase orders. Additionally, the course covers the methods to protect and back up data. Microsoft Picture It Photo Premium 9.0 This course will introduce the Microsoft Picture It! software, and its features and benefits. The course will cover capturing images from digital cameras, scanners and CDs. It will also cover basic editing skills, and how to acquire, save, and print pictures. It also covers how to use some of Picture It!'s features and benefits. The course will cover adding text and borders to pictures, creating greeting cards, and resizing photos for e-mail transmission. Computer Insight Learning Center Digital Media Digital Photography The Digital Photography course teaches the basic concepts of digital photography. It covers the principles for selecting a digital camera and how to take a good picture, as well as how to transfer the image from a digital camera to a computer. The course also covers scanners and image editing software. Organizing and archiving images and using online photo services are also topics included. Digital Video Editing This course introduces digital video editing using MGI® VideoWave® 5. Participants are shown how to transfer videos to a PC and how to edit and enhance these videos. The learner will be provided with step-by-step instructions to work with storylines and capture and edit videos. The learner will be shown how to output an edited video from VideoWave 5 to videocassette or DVD and how to publish a video on the Internet. Understanding Digital Printing This course will cover digital printing. It will include defining digital printing, understanding the resources you need for digital printing, choosing a printer, understanding print quality, paper, ink, and printer speed, planning for a digital print, and configuring the print job. CD and DVD Creation This course, Roxio Easy CD and DVD Creator 6, teaches the learner how to use Creator Classic, Disc Copier, and Drag-to-Disc to make a back-up copy of a disc. The course teaches how to use AudioCentral to create audio CDs. Learners are also introduced to DVD Builder that is used to make DVD home movies and photo slide shows. PhotoSuite 5 and Label Creator are also covered. Finally, the learner is introduced to MusicMatch and how to burn a music CD. Transfer Digital Images This course will provide users information on how to capture digital images using their digital camera, scanner, cell phone, or PDA. It will include an introduction to each of the digital hardware, and how the pictures are transferred. Organize, Edit, and Share Digital Images: Pinnacle Instant PhotoAlbum This course covers the use of Pinnacle Instant PhotoAlbum as photo organizing software that helps photographers organize and edit so that they can enjoy sharing their experiences and memories. The course will cover, organizing, editing and sharing digital photos in the software. Manage and Store Digital Images This course will provide users information on how to manage and store digital images. This will include how Page 13 Course Catalog to understand storage needs, and tips for managing and storing. The course will also review managing with Windows XP and a overview of the image-management software available Photoshop Album, Picture It, etc. Display Digital Images Electronically This course will provide users information on cool ways to display digital images using electronic photo albums, screen savers, and slideshows. This will include understanding output options, and help in choosing the best application for your needs. Protect and Share Digital Movies: Pinnacle Instant VideoAlbum This course covers the use of Pinnacle Instant VideoAlbum to preserve and share recorded home videos onto DVD. Instant VideoAlbum is designed to provide the highest quality results with easy to use features and functions. The software includes tools for trimming unwanted video and improving poorly lit shots. Roxio Easy Media Creator 7 This course will introduce the Easy Media Creator 7 software, and its features and benefits. The course will cover copying and creating of both CDs and DVDs. It will also include converting audio from LPs and tapes and burning to CD. It will also include backing up data on CDs and DVDs. Capture Digital Video This course will provide users information on how to capture digital video using their digital video camera, cell phone, or PDA. It will include an introduction to each piece of the digital hardware, and how the video is captured. Store Digital Video The Store Digital Video course will provide users with information on how to store and archive their raw digital video files, backup any movies they create, and discuss file formats most commonly found on the Internet. This will include how to understand storage needs, and tips for managing and storing. The course will also review managing files using Windows XP and an overview of the video-management software available on the market today. Transfer Digital Video This course will provide users information on how to transfer digital video from their digital video camera, DVC connector, cell phone, or PDA to a computer. It will include an introduction to each of the digital hardware, and how the video is transferred. Display Digital Video This course will familiarize users to various media to store and view video such as DVD, CD, VCD, and tapes. Users will also learn about sharing movies on the Internet. In addition, the course will also deal with Page 14 various considerations in selecting appropriate video software. Sonic RecordNow! Deluxe This course will introduce the RecordNow! Deluxe software and its features and benefits. The course will cover copying and creating of both CDs and DVDs. It will also include backing up data on CDs and DVDs. Ripping and Burning Digital Music This course introduces the basic concepts of digital music including digital media file formats, how to rip from a CD and different recording media types. The course also covers how to burn an audio or MP3 CD and how to produce CD jewel case inserts and labels. MusicMatch Jukebox 8.2 This course will introduce the Musicmatch software and its features and benefits. The course will describe the basic functionality of the software. It will also cover the steps of how to copy tracks from an audio CD, download music tracks from the Internet, and launch the online radio. The other processes that will be covered include burning a disc, transferring music to a portable device, and creating CD labels. Paint Shop Paint Shop Pro 8 This objective of this course is to give the learner a comprehensive introduction to the capabilities and tools of Paint Shop Pro 8. Painting and Drawing tools are covered, as is the creation and management of images and various color management guidelines. Paint Shop Pro's useful Browser tool is covered. The course covers the use of layers, masks and selections in image editing. Various image editing techniques are covered - such as image effects, paint brush effects, image framing and photograph editing - as are the creation of images for the Web and the creation of animations. Paint Shop Photo Album 5 This course will provide users with an overview of the features of Paint Shop Photo Album and how to import photos from a camera, card reader, and scanner. In addition, this course will also cover methods to organize, protect, fix, and enhance photos. Finally, the course will cover how to create a project using photos and methods to share your photos. Paint Shop Pro 9 This course introduces you to various elements on the Paint Shop Pro main window. You'll also learn how to import photos in Paint Shop Pro and use the Paint Shop Pro Browser window. You'll learn about basic methods for enhancing, fixing, and improving photos and about removing flaws from photos. You'll learn how to automate repetitive tasks and process multiple images. In addition, you'll learn how to apply effects to add unique and creative effects to your photos. Moreover, Computer Insight Learning Center Course Catalog you'll learn about using the brush, paint, and art media tools to enhance your photos. Finally, you'll learn about erasing and cloning parts of photos. Paint Shop Pro Studio This course introduces you to various elements on the Paint Shop Pro Studio interface. You'll learn how to use Paint Shop Pro Studio for restoring and enhancing photos. You'll also learn to create greeting cards and caricatures. Finally, you'll learn about sharing photos over the Web/Internet. Computer Insight Learning Center Page 15 Information Technology Application Development Application Development This course covers concepts related to structured system analysis. The course introduces you to tools and techniques used for structured system analysis, and covers the different models used in information analysis. The course also covers the tools and techniques and the processes to create a structured design. An overview of various techniques used for estimation is addressed. Students will learn about the software development process. The course introduces key concepts of agile programming and compares it with other programming methods. Additionally, the course covers Extreme Programming (XP) as an example of agile programming. The source control system and its uses are also covered. Students will learn about different software testing methods, unit testing and techniques used to write test cases. Students will be introduced to features and components of test plans. The course covers features and uses of different types of system testing and introduces the learner to acceptance testing features and the acceptance testing framework. Finally concepts related to automated testing, Test Driven Development (TDD) patterns, and mastering TDD is covered. IBM Websphere Developing with IBM Rational Application Developer for WebSphere Software V6.0 This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: set workbench preferences, work with perspective views/projects, design web sites/projects, manage database connections, configure a server, run, package and deploy applications in RAD, test and debug JSP and use Java development tools to create and manage Java. Java 2 Programming Java Programming with J2SE 1.4 This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: learn the main principles and elements of the Java language, handle exceptions and use assertions in Java, create and use the classes and methods of the java.lang, java.util, java.io, and java.nio packages, identify and work with Java operators, expressions, selection statements, and loop constructs, implement inheritance and polymorphism in Java and work with Java's static and final modifiers, work with reference types and threads in Java, build GUI applications using the Swing API and build applets and place them on web pages. Computer Insight Learning Center Java Programming with J2SE: Update from 1.4 to 5.0 This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: learn the language-specific improvements and changes in Java 5.0 (which makes Java more developer-friendly and facilitates the writing of bug-free code), examine the J2SE 5.0 changes to both the integration and core libraries, outline J2SE 5.0 tool changes, introduce the new AWT and Swing features, explain the term metadata and how it can be used to provide annotation source to third-party tools. Java Programming with J2SE 5.0 This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: learn the main principles and elements of the Java language, identify and work with Java operators, expressions, selection statements, and loop constructs, create and work with Java classes and objects, implement inheritance and polymorphism in Java, work with Java's static and final modifiers, explain the term metadata and how it can be used to provide annotation source to third-party tools, outline J2SE 1.5 tool changes, work with reference types and threads in Java , handle exceptions and use assertions in Java, use the classes and methods of the java.lang, java.util, java.io, and java.nio packages, use Java's I/O facilities to read and write data, format input or output, build GUI applications using the Swing API and build applets and place them on web pages. Java Programming with Java SE 6.0 This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: learn the main principles and elements of the Java language, identify and work with Java operators, expressions, selection statements, and loop construct, create and work with Java classes and objects, implement inheritance and polymorphism in Java, work with Java's static and final modifiers, explain the term metadata and how it can be used to provide annotation source to third-party tools, outline generics and work with reference types and threads in Java, handle exceptions and use assertions in Java, use the classes and methods of the java.lang, java.util, java.io, and java.nio packages, use Java's I/O facilities to read and write data, format input or output, build GUI applications using the Swing API, build applets and place them on web pages. Java Enterprise Development with the J2EE: Overview of the J2EE Architecture To provide an overview of enterprise application design and development using the J2EE platform and its enabling technologies. Page 16 Course Catalog Java Enterprise Development with the J2EE: Client Development, Application Deployment and Security In this course, you will learn how to package and deploy J2EE components on a J2EE server, to describe Java 2 security features and to explain how to configure security for J2EE applications. Java Enterprise Development with the J2EE: Servlets and JSP’s This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: outline the relationship between JavaServer Pages (JSPs) and servlets, to describe how to create servlets, and to explain how they fit into the web tier of the J2EE platform Also included is learning to outline the relationship between JavaServer Pages (JSPs) and servlets, to describe how to create JSPs, and to explain how they fit into the web tier of the J2EE platform. Java Enterprise Development with the J2EE: Enterprise JavaBeans This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: describe the Enterprise JavaBean (EJB) component model and to explain how to create EJBs, to describe how to implement container-managed persistence (CMP) for entity beans and to discuss how to use container-managed transactions (CMT) and the Java Transaction API (JTA) to control Enterprise JavaBean (EJB) transactions. Java Enterprise Development with the J2EE: J2EE Support Technologies This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: describe database connectivity issues in the context of the J2EE platform, outline how to use the core and extension JDBC APIs, introduce distributed technologies and provide an overview of RMI and the Java Message Service (JMS). Further topics include introducing CORBA as a language-independent distribution technology specification and to describe how to use the Java IDL to create Java interfaces for CORBA-compliant systems. Java Web Services This course will introduce web services and provide an overview of the Java technologies that can be used to develop them, including the Java XML Pack, servlets, and JSPs This course will outline the components and functions of Java web service technologies. Finally, it will outline how to create web service clients using Java technologies. Java Enterprise Development with the J2EE: J2EE Connector Architecture This course will introduce the J2EE Connector Architecture and demonstrate how it can be used by J2EE applications. Computer Insight Learning Center Microsoft .NET Software Development Tools Microsoft .NET for Developers This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: acquire the concepts, environment, technology, and tools for Microsoft .NET Microsoft .NET for Developers: Implementing Security for C# Applications This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: determine best practices for securing the .NET Framework, specify how best to minimize the security threats associated with untrusted users, practice data validation and secure unknown code in C# .NET applications, secure SQL connections, protect against SQL injection attacks, implement authentication and configure application security using CAS in C# .NET applications, determine how application isolation, security namespaces, and role-based security are implemented in the .NET development environment, create and configure ACLs and DACLs, implement URL authorization, implement secure ASP.NET state management, identify how role-based security is implemented by the .NET Framework using Identity and Principle objects, recognize how the Principle Permission class is used in role-based security, recognize how to implement a security solution for .NET Remoting, distinguish between critical WSE security classes, secure C# .NET applications using cryptography, hash and RSA algorithms, digital signatures, and DotFuscator, perform assembly vulnerability testing tasks, and identify best practices for hardening ASP .NET applications . Microsoft .NET for Developers: Implementing Security for VB.NET Applications This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: determine best practices for securing the .NET Framework, specify how best to minimize the security threats associated with untrusted users, practice data validation and secure unknown code in .NET applications, secure SQL connections, protect against SQL injection attacks, implement authentication and configure application security using CAS in .NET applications, determine how application isolation, security namespaces, and role-based security are implemented in the .NET development environment, create and configure ACLs and DACLs, implement URL authorization, implement secure ASP.NET state management, identify how role-based security is implemented by the .NET Framework using Identity and Principal objects, recognize how the PrincipalPermission class is used in role-based security, recognize how to implement a security solution for .NET Remoting, distinguish between critical WSE security classes, secure VB.NET applications using cryptography, hash and RSA algorithms, digital signatures, and DotFuscator, recognize the importance of application vulnerability Page 17 Course Catalog testing and identify best practices for hardening ASP.NET applications. Microsoft .NET for Developers: C# for the VB6 Developer This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: compare and contrast the features of the C# programming language with VB6, describe C# programming techniques and models. Microsoft .NET for Developers: C# for the C++ Developer This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: compare and contrast the features of the C# programming language with those of C++, learn C# programming techniques and models. Microsoft .NET for Developers: Foundations of ASP.NET with VB.NET This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: learn ASP.NET, the basic elements in writing ASP.NET pages, web services and custom server controls for ASP.NET web development, and learn error handling, configuration, deployment, and security for ASP.NET applications. Microsoft .NET for Developers: Visual Basic .NET for the VB6 Developer This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: learn the language differences between Visual Basic 6.0 and Visual Basic .NET, become familiar with the new Visual Studio .NET features, the new object-oriented features of Visual Basic .NET, data access with ADO.NET, and strategies for migration, create interfaces for windows applications with Windows Forms, and for web applications with Web Forms and ASP.NET. Microsoft .NET for Developers: Building XML Web Services This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: learn the concepts of XML web services, publishing, and accessing, build a web service and web-service clients in .NET. connected design, use ADO.NET's disconnected DataSet object model, including DataSets, DataAdapters, DataTables, DataRelations, DataRows, and DataColumns, modify DataSet data, update data sources, read and write XML data sources, and interact with ADO.NET, relate tables and DataSets, bind DataSets to a DataGrid, and modify, view, and select disconnected data. Microsoft .NET for Developers: Testing, Debugging, and Maintaining Windows Application in VB.NET This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explore the concepts of software testing and debugging, describe the use of the Debug and Trace programmatic classes in the .NET Framework class library and the Visual Studio .NET and SDK interactive debuggers, learn and describe techniques for monitoring and optimizing Windows applications using the .NET performance monitoring API, the .NET Windows event log API, and Visual Studio Analyzer. Microsoft .NET for Developers: Testing, Debugging and Maintaining Windows Applications in C# This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explore the concepts of software testing and debugging, describe the use of the Debug and Trace programmatic classes in the .NET Framework class library and the Visual Studio .NET and SDK interactive debuggers, learn and describe techniques for monitoring and optimizing Windows applications using the .NET performance-monitoring API, the .NET Windows event log API, and Visual Studio Analyzer. Microsoft .NET for Developers: Testing, Debugging, and Maintaining Web Applications in VB.NET This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explore the concepts of software testing and debugging, describe how to instrument an application for tracing and debugging in .NET, explain the use of tracing and testing in .NET web applications, perform interactive debugging in Visual Studio .NET, learn and describe techniques for monitoring web applications using the .NET performance monitoring API, the .NET Windows event log API, and Visual Studio Analyzer. Microsoft .NET for Developers: ADO.NET with VB.NET This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explore ADO.NET, make connections to databases and run stored procedures and SQL statements in a connected design, use ADO.NET's disconnected DataSet object model, including DataSets, DataAdapters, DataTables, DataRelations, DataRows, and DataColumns, modify DataSet data, update data sources, read and write XML data sources and interact with ADO.NET. Microsoft .NET for Developers: Creating User Services for Windows Applications with VB.NET This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: work with Windows Forms and controls in VB.NET, customize controls and add event handling to a VB.NET Windows application, validate user input and error handling for a VB.NET Windows application, add services and components in VB.NET, implement accessibility, user assistance, printing, localization and globalization features in a .NET Windows application. Microsoft .NET for Developers: ADO.NET with C# This course will provide users with the tools necessary to explore ADO.NET, make connections to databases and run stored procedures and SQL statements in a Microsoft .NET for Developers: Building Server Components with VB.NET This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: build, debug, deploy, and use Windows Services with Visual Basic .NET, access unmanaged code from .NET Page 18 Computer Insight Learning Center Course Catalog and vice versa, build, deploy, and use serviced components, create and use specific .NET Remoting services and use the .NET Framework to manage XML data. Microsoft .NET for Developers: Mastering ASP.NET with VB.NET This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: create and use dynamic controls, implement styling, and use data binding, create a user interface that incorporates user assistance features, accessibility functionality, and advanced validation features, outline the issues and processes involved in globalizing and localizing an application, migrate ASP to ASP.NET, leverage legacy components, create and use .NET components, and install and configure ASP.NET servers. Microsoft .NET for Developers: Configuration and Security with VB.NET This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: describe the role and structure of assemblies, build private and shared assemblies, configure Windows and web applications, to make assemblies secure through code access and role-based security. Microsoft .NET for Developers: Configuration and Security with C# This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: describe the role and structure of assemblies, build private and shared assemblies, configure Windows and web applications, make assemblies secure through code access and role-based security. Microsoft .NET for Developers: Windows-Based Application Deployment This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: describe all available deployment options for packaging and distribution, deploy a Windows-based application or component. Microsoft .NET for Developers: Analyzing Requirements and Defining Solution Architectures This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: establish the steps and techniques needed to define a solution vision, gather and analyze requirements, define development and operations strategies, derive the conceptual design, derive the logical design for the solution and create the physical design for it. Microsoft .NET for Developers: Web-based Application Deployment This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: outline the primary considerations and decisions that a developer needs to make when planning the deployment of a .NET web application, explain the appropriate use and installation of private and shared assemblies in that deployment, use Visual Studio .NET to create, configure, and deploy a web-based application. Computer Insight Learning Center Microsoft .NET for Developers: Creating User Services for Windows Applications with C# This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: work with Windows Forms and controls in C#, customize controls and add event handling to a C# Windows application, validate user input and provide error handling for a C# Windows application, add services and components in C#, implement accessibility, user assistance, printing, localization, and globalization features in a C# Windows application. Microsoft .NET for Developers: Testing, Debugging, and Maintaining Web Applications in C# This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explore the concepts of software testing and debugging, instrument an application for tracing and debugging in .NET, explain the use of tracing and testing in .NET web applications, perform interactive debugging in Visual Studio .NET, explore and describe techniques for monitoring web applications using the .NET performance monitoring API, the .NET Windows event log API, and Visual Studio Analyzer. Microsoft .NET for Developers: Building Server Components with C# This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: build, debug, deploy, and use Windows Services with C#, access unmanaged code from .NET and vice versa, build, deploy, and use serviced components, create and use specific .NET Remoting services, use the .NET Framework to manage XML data. Microsoft .NET for Developers: Foundations of ASP.NET with C# This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: describe the principle technologies and tools that support ASP.NET, create a Web Form using Visual C#, add configured controls to ASP.NET Web Forms, familiarize the learner with style sheets and style a Web Form, use data binding and file management with Web Forms, enable a Web Form to support user assistance and accessibility features. Microsoft .NET for Developers: Mastering ASP.NET with C# This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: create and use components with ASP.NET, track users of ASP.NET applications, prepare web applications for a global audience, manage installation and performance issues for ASP.NET applications, integrate and work with unmanaged code using ASP.NET. Microsoft .NET for Developers: Building XML Web Services with C# This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explore the concepts of XML Web Services, publishing, and accessing web services, build and use a .NET web service, build a web service and web service clients in .NET. Page 19 Course Catalog Microsoft .NET Framework 2.0: New Features for Developers Using Visual Basic 2005 This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: identify various new features of Visual Studio 2005, identify the enhanced features of Visual Basic 2005, the Console class, and code security, identify the enhanced features of ADO.NET 2.0, data binding, data manipulation, and ASP.NET 2.0 and, given scenarios, use some of these new features with Visual Basic 2005. Microsoft .NET Framework 2.0: Application Development Foundation with Visual Basic 2005 This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: use types, classes, interfaces, iterators, and generics to create data-driven applications, serialize and deserialize objects for storage and manipulation, use I/O classes to manage data streams and files, analyze how application performance can be enhanced using serialization and I/O, enable compatibility between COM and Visual Basic 2005, use reflection to call classes and data types, customize a Visual Basic 2005 application for graphics, text, globalization, and e-mail, recognize the different types of security supported by Visual Basic 2005 how they work, recognize how threading, service processing, and application domains facilitate background system operations, implement them in Visual Basic applications, manage application configuration and custom installation of components, use debugging and tracing to measure application performance. Microsoft .NET Framework 2.0: Developing Webbased Client Applications with Visual Basic 2005 and ASP.NET 2.0 This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: read, validate, and write data in XML documents, read and write data and handle events in the XML Document Object Model (DOM), create custom mobile web applications, create web forms with server controls, event handlers, state-management capabilities, navigation controls, validation features, globalization, and accessibility features, configure web-application settings, redirect users to other web pages, optimize pages, deploy, optimize, and customize web applications, configure data controls, establish and configure database connections in .NET 2.0 web applications, add user controls, custom web controls, authentication, authorization and login controls to web forms. Microsoft .NET Framework 2.0: New Features for Developers Using C# 2005 This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: identify key new features of Visual Studio 2005 and use and configure some of them, identify the enhanced features of C# 2005, the Console class, and code security, identify the enhanced features of ADO.NET 2.0, data binding, data manipulation, and ASP.NET 2.0, and use some of these new features with C# 2005. Page 20 Microsoft .NET Framework 2.0: Application Development Foundation with C# 2005 This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: use types, classes, interfaces, iterators, and generics to create data-driven applications, serialize and deserialize objects for storage and manipulation, use I/O classes to manage data streams and files, analyze how application performance can be enhanced using serialization and I/O, enable compatibility between COM and C# 2005, use reflection to call classes and data types, customize a C# 2005 application for graphics, text, globalization, and e-mail, recognize the different types of security supported by C# 2005 and how they work, recognize how threading, service processing, and application domains facilitate background system operations, implement them in Visual Basic applications, manage application configuration and custom installation of components, use debugging and tracing to measure application performance. Microsoft .NET Framework 2.0: Developing Windows-based Client Applications with Visual Basic 2005 This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: create and configure basic Windows forms applications with event handling and method overriding capabilities, configure database connections and handle XML data in Windows Forms applications, configure print functionality, create menus, globalize, localize, and add further functionality and controls to Windows Forms applications, use asynchronous programming for Windows Forms applications and deploy Windows Forms applications. Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 and the .NET Framework 2.0: An Introduction This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: use the basic features of Visual Studio 2005 and identify the key features and differences between the .NET Framework and the .NET Compact Framework. Microsoft .NET Framework 2.0: Developing Webbased Client Applications with C# 2005 and ASP.NET 2.0 This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: create web forms with server controls, event handlers, state-management capabilities, navigation controls, validation features, globalization, and accessibility features, configure web-application settings, redirect users to other web pages, optimize pages, configure data controls, establish and configure database connections in .NET 2.0 web applications, add user controls, custom web controls, authentication, authorization, and login controls to web forms, deploy, optimize, and customize web applications , read, validate, and write data in XML documents, read and write data and handle events in the XML Document Object Model (DOM), and create custom mobile web applications. Computer Insight Learning Center Course Catalog Microsoft .NET Framework 2.0: Distributed Application Development with Visual Basic 2005 This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: create, publish, debug, and deploy XML web services, manage key aspects SOAP messages and implement session state in web services, create, debug, host, and deploy remoting applications, call methods asynchronously and implement events in remoting applications, create secure serviced components and implement key aspects of messaging, enable Web Services Enhancements (WSE) in web service applications, implement filters and policies, and implement key aspects of WSE messaging and routing. Microsoft .NET Framework 2.0: Developing Windows-based Client Applications with C# 2005 This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: create and configure basic Windows forms applications with event handling and method overriding capabilities, configure database connections and handle XML data in Windows Forms applications, configure print functionality, create menus, globalize, localize, and add further functionality and controls to Windows Forms applications, use asynchronous programming for Windows Forms applications and deploy Windows Forms applications. Microsoft .NET Framework 2.0: Distributed Application Development with C# 2005 This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: create, publish, debug, and deploy XML web services, manage key aspects SOAP messages and implement session state in web services, create, debug, host, and deploy remoting applications, call methods asynchronously and implement events in remoting applications, enable Web Services Enhancements (WSE) in web service applications, implement filters and policies, implement key aspects of WSE messaging and routing, create secure serviced components and implement key aspects of messaging. Microsoft .NET Framework 3.5: ADO.NET Application Development with Visual Basic 2008 This course identifies the various ways to manage ADO.NET connections and also details how to access data by using command objects and the DataReader object. Specific topics covered in the course include and introduction to ADO.NET, defining ADO.NET Connection objects, managing connections with Visual Basic 2008, and using ADO.NET command objects and DataReaders. This course examines managing connections using connection pools and configuration files, as well as stored procedures, and using generic data-access code to establish a connection. This course examines the various aspects of DataSets and their role as one of the key components of the ADO.NET architecture. This course also examines how to use query notifications with SQL Server and how to enable efficient, remote use of data using synchronization services. This course explores the various ways you Computer Insight Learning Center can employ the ADO.NET Entity Framework and LINQ to develop and optimize data applications. Microsoft .NET Framework 3.5: ASP.NET Application Development with Visual Basic 2008 This course provides an overview of how to develop web applications with Visual Basic 2008 and ASP.NET 3.5. Topics covered include how to create web forms with server controls, using event handlers, utilizing statemanagement capabilities, and implementing globalization and accessibility in a web application. This course details the steps for creating secure web sites through the creation, addition, and customization of ASP.NET server controls. Visual Basic 2008 and ASP.NET 3.5 provide developers with the ability to integrate both data and services into an ASP.NET 3.5 Web application. It identifies the steps for displaying and modifying data in an ASP.NET Web application, by accessing data using data-bound and data source controls, as well as ADO.NET, and utilizing Windows Communication Foundation services. This course provides an overview of what ASP.NET AJAX is and demonstrates how to utilize ASP.NET AJAX and clientside script in web applications using Visual Studio 2008. This course provides an overview of the XML support provided by ASP.NET 3.5 and Visual Studio 2008. Specific topics covered include using LINQ to XML, how to read and write XML, and how to use XPath to process XML data. It also explores the provided support for mobile web applications including their creation and device specific customization. This course will cover the ways you can configure web applications and the tools you can use to deploy them, highlighting the pros and cons of each. This course covers the various ways you can troubleshoot web applications using Visual Studio and discusses how to use ASP.NET 3.5 code to help to accomplish this. Specific topics covered include modifying page layout with master pages, using themes, and utilizing Web Parts in ASP.NET 3.5 web applications. Microsoft .NET Framework 3.5: Windows Forms Applications with Visual Basic 2008 This course explores how to create and configure Windows Forms using Visual Studio 2008. Specific topics covered include basic form creation, modifying controls and layout in a Windows Form and creating event handlers. This course is one of a series in the SkillSoft learning path that covers the objectives for the Technology Specialist (TS): Microsoft .NET Framework 3.5, Windows Forms Application Development 70-505. Passing this exam will earn the learner the MCTS: .NET Framework 3.5, Windows Forms Applications certification. Microsoft .NET Framework 3.5: Windows Communication Foundation with VB 2008 This course introduces the .NET Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) technology and its architecture. It shows how to create a basic WCF service and how to host the service in a managed application, a Page 21 Course Catalog Windows Service, Internet Information Service (IIS), or Windows Process Application Activation Services (WAS). It also covers how to generate a client proxy class and configuration file to access a WCF service. This course shows how to create and optimize .NET Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) service contracts, data contracts, and message contracts according to the requirements of a WCF application. It details the roles of channels and how to choose an appropriate binding for an application. It also covers how to implement different data serialization and encoding options and shows how to use service, operation, and custom behaviors to manage and optimize a WCF application. This course shows how to implement security features such as transport and message-level security, and authentication, authorization and impersonation in a .NET Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) application. It demonstrates how to enable WCF applications to implement ASP.NET security features. It covers how to use features such as tracing, logging, and performance counters to monitor a WCF application. It also covers the different tools available for monitoring configuration. Microsoft .NET Framework 3.5 and Visual Studio 2008: First Look The Microsoft .NET Framework 3.5 is an environment for developing, deploying and running applications and web services on Windows platforms. The .NET Framework supports the use of different languages and libraries for application development. Application types include both Windows-Forms applications and Web applications. Visual Studio 2008 is an integrated development environment that includes a drag-and-drop interface designer and many other tools for building and deploying .NET applications. This course identifies the key features and differences between the .NET Framework 3.5 and its previous versions, including LINQ, and the new features of Visual Studio 2008, including common language enhancements and language enhancements that are specific to Visual Basic and C#. Various enhancements have been added to the .NET Framework 3.5, including support for developing applications using Windows Presentation Foundation, Windows Communication Foundation, Windows Workflow Foundation, ASP.NET AJAX, Silverlight, and Windows CardSpace. This course illustrates how to incorporate these key new features into Windows and Web applications using the tools provided by Visual Studio 2008. Microsoft.NET Framework: Application Development with Visual Basic This course primarily serves as an introduction to new Collections and System Types. This course also covers enumerators, and new interfaces, specifically the Generic Interface. This course also looks at Serialization and I/O functions for .NET Framework, specifically the new classes that implement these functions. This course also covers XML Serialization and Isolated Storage. This course focuses on customized programming such as Interoperability, Reflection, new Drawing Classes for Page 22 graphics, and Globalization. Visual Studio adds to the Security namespace to make your Visual Basic programs even more secure and easier to implement. This course is designed to familiarize students with VB Security which includes Code Access Security, IIS security, and Cryptography which includes instructions for symmetric and asymmetric cryptography with hash functions. It covers how to implement Threading, and Service Processing in Visual Basic. Additionally, this course covers configuring and managing application domains. This course aids the student in familiarizing themselves with the tools in Visual Basic to accomplish this. Software Testing Foundations Software Testing Foundations Effective software testing is integral to mitigating harm caused by software failures and providing confidence in software systems. This course introduces software testing methodology and principles. It explores why testing is necessary, the basic testing process, and the psychology behind testing. Generic Languages C++ programming This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: acquire the structured programming concepts used in C++, acquire the skills required to create and instantiate classes, acquire the skills required to use dynamic memory allocation in C++, acquire the skills required to use polymorphism and overloading, acquire the skills required to create C++ programs that use files, explore advanced concepts in C++ programming, take the Final Exam: C++ programming which enables the learner to test their knowledge in a testing environment ( at end of course). ANSI C Programming This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explore the capabilities of the ANSI C language, write useful and portable C programs, describe how ANSI C programs use memory to store data, explore functions in ANSI C and write and use them in programs, describe the syntax rules governing expressions and statements in ANSI C and how to use expressions and statements, describe advanced flow-control statements, write ANSI C programs for text, string, and array processing, for processing aggregate data objects individually, in arrays, in lists, write advanced, efficient ANSI C programs using pointers, describe programming file and other I/O operations in ANSI C and how to implement facilities from the standard library, take the Final Exam: ANSI C Programming which enables the learner to test their knowledge in a testing environment (at end of course). Perl Programming Fundamentals This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: perform basic programming operations using Perl Computer Insight Learning Center Course Catalog variables, regular expressions, search-and-replace procedures, and file handling, use Perl to create basic and object-oriented data-driven applications and to interact with CGI scripts and MySQL databases. Software Programming Fundamentals Software Programming Fundamentals This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explore structured programming concepts, coding design, style, explore selection and repetition programming constructs and explore structured data types and procedures. Object-Oriented Analysis and Design with UML This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explore basic OOAD principles, the Rational Unified Process, and the role of UML, capture a system's requirements with use cases, outline techniques for finding classes from an initial set of system requirements, specify object interaction in the UML and identify associations and inheritance between classes, explore operations and attributes, state and activity diagrams, show the importance of a review of the class model, explore architectural analysis and design, the role of key mechanisms, describe the main principles of designing and implementing an object-oriented model. Object-Oriented Technologies This course covers the general OOAD concepts. It covers the benefits of OOAD, the OOAD terminology, concepts related to objects and classes, such as attributes and operations, and encapsulation, inheritance, polymorphism, dependency, associations, links, aggregation, and composition. The course covers the concepts related to the requirement, analysis, and design phases. Students learn the requirements, use cases, the Supplementary Specification, domain model, operation contracts, use case realization, design patterns, and static and dynamic modeling. In addition, they learn about the benefits of architectural analysis and tasks performed during architectural-driven development, and general principles of iterative and incremental development. Students will review the history, goals, and features of Unified Modeling Language (UML) 2.0. Various structural and behavioral UML diagrams are studied along with structural diagrams include the Class, Object, Component, Package, Deployment, and Composite Structure diagrams. Behavioral diagrams include the Use Case, Sequence, Communications, Interaction Overview, Timing, Activity, and State Machine diagrams. The course covers requirements modeling, use case approach, modeling of actors, use cases, use case relationships, use case narrative and actor/system workflow scenarios. Students learn the key concepts related to the use of Class diagrams, Component diagrams, and Deployment diagrams for static modeling. The features, elements, and considerations for using Computer Insight Learning Center these diagrams are covered. In addition, the course covers the modeling of three types of compartments in a class: name, attributes, and operations. Students learn the concept and application of stereotypes, visibility levels, and multiplicity in modeling classes, and the modeling of five types of relationships: generalization, association, aggregation, composition, and dependency. Students learn about modeling concepts related to the Activity, Sequence, and State Machine diagrams. In the Activity diagram, the course covers the BasicActivities, IntermediateActivities, CompleteActivities, and structured activities packages. In Sequence diagram, it covers frames, interactions, and interaction operators. In the State Machine diagram, it covers the simple, composite, and submachine states. Students also learn the key concepts related to the use of Class diagrams, Component diagrams, and Deployment diagrams for static modeling. The features, elements, and considerations for using these diagrams are covered, as well as the modeling of three types of compartments in a class: name, attributes, and operations. Further, the course discusses the concept and application of stereotypes, visibility levels, and multiplicity in modeling classes. Finally, the course covers the modeling of five types of relationships: generalization, association, aggregation, composition, and dependency. Software Development Principles Best Practices for Software Programming This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explore the best practices for writing high quality methods, expressions, variables, arrays, loops, and if statements, describe recommended practices for writing readable code, outline the primary techniques of refactoring, discuss the best practices for reviewing, testing, and debugging code, outline the best practices for defining and using classes, and determining how best to use inheritance or its alternatives, outline the highlevel considerations for producing good code. Developing a User-Centered Software Design Approach This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: identify the principles and benefits of user-centered design, determine a practical approach to promoting user-centered design methodology in organizations, conduct user research, design effective user interface and interaction elements, design usability tests and surveys, organize focus groups, analyze feedback and implement findings for improving product design, design user-centered Windows applications and web sites. Lotus Domino R6 Application Development Lotus Notes Domino 6 Application Development Update This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explore new application design features available in Page 23 Course Catalog Designer 6, describe the new programming features available in Designer 6, set up a Domino 6 server, configure a web site, and configure applications for offline access by web clients. CompTIA CompTIA A+ 2006 Essentials This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: understand the names and purposes of, install, configure, remove, and troubleshoot personal computer components, understand the basic concepts of, and troubleshoot problems with laptops, peripherals and networks connections, recognize the fundamentals of operating system technologies and the basic procedures involved in installing and upgrading operating systems, understand the role of security in an organization, the importance of following safety and environmental guidelines, communicate with customers in a professional manner. CompTIA A+ 2006 IT Technician This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: install, configure and troubleshoot PC components, understand the features of laptops and portable devices, including major components, communication methods, and peripherals, understand the principles of networking and basic diagnostic and troubleshooting techniques, manage and optimize operating systems, install and troubleshoot printers and scanners, understand basic security principles and security software, troubleshoot security issues, recognize the importance of workplace safety and professional workplace behavior. CompTIA A+ 2006 Remote Support Technician This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: add, configure, optimize, and troubleshoot PC components, understand network protocols and connectivity technologies, establish and troubleshoot a network connection, manage, optimize, and prevent future problems with operating systems, install and troubleshoot printers and scanners, understand basic security principles and security software, troubleshoot security issues, recognize the importance of effective communication and professional workplace behavior. CompTIA A+ 2006 Depot Technician This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: install personal computer components, including hard drives, motherboards, power supplies, processors, adapter cards and memory, use techniques and tools to troubleshoot and prevent problems with computer components, identify laptop-specific connections, power, and electrical devices, remove laptop hardware, diagnose and repair laptop problems, identify how printers and scanners operate, install, configure, troubleshoot, and maintain printers and scanners, protect data and hardware using access control and hardware security, learn about potential workplace hazards and how to avoid them. Page 24 CompTIA A+ 2003 Operating System Technologies This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: describe the basic concepts relating to Windows operating system technologies and the installation and upgrade process, demonstrate the configuration of Windows operating system technologies, describe the concepts and procedures required to access an existing physical network using a Windows operating system, explain the concepts and procedures required to manage a Windows operating system and locate and resolve common operating system problems. CompTIA Server+ 2005 This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: identify the functions, features, and components of servers, identify critical server storage technologies and the functions and features of IDE and SCSI, identify best practices for installing and configuring servers, upgrading servers, maintaining servers and their environments, identify server backup and disaster recovery best practices and server-related troubleshooting best practices. Linux+ 2004 This course covers basic installation, operation, and troubleshooting operating systems on workstations and servers. The learner will be able to explain fundamental open source resources/licenses, demonstrate knowledge of user administration, understand file permissions/software configurations and manage local storage devices and network protocols. This is an authorized self-study program to help prepare learners for the CompTIA Linux+ certification exam. Windows SharePoint Services 3.0 Microsoft SharePoint Services (WSS) 3.0 This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: recognize the benefits of WSS 3.0, prepare the server environment, perform an install or upgrade, configure the WSS 3.0 perimeter network infrastructure by implementing an ISA Server, configure various different aspects of WSS security, administer WSS, using a variety of web-based and command-line tools, customize SharePoint – using web parts to change the appearance of pages, master pages, and sites, and modifying the web.config file to customize code access security (CAS), describe the problems that may arise in a WSS environment, how to avoid these problems, monitor your servers and track usage and diagnostics, using SharePoint's various performance monitoring and logging tools, such as the Performance Console, Microsoft Operations Manager, SharePoint Central Administration, and the Event Viewer. Microsoft Windows SharePoint Services 3.0 – Application Development This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: recognize how to set up a SharePoint site, a development computer and utilize the CAML language Computer Insight Learning Center Course Catalog in WSS 3.0. This course also covers how to utilize the WSS Object Model to programmatically create and customize features within a WSS site, to recognize how to create and deploy Feature and Solutions in WSS 3.0, and to recognize how to utilize lists, listitems and libraries in WSS 3.0. This course also covers how to manage WSS security, create and deploy the alerts and timer service and work with event receivers to create applications by using event handling in WSS 3.0. This course will show you how to create, customize and deploy various Web Parts in WSS 3.0; which will allow you to create, customize, implement and deploy Windows Workflows. Microsoft SharePoint Server 2007 Microsoft Office SharePoint Server 2007 Administration This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: plan, design, and deploy SharePoint 2007 in a corporate environment, configure and manage sites, users, and groups, content connections and workflows, data connection files, Web Service proxy, form templates, SharePoint 2007's business intelligence tools and services for access to business data, deploy Office Forms Server 2007, configure and use SharePoint's administration and monitoring features, plan and perform an upgrade to SharePoint 2007. Microsoft Office SharePoint Server 2007 Application Development This course provides an overview of Microsoft Office SharePoint Server 2007 and describes the principal features employed when managing enterprise content including document policies, managing records, and creating and deploying web content. This course provides an overview of those features and how to use them to create Line of Business LOB systems using the Business Data Catalog BDC, how to display and index data from external sources using the BDC, and how to use the BDC to interact with entities. This course provides an overview of the features that accomplish this and specifically how to use them to display data using Excel Services, create trusted workbook locations, process data from Windows SharePoint Services, and how to utilize reporting and key performance indicators in MOSS 2007. Microsoft Office SharePoint Server 2007 provides access to application platform services through the use of Office InfoPath 2007 and InfoPath Forms Services. This course provides an overview of these services and describes how to utilize InfoPath, what Single Sign-on credentials are and how to use them with the BDC and web services, and finally how to perform document conversion within MOSS 2007. This course describes how to use the Search Service provided by MOSS 2007, including how to enhance the Search Service and how to customize search pages. It also examines how to display results using the Search Web Service and how to further enhance this service through customization. This course describes how to use MOSS Computer Insight Learning Center to target content and customize functionality for users. Specifically, it discusses how to create an audience and target content for it, how to work with colleagues and distribution lists, and finally how to customize functionality based on user profiles. Microsoft Small Business Server 2003 The Microsoft Windows Small Business Server 2003 course covers concepts related to designing a networking solution. These include establishing your business needs and selecting the type of Internet connection, network type, network devices, hardware, and software. The course covers components and features of Microsoft Windows Small Business Server (SBS) 2003, the restrictions of working with SBS 2003, and the considerations and steps for installing, upgrading, and migrating SBS 2003. The course provides an overview of the Server Management console and various options in the To Do List container. It also covers options for setting up an Internet connection, configuring a firewall, and procedure for adding client access licenses (CALs) in SBS 2003. Students will learn how to create and manage user accounts and manage templates for user accounts. Students will learn the features and types of groups and the steps for creating groups and shared folders, options for managing shared folders, and the steps for setting offline rules for shared folders. Students will learn key concepts related to permissions and options for managing permissions. The course covers key concepts related to Group Policy, the steps for refreshing Group Policy, options for using tools to display Group Policy outcomes, and the steps to manage Group Policy Objects (GPOs), restrict the scope of GPOs, and manage GPO links. In addition, the steps to back up and restore GPOs, configure Automatic Updates, and redirect special folders are also covered. Students will learn how to explore, customize, and administer the Microsoft Windows SharePoint Web sites and Microsoft Windows SharePoint virtual servers. Students will learn about the tools used to back up and restore Microsoft Windows SharePoint Services. The course covers key concepts related to using SharePoint Services with Microsoft Access, configuring Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 for e-mails, the fax service in SBS 2003 and Health Monitor. Students will learn about the foundation services and upgrade path of Windows Small Business Server (SBS) 2003 and how to install and configure printers and set printer server. In addition, the course covers the Internet Information Services (IIS) provided in SBS 2003, and key concepts related to Web sharing. Students will learn the features of server security layers and considerations for securing a network. Key concepts related to disaster management, designing backup strategies and restoring data using Backup Utility and Previous Versions client are discussed as well as the security management tools such as predefined security templates, Security Configuration and Analysis (SCA), and Microsoft Baseline Security Analyzer (MBSA). Additionally, the course covers steps to set password and account lockout policies and options to manage local computer security policies. It also covers key Page 25 Course Catalog concepts related to using Software Update Services (SUS) and Automatic Updates Client. Finally, the course covers options for using auditing and event logs. IT Professional Microsoft Business Desktop Deployment This course identifies the necessary steps in preparing and planning for Office 2007 deployment, how to build and customize Office 2007 installations using the Microsoft Office Customization tool and how to setup and customize a multilingual environment. This course also provides insight into the necessary steps in the planning and deployment of Windows Vista. Students will learn about the various deployment tools that should be used at each stage along with the steps required in Volume Activation. The course discusses the application compatibility process and common mitigation methods, demonstrates how to install and configure ACT 5, and shows how to fix application compatibility issues. The course explores the User State Migration Tool 3.0 (USMT), including customizing and automating the user state migration process to minimize disruption to your organization and to ease the recovery of users’ preferences. The course introduces robust deployment tools such as Windows Automated Installation Kit (AIK) and its various components, including Windows System Image Manager (SIM), Windows Preinstallation Environment (PE) and ImageX, along with an in-depth look at how they relate to each other. Students learn about the new Deployment Workbench, which enables administrators to build and manage multiple OS configurations, define network deployment points, inject drivers, attach language packs, and chain applications. The course demonstrates how to install the BDD and explore the BDD Workbench. It also explains how to customize Zero Touch and Lite Touch deployment solutions, and covers the comprehensive guides, templates, and job aids that accompany this robust tool. Microsoft Office Project 2007: Managing Projects In the corporate world, the project is a fundamental building block. Each project in which a company engages is unique, and fulfills an individual or corporate goal. And each project comprises a series of related tasks that culminate in a project deliverable. Microsoft Office Project 2007 is a comprehensive tool for project managers responsible for the overall design of projects, enabling them to engage in task assignment and management, resource allocation, costs, and budget control in an easy and intuitive way. Microsoft Office Project 2007 also enables the collection and sharing of project progress information with a project's team members and stakeholders. This course outlines the basics of project management, and shows how to create – and manage – a new project using Microsoft Office Project 2007, how to manage resources, and how a project manager can use them to address a project's tracking and reporting needs. Students will learn how to customize Microsoft Office Project 2007, and how to import and export, sort, filter, and group information to Page 26 meet a project's needs. It also discusses creating and sharing resource pools in a multi-project environment, how to manage the efficient use of limited resources to keep multiple projects on schedule, and how to create task dependencies across multiple projects. Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 Admin This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explore the new features of Exchange Server 2007 and the hardware required to support an installation, complete an installation, install additional Exchange Server roles, explore the requirements and process for transitioning from previous versions of Exchange Server to Exchange Server 2007, explore new management tools, create and manage e-mail address policies, resource mailboxes, mail-enabled groups, address lists, explore the management of default folders, the creation and management of custom folders and public folders, explore how the SMTP protocol is configured in Exchange Server 2007, the implementation of message classifications, transport rules, and message journaling, explore remote email solutions using mobile devices, plan and implement a disaster recovery strategy for an organization and recover Exchange data, monitor, audit, and log the performance of Exchange Server 2007, explore the Outlook interface, installation and configuration of Outlook on the client side. IT Infrastructure Library (ITIL) Foundations V3 This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: address using service management as a practice for IT companies, examine how value is created through service assets, and how these service assets can perform better through service automation, explore the four main activities in the Service Strategy process, detail the processes that affect Service Strategy, explore the Service Design processes, understand Service Transition processes, Service Operation with the Service Lifecycle, Service Operation processes within the ITIL Service Lifecycle, understand how Continual Service Improvement (CSI) will improve the services they offer their customers. Microsoft Windows Vista Enterprise Support This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: discuss the deployment infrastructure for enterprise environments and Windows Vista, prepare target computers for installation, carry out post-installation tasks, troubleshoot startup issues with Vista operating system, use the Window Recovery Environment when Vista will not start, troubleshoot operating system services using Event Viewer, command-line tools, and System Configuration, troubleshoot hardware devices and their drivers, resolve printing problems using the driver store, use BitLocker Drive Encryption, secure Internet Explorer, configure Windows Firewall and Windows Defender to secure computers, troubleshoot authentication and authorization using auditing, explain User Account Control and configure it at the computer and domain level, manage and troubleshoot Group Policy settings, event forwarding, and Task Scheduler, Computer Insight Learning Center Course Catalog use the Network and Sharing Center to configure and troubleshoot network connectivity, wireless access, and remote access, configure network security, deploy, maintain, and troubleshoot applications on Windows Vista computers, set up and troubleshoot Software Restriction policies. Microsoft Support Technologies Microsoft MCDST: Supporting Users and Troubleshooting a Windows XP Operating System This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: manage and troubleshoot desktop storage and settings, devices, drivers, local security, and user logon, manage Windows XP installations and upgrades, manage and troubleshoot network protocols and operating system performance and manage and troubleshoot resources. Microsoft MCDST: Supporting Users and Troubleshooting Desktop Applications on a Windows XP Operating System This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: resolve issues with the operating system and Office applications, resolve issues with Outlook and Outlook Express, resolve issues with hardware and network connectivity, resolve issues with Internet Explorer and configure application security. Microsoft Windows Server 2008 Microsoft Windows Server 2008 – New Features Windows Server 2008 represents the next generation of server operating systems from Microsoft. With this release come notable improvements in security, remote access, networking, and performance monitoring. New administration features such as the command-line PowerShell and Server Manager are designed to ease administration and offer a secure way of administering Windows Server 2008 servers. Further enhancements to Terminal Services ensure that Windows Server 2008 maximizes the availability and flexibility of remote access and virtual environments. This course discusses these features along with the various product versions available, deployment and installation strategies, and the new Active Directory roles. Microsoft Windows Server 2008: Configuring Active Directory This course will cover many of the different types of installations, as well as new deployment features and migration options. Windows Server 2008 includes several new Active Directory Domain Services roles, which allows administrators to add, remove, and manage the server roles on any Windows Server 2008 server. This course covers new active directory server roles, such as the Active Directory Federation and Active Directory Rights Management roles, which enhance an organization's ability to safeguard domain resources, extend external network access, and facilitate the use of Computer Insight Learning Center a single sign-on solution. This course also describes enhancements to Active Directory Certificate Services, which include new Enrollment Agent Templates, Online Responders, and a new enterprise PKI management tool. This course explores new account policy and finegrain password policy features, along with improvements to common Active Directory administration, such as group membership, delegation, and importing data. This course explores group policy deployment along with policy auditing, inheritance, and delegation. It explores configuring DNS in Windows Server 2008, including Global single names, DNS Lookup features and DNS Zones. This course covers Certificate Services. It describes new support features that allow network devices such as routers and switches to obtain certificates, and a new console snap-in that allows you to view the health status of distributed enterprise certificates authorities on a network. This course discusses various policies that are used to implement security in your organization. It also explains how organizational units can be used to apply the Group Policy settings to a specific subset of computers or users, and how Internet Protocol Security (IPSec) can be used to secure Active Directory communications. This course discusses the use of Network Monitor, Task Manager, Event Viewer, Windows System Resource Manager, and the Resultant Set of Policy (RSoP), and demonstrates monitoring Active Directory. It also explores offline maintenance and the configuration of backup and recovery strategies including the use of Directory Services Recovery Mode (DSRM) to perform an authoritative or non-authoritative Active Directory restore. Microsoft Windows Server 2008: Configuring Network Infrastructure This course provides an overview of networks, hosts, subnet masks, and how subnetting plays a role in efficient network management. It explores some of the more advanced points of network management including IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, static and dynamic DHCP, and the configuration of various DHCP options. Windows Server 2008 provides key services including routing, remote access, and support for TCP/IP and security protocols. Windows Server 2008 can act as a router providing static IPv4 and IPv6 routing to remote networks and can provide dynamic routing through the support of routing protocols such as Routing Information Protocol (RIP) and IP security protocol (IPSec). This course explores the Windows Server 2008 DNS Server Role, its configuration, and the administration of DNS using the Server Core installation. It also explores special DNS setups using forwarding servers, conditional forwarding, root hints, and cache-only servers. Also covered is the use of other types of name resolution techniques including WINS, LMHOSTS, and HOSTS files, and the configuration steps necessary to set up clients to use DNS or WINS name resolution. This course discusses how Windows Server 2008 provides those clients with VPN access, offering support for security mechanisms including a range of tunneling techniques, network and wireless authentication Page 27 Course Catalog protocols, and access control using the Network Policy Server (NPS). It also reviews the continued support for the Internet Connection Sharing feature and highlights the Connection Manager tools provided to help set up and manage remote connections. This course explores DNS zone and replication, including stub zones and their use in Microsoft DNS. In addition, the course describes how Active Directory-integrated DNS zones store their data in the Active Directory application partition, and rely on the AD replication process to update the appropriate servers with zone data. This course discusses the new Network Access Protection application programming interface (API) and how it restricts network clients based on policies and enforces a minimum state of system health. It also introduces the Network Policy Server (NPS). It outlines the NPS components involved in the Network Access Protection API, the range of health and network policies available, and the NPS's ability to enforce restrictions on other network services including DHCP, VPN, IPsec, and 802.1X. This course also provides a look at the latest improvements to the Windows Firewall. In this course we discuss file share features including Public Folder Sharing, Client Side Caching of offline files, and network printing resources. The course also explores management features such as disk quotas and file screening, reviews the use of the Distributed File System, and outlines the use of Windows Server Backup for data backup and restoration. Microsoft Windows Server 2008: Configuring Applications Infrastructure This course explains clustering and load balancing technologies, and also explores the implementation of RAID technologies included in Windows Server 2008, along with improved storage technologies such as Network Attached Storage, and Fiber Channel Storage Area Networks. New Terminal Services features in Windows Server 2008 enable users to remotely access Windows-based programs that are installed on a terminal server either by corporate network or via the Internet, allowing for easier application upgrades and maintenance. Licensing requirements, along with the use of Terminal Services profiles, ensures successful client connections and consistent working environments for each terminal server session. This course examines the Terminal Services management utilities, remote desktop permissions, and Terminal Services group policy options designed to ease administration. New features such as Terminal Services RemoteApp and Terminal Services Web Access provide users with the ability to access RemoteApp programs and Remote Desktop connections from a Web browser. With the introduction of Windows Server 2008 Hyper-V, organizations can take advantage of Network Load Balancing features, a testing and development platform, and disaster recovery options enabled by Hyper-V. This course covers the Hyper-V MMC Snap-in, along with the configuration and management basics required to implement the Hyper-V role into a new or existing infrastructure. This course explores creating and Page 28 managing web applications using IIS 7.0 and configuring the Secure Socket Layer protocol. Configuring, importing, and exporting certificates is also discussed. This course covers IIS migrations, creating and managing new web sites, and configuring virtual directories and virtual directory permissions. This course covers the configuration of both services, the benefits and requirements of each, along with important security and authentication configurations that ensure a level of security to meet your company standards. This course covers the new Digital Rights Management features. SharePoint e-mail features along with maintenance tasks, such as backups and restores, are also covered. Microsoft Windows Server 2008: Server Administration This course covers deployment options, BitLocker drive encryption, and network configuration considerations including DNS and IPv6. It covers new AD roles, such as RODC, new AD functional levels, new Group Policy features, and ADMX files. This course discusses system administration with Server Manager and PowerShell as well as system optimization using Event Viewer. Also covered are strategies for delegating authority across an enterprise. This course discusses planning for and managing servers with the File Services and Print Services role added. Also discussed are planning and deployment considerations for the Distributed File System (DFS), as well as DFS Replication. This course covers Terminal Services Web Access, RemoteApp, Gateway, Session Broker, and Licensing. This course also covers Hyper-V implementation and deployment. This course covers installation and configuration of the Application Server role and Microsoft System Center family of products – formerly known as Systems Management Server. It discusses planning patch management strategies using Windows Server Update Services as well as monitoring the performance and security of servers using the Reliability and Performance Monitor tool and Windows System Resource Manager. This course discusses planning considerations for CA deployment as well as considerations for deploying storage area networks. High availability is another key consideration when implementing Windows Server 2008. This course covers planning for availability and scalability through the use of technologies such as Failover Clustering and Network Load Balancing. Discussed in this course are different types of remote access connectivity, along with the tunneling and authentication protocols available to secure these connections. This course explores planning Network Policy Servers, in addition to Network Access Protection which is used to enforce health policies on clients attempting to access the network. In this course you will learn how to back up files, folders, Active Directory, and other services using the Windows Server 2008 backup utility. Configuring Shadow Copies for shared folders is also discussed along with the recovery procedures for bringing data and services back online. Computer Insight Learning Center Course Catalog Microsoft Windows Server 2008: Enterprise Administration This course covers the key IPv4 and IPv6 characteristics, advantages, and drawbacks, so that administrators are able to plan an appropriate addressing approach. The course also examines the key characteristics of the DNS server role, namespace design, and zone design that the enterprise administrator should consider in their plan and to determine what backward compatibility must be provided. This course outlines the key technologies to consider when designing the external network access strategy. It discusses recommendations for Virtual Private Network (VPN) connections, such as authentication protocols, tunnel types, and authorization mechanisms. The course also outlines considerations for server or domain isolation and the design of a perimeter network, including the role of the ISA Server in providing secure access to Web server resources and internal network services, such as e-mail and domain name resolution. It also covers the Windows Server 2008 Terminal Services role that offers remote desktop and application access, including the capabilities provided by TS Licensing, TS RemoteApp, TS Web Access, TS Gateway, and TS Session Broker role services. It also covers options for deploying application packages to users or computers through AD DS Group Policy and a look at management using specialized System Center products such as System Center Configuration Manager 2007 and System Center Essentials 2007. This course covers key virtualization techniques that can be implemented in the enterprise infrastructure, concentrating on server and application virtualization. This includes virtual server consolidation using Windows Server 2008 Hyper-V functionality, as well as the management products available to configure the virtual servers and centrally manage their performance. The course also provides a look at application virtualization solutions provided by Windows Server 2008, including an overview of the Microsoft SoftGrid Application Virtualization Platform and how it is used to provide a virtual deployment of applications in your enterprise. This course covers the key logical AD DS design considerations, including the characteristics and number of forests and domains to implement, the choice of functional levels to configure, updating the Active Directory schema, and the options for establishing trust between multiple forests. It also outlines guidelines for designing the site topology composed of Active Directory site, site link, and site link bridge objects, as well as recommendations for the optimal placement of domain controllers and server roles in the enterprise infrastructure. This course also describes the planning of the Group Policy strategy and provides an explanation of Group Policy and its various components. When administrators restructure an enterprise, they must also consider servers, client operating systems, nonWindows services, and applications that may no longer function properly in a Windows Server 2008 environment. This course explores the function, components, and design considerations that need to be understood to be able to plan the implementation of Computer Insight Learning Center Windows Server 2008 AD CS as part of a PKI. It demonstrates the use and maintenance of certificates, and covers the types and hierarchy of Certificate Authorities (CAs) that can be configured. This course examines the importance of patch management and the use of Windows-incorporated tools, such as Windows Update and Microsoft Update, in keeping client system operating systems and software up to date. Also showcased is Microsoft's Windows Server Update Services product. The course also addresses the need for enforcing and auditing system configuration and software compliance based on company policies. It covers auditing methods, such as the use of baselines and Microsoft Baseline Security Analyzer (MBSA), and the use of the GPOAccelerator Tool to ensure enforcement of Group Policy settings, as well as an advanced range of software update and configuration compliance features provided by Microsoft's System Center product series. This course explores features that help secure systems and resources. It addresses the built-in options for recovery and redundancy. It also describes how Network Load Balancing and Failover Clustering features increase service availability. Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Microsoft Windows Server 2003: Introduction This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explore the new features of Windows Server 2003, plan for its deployment and installation, demonstrate the services and administration tasks it supports, describe how to administer the services that Windows Server 2003 supports. Microsoft Windows Server 2003: Upgrading Support Skills for MCSEs on Windows 2000 This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: identify the basic components and design criteria of a network infrastructure, identify the infrastructural requirements of an enterprise networking environment, identify the various methods involved in establishing an internet connectivity solution, and the configuration requirements for each one, identify the main features and design criteria of an Active Directory structure and security infrastructure and framework, identify the requirements for implementing and supporting the Active Directory infrastructure, identify the criteria involved in designing and implementing a policy strategy for any network designed according to best practice protocols. Microsoft Windows Server 2003: Updating Support Skills for MCSAs on Windows 2000 This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explore Windows Server 2003, acquire the information required to perform administration tasks in Windows Server 2003, explain the management of Internet services in Windows Server 2003, explore Terminal Services management and system recovery procedures. Page 29 Course Catalog Microsoft Windows Server 2003: Server Management This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explore introductory concepts for Windows Server 2003, manage and troubleshoot computer accounts, user accounts, user profiles, and groups in Windows Server 2003, identify the primary considerations and processes for managing NTFS and shared folder permissions, and for accessing remote servers, including Terminal Services, describe the considerations and outline the processes for managing server hardware and disk performance, outline the processes and considerations for monitoring and managing system performance, system services, software, file and printer resources, and IIS , discuss the processes and considerations for preventing, preparing for, and implementing recovery strategies for system failures. Microsoft Windows Server 2003: Network Management This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: implement, manage, and maintain TCP/IP, DHCP, name resolution, network security and Software Update Services (SUS), remote access and routing, maintain a network infrastructure. Microsoft Windows Server 2003: Network Planning This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: describe the decisions and considerations for planning a network and Internet connectivity strategy, discuss the decisions and considerations that should go into planning a name resolution strategy for a network infrastructure, determine an appropriate routing and remote access implementation strategy and a suitable security solution for it, discuss the decisions and considerations for maintaining server availability and performance, outline the processes and considerations for planning server roles, server security, public key infrastructure and securing network data Microsoft Windows Server 2003: Active Directory Planning This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: identify the role and features of Windows Server 2003 Active Directory and the factors and requirements for planning and implementing an Active Directory infrastructure, distinguish between global catalog servers and operations master roles and identify how they are enabled, administered, and placed in Active Directory infrastructure, distinguish between Active Directory sites, replication, and trusts, and identify how they are implemented and administered , identify how to plan and implement Active Directory OU, user, group strategies and group policy, identify the tasks and strategies involved in configuring and troubleshooting group policy. Microsoft Windows Server 2003: Designing an Active Directory and Network Infrastructure This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: establish the main requirements for an Active Directory and network services infrastructure design, identify the features and design criteria of an Page 30 administration service and site topology for Windows Server 2003, identify the decision criteria involved in designing DNS and WINS solutions for a Windows Server 2003 network services infrastructure, identify the options that provide remote access on a network infrastructure and the decision criteria involved in using each one, identify the options and decision criteria involved in designing the Windows Server 2003 network infrastructure and Active Directory physical design, identify the options that provide Internet connectivity within a network infrastructure and the decision criteria involved in using each one. Microsoft Windows Server 2003: Designing Security for Networks This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: outline the processes and considerations for performing a security analysis and securing the network management process, outline the decisions and considerations for designing a public key infrastructure and an authentication strategy, for securing VPNs and wireless networks, and for using IPSec to increase security, outline the processes and considerations for securing client machines and securing remote access, for securing data, server roles and an IIS implementation, including the use of firewalls. Microsoft Windows 2003 Server: Migrating from NT Server 4.0 to .NET Directory Services This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: create a migration plan in Windows .NET Server, discuss how to prepare and deploy a domain for an upgrade in Windows .NET, discuss how to restructure account and resource domains in a Windows .NET environment. Microsoft Windows Server 2003: Implementing and Administering Security for Networks This course provides functional skills in planning and implementing infrastructure security in a Microsoft Windows Server 2003 environment. This course introduces the concepts related to implementing and managing IPSec, deploying, monitoring, and troubleshooting IPSec, and implementing wireless security. Students will learn to configure and manage SSL certificates and will also be introduced to the concept of the concepts of securing remote access. This course also introduces the various authentication strategies. This includes planning, configuring, and troubleshooting PKI. Microsoft Windows Server 2003: Internet Information Services This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: identify how to install or upgrade IIS 6.0 and use the administration tools to perform tasks; administer IIS 6.0 sites, applications, and services; identify IIS 6.0 permissions and authentication methods and to establish how to secure the IIS 6.0 environment; identify how to optimize, monitor, and troubleshoot IIS 6.0. Computer Insight Learning Center Course Catalog Microsoft Windows XP Microsoft Windows XP Professional: Installation and Configuration This course will teach the student how to effectively plan an installation, perform a new installation and perform an upgrade to Windows XP. It also teaches how to automate the installation of Microsoft Windows XP Professional by using an answer file and a UDF by using the Setup Manager Wizard, and how to configure additional answer file settings. Students will learn how to install and support new hardware devices on a computer running Microsoft Windows XP Professional. The course discusses how to troubleshoot the boot process, and the different stages of the boot process. It also covers system restore and Automated System Recovery, and how to install and support computers running Microsoft Windows XP Professional in a Windows 2000 networking environment. Students will learn about the concepts behind TCP/IP, and how to support TCP/IP on computers running Microsoft Windows XP Professional. The course also covers the TCP/IP name resolution process, and provides an introduction to installing and configuring Internet Information Server, and supporting remote users with different types of connections and environments for access to a corporate network. Students will also learn how to configure inbound and outbound connections and authentication protocols for Microsoft Windows XP Professional. The course covers how to configure and use Remote Desktop, and how to configure and support Microsoft Windows XP Professional for mobile computing. Power management and configuring files for offline use are also covered. Students will learn how to work with basic and dynamic disks, manage drive letters, and to defragment volumes on computers running Microsoft Windows XP Professional. The course also teaches how to configure and manage various file systems, manage data compression, and secure data by using EFS on computers running Microsoft Windows XP Professional. Microsoft Windows 2000 Microsoft Windows 2000 Script Host This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explore more advanced aspects of the VBScript programming language. Microsoft Windows 2000 - Installation and Administration This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explain the positioning of Windows 2000, describe its architecture, new features, benefits, describe the installation process, options, and how to upgrade to Windows 2000 from other operating systems, explore administrative tasks and strategies, install and configure Terminal Services to facilitate remote administration and thin-client computing, manage, secure, and share FAT, FAT32, and NTFS files and folders, install, configure, Computer Insight Learning Center and troubleshoot hardware on Windows 2000 computers, troubleshoot services and applications, configure auditing to implement, manage, and troubleshoot resource usage, network, and security policies, perform effective backups, recover servers, data, and the Active Directory, configure, manage, and apply Group Policy to users and computers, configure and manage network protocols and services, routing and remote access, and inbound and outbound connections on Windows 2000 Server and Professional, secure files and folders using EFS, and configure and manage disks and printing. Microsoft Windows 2000: Core Technologies This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explore networking concepts and how they apply to Windows 2000, explore TCP/IP concepts and how they apply to Windows 2000, explore Internet technologies and how they are implemented in Windows 2000. Managing Microsoft Windows 2000 in a Network Environment This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: manage resources, file systems, disks, and web services in a Windows 2000 network, manage and monitor network security, routing, and TCP/IP in Windows 2000, manage and troubleshoot DHCP, DNS, and name resolution in Windows 2000, manage Windows 2000 servers and client computers, manage group objects, container permissions, and Active Directory replication in Windows 2000, manage Group Policy in Windows 2000, manage remote access solutions in Windows 2000, configure and troubleshoot IIS 5.0 in Windows 2000. Microsoft Windows 2000: Implementing a Network Infrastructure This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explore IP routing in a Windows 2000 network, Windows 2000 network infrastructure and services, including DHCP, DNS, and WINS, security in a Windows 2000 network, show how to configure and manage network protocols and services, routing and remote access, and inbound and outbound connections on Windows 2000 Server and Professional. Microsoft Windows 2000: Network Design This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explore Windows 2000 networking services, analyze and design a TCP/IP requirement and implementation strategy, explore DHCP, DNS, and WINS services in Windows 2000, analyze and design a requirement and implementation strategy using these services, explore remote access in Windows 2000, analyze requirements and design an implementation/monitoring strategy for remote access, explore IP routing, multicasting, and Demand-Dial Routing, security and connection sharing in Windows 2000, analyze requirements and design an implementation/monitoring strategy for each service. Page 31 Course Catalog Microsoft Windows 2000: Active Directory Design This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explore the Active Directory design process and describe the main design considerations when planning network services and security, Active Directory security features and describe the different security management strategies available, Active Directory schema and replication components and give general guidelines on configuring and managing them for optimum performance and reliability. Microsoft Windows 2000: Implementing an Active Directory Infrastructure This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explore Active Directory installation and configuration process, the implementation and configuration of DNS services and Active Directory replication, the configuration of the Active Directory security and explore Group Policy and demonstrate how to configure, manage, and apply Group Policy to users and computers. Microsoft Windows 2000: Security Design This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: acquire the information and skills necessary to design secure Windows 2000 networks, become familiar with the major security concepts, threats, risks, and the principal security features of Windows 2000, design suitable administrative structures for Active Directory, design security for users and groups, explain the resource and data security requirements for Windows 2000 computers, design protocol-level security, secure network services, connections from remote users and remote offices, provide remote users with secure access to local resources, design inbound and outbound Internet security solutions and secure partner access to network and explore an overview of PKI and design PKI security solutions. Microsoft Windows 2000 Professional: Getting Started This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explore Windows 2000 Professional and demonstrate basic end-user tasks such as logging on, exploring, installing applications, and customization, configure and use Windows 2000 printing, file system, mobility, and Internet features and options. Microsoft Windows 2000 - Migration Design This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: plan a migration from a Windows NT 3.5x or NT 4.0 domain to Windows 2000, upgrade Windows NT 3.5x or 4.0 to Windows 2000, maintain network services during migration, and set up the Active Directory, plan the restructuring of a Windows NT 3.5x or NT 4.0 domain to a Windows 2000 domain. Page 32 Microsoft Windows 2000 Server Technologies: Designing Highly available Web Solutions This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explore highly available web infrastructure solutions, various technologies used for high availability with Microsoft Server products, highly available solutions in relation to the Active Directory, DHCP, DNS, WINS, and logical-network solutions, highly available solutions in relation to physical-network components. Implementing Microsoft Cluster Service on Windows 2000 Advanced Server This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: plan, install, and configure a cluster, administer the cluster using the cluster administration tools, perform maintenance on the cluster, troubleshoot cluster resources, and implement disaster recovery methods. Microsoft Exchange 2003 Microsoft Exchange Server 2003: Implementing and Managing a Messaging Infrastructure This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: prepare, perform, and check Exchange Server 2003 installation, perform upgrades and migrations to Exchange Server 2003, discuss configuration for Exchange and foreign messaging systems, configure Exchange Server 2003 for server, performance, and message management, work with recipient policies, users and groups, contacts and address lists, manage public folders and connectivity, manage, monitor, and troubleshoot Exchange 2003 servers, outline some of the tasks for configuring Exchange Server 2003 to deal with internal and external security threats. Microsoft Exchange Server 2003: Designing a Messaging Organization This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: design and plan Exchange Server 2003 deployment, Active Directory integration, multiple forest deployment, general administration, and organization infrastructure in Exchange Server 2003, design data management, fault tolerance, backup, and recovery, server and client connectivity in Exchange Server 2003 and plan the protection of an Exchange Server 2003 organization from security threats. Microsoft Exchange Server 2000 Introducing Microsoft Exchange 2000 Server This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explore the capabilities and structure of Exchange 2000 Server, describe Active Directory and how Exchange 2000 integrates with it. Designing and Deploying Microsoft Exchange 2000 Server This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: identify what company requirements and resources need to be analyzed before a messaging solution can be Computer Insight Learning Center Course Catalog designed, explore how to analyze the design of an organization's administrative model and routing group topology, describe how to design a functioning messaging solution, describe how to use deployment techniques and how to troubleshoot problems with Exchange 2000 Server. how to administer and configure Internet Information Services 5.0. Implementing and Administering Microsoft Exchange 2000 Server This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: install and upgrade Exchange 2000 Server, configure Exchange 2000 Server, describe ways to manage and monitor messaging connectivity, client connectivity, server growth, and backup and recovery. Oracle Application Server 10g: Administration I This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explore OracleAS architecture, components, and installation options, prepare for, execute, and verify OracleAS Infrastructure and Middle Tier installation, use OracleAS management tools and manage the Oracle Internet Directory (OID), perform general management of Oracle HTTP Server (OHS), administer and configure OracleAS Web Cache, manage OracleAS Portal, configure mod_plsql, CGI-script execution, and database providers in OracleAS, manage and deploy applications in OracleAS, configure Oracle Internet Directory (OID) components in OracleAS, manage users and groups with Delegated Administration Service (DAS) and administer the Single Sign-On feature of OracleAS, manage wallets and certificates and configure components for SSL in OracleAS, manage Oracle Certificate Authority (OCA). Microsoft Small Business Server 2000 Microsoft Small Business Server 2000 Solutions This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explore Microsoft Small Business Server (SBS) 2000 and its main features, such as its management consoles and monitoring tools, and to show how Microsoft Exchange 2000, ISA Server 2000, and Microsoft SQL Server 2000 integrate with SBS 2000. Microsoft Small Business Server 2000: Advanced Features This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explore the network planning and security issues involved in deploying Microsoft Small Business Server 2000, explore the communication and advanced features of Microsoft Small Business Server 2000. Microsoft Internet Security and Acceleration Server 2000 Deploying and Administering Microsoft Internet Security and Acceleration Server 2000 This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: install ISA Server on a computer running Microsoft Windows 2000 Server and configure web proxy, firewall, and SecureNAT clients, describe the components of access policies, configure caching on ISA Server, and explain the use of VPNs, describe securing the ISA server and explain publishing, describe the use of ISA Server in an enterprise and develop a strategy for monitoring ISA Server activity. Microsoft Internet Information Services 5.0 Administering Microsoft Internet Information Services 5.0 This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explore the new features, installation considerations, and security of Internet Information Services 5.0, explore Computer Insight Learning Center Oracle Operating Systems and Servers Oracle Application Server 10g: Administration II This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: discuss common deployment topologies, install and configure Oracle Application Server components to suit different needs, explain high availability and its importance from the perspective of application servers, discuss the high availability features in Oracle Application Server at the OC4J level, manage and configure clusters in OracleAS 10g, examine Business Intelligence components such as Oracle AS Discoverer and OracleAS Reports, describe how to deploy reports and forms applications to OracleAS, describe how to deploy XML applications and web services with Oracle AS, discuss the monitoring capabilities of Oracle Enterprise Manager Application Server Control, describe how to optimize the performance of Oracle Application Server components, perform reconfiguration tasks in the Oracle Application Server middle tier and infrastructure, perform backup and recovery procedures in OracleAS. Sun Solaris 9 Sun Microsystems Solaris 9: System Administration I This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: install the Solaris operating environment and OpenBoot firmware on a standalone system, manage Solaris user accounts and processes, install and administer Solaris packages, describe system operations in Solaris 9, manage devices, describe the file systems that Solaris supports, create a backup strategy, explain the use of Solaris GUI management tools, explain basic Solaris security and file access control. Page 33 Course Catalog Sun Microsystems Solaris 9: System Administration II This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: use the advanced Solaris installation features, explain basic Solaris networking, describe Solaris file systems and their use, explain the Solaris naming services and use them, monitor and troubleshoot Solaris systems. Novell SUSE Linux SUSE Linux Fundamentals This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: recognize milestones in the development of Linux, plan and conduct a basic SUSE Linux installation, use commands to create files, directories, and shell scripts, set environment variables, work with text files, recognize the features of networks and set up and manage a SUSE Linux network, manage packages and processes in SUSE Linux, manage user and group accounts and storage in SUSE Linux, recognize signs of intrusion and use security measures to guard against intrusion, configure hardware components, use documentation in troubleshooting, and recognize the importance of documenting installation procedures. UNIX UNIX: System Administration This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: demonstrate the core administrative functions of managing users, data, and software on UNIX systems, describe the maintenance and optimization of UNIX systems, implement and maintain UNIX networking, introduce UNIX software and system services management, secure UNIX systems from local and remote security threats, manage UNIX clients, introduce the administration of UNIX network services, outline UNIX performance monitoring and disaster recovery strategies and techniques in UNIX. UNIX: Operating System Fundamentals This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explore the UNIX operating system and explore the core components of a UNIX system. UNIX: Shell Programming This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: create simple shell scripts using UNIX shell commands, use variables, operators, and text editing tools in UNIX shell scripts, use flow control, incorporate user input in UNIX shell programs, and debug shell programs. UNIX: The User Environment This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: customize the UNIX environment to suit user requirements, demonstrate common UNIX commands and programs used to perform basic tasks involving files and directories, use UNIX programs and manage their Page 34 execution, use the vi text editor and how to print documents. Lotus Domino R6 Lotus Notes Domino 6 System Administration Update This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: configure Lotus Notes 6 client application successfully and tailor it to the specific needs of an organization, identify methods to administrate a Lotus Domino 6 Server. IBM Lotus: Collaboration using Sametime and QuickPlace This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explore the IBM Lotus Sametime and QuickPlace collaboration tools. Linux LPI Level 2 Linux Intermediate System Administration This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: compile the Linux kernel and configure system startup files, describe techniques for managing the Linux file system and configuring file and service sharing, describe techniques for configuring network clients and DNS services, configure mail and news services and install web servers, outline methods for configuring hardware devices and describe common system maintenance tasks, describe methods for securing Linux system resources, discuss common scripting languages and describe methods for automating Linux system tasks, troubleshoot local system and networking issues in Linux. IBM Websphere IBM WebSphere: Application Server 5.0 This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explore the WebSphere Application Server architecture and its components, topology, and general infrastructure, plan and implement WebSphere services and resource components, demonstrate installation considerations and steps for installing and migrating WebSphere Application Server in standalone and network environments, use the administration console, configure and manage the WebSphere environment, from setting virtual hosts to implementing clustering, configure JMS resources, data sources, JavaMail providers, and resource environment providers, deploy an enterprise application, configure security and authentication, explore J2EE, EJB, and web application security, outline the processes for securing system services and configuring Java 2 security and JAAS in WebSphere, configure CSIv2 authentication, SAS, and SSL implement scalability, and web server workload management and failover in a WebSphere environment , maintain, tune, manage, configure and troubleshoot in the WebSphere environment. Computer Insight Learning Center Course Catalog Linux LPI Level 1 LPIC: Junior Level Linux Professional (LPIC-1) Exam 101 This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: understand OS terminology and be able to interact with the shell and commands via the command line interface, recognize the steps for applying filters to text streams as well as redirecting and piping the input and output of commands, understand the Linux file system and to manage file ownership and permissions, configure Linux file systems for mounting and unmounting configure file system mounting, mount and unmount file systems, and manage disk quotas for users. Additional topics covered include how to identify the hardware requirements for different Linux installations, to appreciate the hardware issues surrounding a Linux installation, show the techniques used for installing Linux and associated software, use the tools associated with Debian and Red Hat package management and show the techniques for installing and configuring the X Window System. LPIC: Junior Level Linux Professional (LPIC-1) Exam 102 This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: identify the main factors involved in installing, configuring, and managing the Linux kernel, outline how to write the main components of shell scripts in Linux, understand the main tasks involved in the Linux boot and shutdown process, identify the main issues involved in creating and managing Linux user and group accounts, recognize the steps for administering Linux system tasks and implement suitable backup strategies and schedules, identify networking fundamentals in Linux, identify the networking services available in a Linux environment, use sendmail and manage servers with Apache in Linux, identify the security options available within a Linux environment and identify how to install printers and print filters in Linux and administer printing. Linux: System Administration Update I This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: understand OS terminology and be able to interact with the shell and commands via the command line interface, introduce applying filters to text streams and redirecting, piping to the input/output commands, and Linux processes, search text files using regular expressions and make simple changes, understand the Linux file system and manage file ownership and permissions, configure Linux file systems for mounting and unmounting, configure file system mounting, mount and unmount file systems, and manage disk quotas for users. Linux: System Administration Update II This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: identify the hardware requirements for different Linux Computer Insight Learning Center installations, appreciate the hardware issues surrounding a Linux installation, show the techniques used for installing Linux and associated software, use the tools associated with Debian and Red Hat package management, show the techniques for installing and configuring the X Window System. Linux: System Administration Update III This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: identify the main factors involved in installing, configuring, and managing the Linux kernel, install printers and print filters in Linux and administer printing and Linux documentation, write the main components of shell scripts in Linux, understand the main tasks involved in the Linux boot and shutdown process, identify the main issues involved in creating and managing Linux user and group accounts, administer Linux system tasks and implement suitable backup strategies and schedules. Linux: System Administration Update IV This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: identify the networking services available in a Linux environment, use sendmail and manage servers with Apache in Linux, identify the security options available within a Linux environment and identify networking fundamentals in Linux. Microsoft Enterprise Servers Microsoft ISA Server 2004 This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: install ISA Server 2004 and configure web proxy, firewall, and SecureNAT clients, install ISA Server 2004 clients, secure and maintain ISA Server 2004, enable access to Internet resources, configure access to internal resources, configure ISA Server 2004 to enable VPNs, integrate ISA Server 2004 with Microsoft Exchange Server, have an overview of firewall configuration in ISA Server 2004, caching configuration and monitoring options. Microsoft Project Server 2003: Planning, Deploying, and Managing an Enterprise Project Management Solution This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: recognize, manage, plan, and deploy the Project Server 2003 EPM Solution, plan the Project Server 2003 infrastructure, install and configure IIS 6.0, SQL Server, and SharePoint for Project Server 2003, install Project Server 2003 and plan client deployment, install and configure Project Server 2003 clients, plan and implement the Project Server 2003 security structure and operations, configure project data and resource data, implement Project Server 2003 Enterprise features and views, configure tracking, test and troubleshoot Project Server 2003 and configure SharePoint. Page 35 Course Catalog Microsoft Systems Management Server 2003: Planning and Deployment This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: describe the planning elements that need to be analyzed in preparation for SMS 2003 installation, design the site hierarchy and identify the considerations involved in capacity planning, plan deployment of SMS 2003. Microsoft SharePoint Portal Server 2003 This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: configure and manage contents and searching in SharePoint Portal Server 2003, configure and maintain databases and implement security measures, introduce the design and architecture in SharePoint Portal Server 2003 and SharePoint technologies, install SharePoint Portal Server 2003 in single server and server farm deployments, discuss user and site management, describe troubleshooting and the implementation of a disaster recovery strategy for SharePoint Portal Server 2003, manage portal sites and use Office 2003 integration features with SharePoint Portal Server 2003. Microsoft Systems Management Server 2003: Management and Administration This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explore the key features and enhancements of SMS 2003, install and configure SMS sites, install and configure clients, collect inventory and configure software metering, manage collections, queries and reports in SMS 2003, prepare, manage, and monitor software distribution, manage software updates, use Remote Tools, maintain SMS systems. Microsoft Windows Vista Microsoft Windows Vista Client Configuration This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: describe the basic hardware requirements of Windows Vista, the different versions of the operating system and their capabilities, describe Windows Vista management utilities, install and manage devices in Vista, the new Aero Glass and Sidebar features of Vista and configure them, describe the types of user and group accounts available for Windows Vista clients, manage them, explore the use of Group Policy, user account policies, Windows Firewall, and Windows Defender, explore features new to Windows Vista – User Account Control, Windows Security Center, and Windows CardSpace, explore Windows Vista wireless capabilities, explore new applications such as : Windows Sidebar, Windows Meeting Space, and Windows SideShow, explore Vista’s focus on mobility, explain the new and updated features related to the various mobile platforms, Vista’s Mobility Center, Vista’s Sync Center, explore system recovery and troubleshooting. Page 36 CompTIA Networking, Internetworking, and Security Technologies CompTIA Network+ 2009 This course covers the basic devices used in a network, such as servers, workstations, and hosts, and focuses on the different logical and physical topologies that networks can be based on. The course explores network architectures, including Ethernet, broadband, and XBasex technologies, and also examines access methods such as CSMA/CD and broadcast. In addition, the various scopes that can have a bearing on the type of topology put into operation are explained. This course covers the different standards that apply to network media and the types of media that can be used on a network, for instance twisted pair copper, coaxial, or fiber optic, as well as the connectors and other hardware required to allow the media to function correctly. Also, the logical operations of network media, for example transmission speeds, duplexing, and frequency, is explained. This course also describes how to install network media and how to verify that the installation is correct. CompTIA Network+ 2005 This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: describe basic networking concepts, topologies, the OSI model, and the media used to physically connect a network, describe the operation of the most commonly implemented types of LAN, describe the operation of network protocols TCP/IP, IPX/SPX, AppleTalk, and NetBEUI, describe the operation of IP addressing, the structuring of addresses using subnets, and the routing of information between networks, describe the characteristics and operation of TCP/IP applications and utilities, configure TCP/IP on client computers, describe WAN technologies, the devices used to create WAN connections, remote access protocols, and connection methods, describe the features and functions of different network operating systems, the software clients and tools which enable them to interoperate, describe protocols and authentication methods used to maintain network security, tools and utilities that can be used to diagnose and troubleshoot network problems, implement fault tolerance and recovery processes in a network. Network Protocols TCP/IP: Mobile IP and IP Mobility This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: identify the critical components of Mobile IP and recognize how the protocol operates, differentiate between macromobility and micromobility protocols and between various micromobility protocols such as HAWAII and cellular IP. Computer Insight Learning Center Course Catalog TCP/IP: Protocols for Securing Web Transactions This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: identify the main components of Internet commerce payment systems and recognize new and recently outdated payment trends. TCP/IP: Network Management Protocols This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: identify the methods by which data is collected and distributed for network management and the form that those messages take. CCNT (Certified in Convergent Network Technologies) This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: understand the fundamentals of telecommunications and to give a comprehensive introduction to analog and digital concepts. The course covers the history of telecommunications and looks at the structure of business systems (including station sets, PBX, key and hybrid systems, ISDN and broadband), CPE, and services (dedicated and switched). The course then covers analog signals, its history and associated variables, as well as digital systems, its advantages over analog, and including such aspects as Pulse Code Modulation, Time Division Multiplexing, optical standards and loop carriers. Students will learn about transmission networks, switching, and signaling. Students will also learn about data networks, signals and to data transmission, data terminal equipment (DTE), data communication equipment (DCE), the OSI model, and analog and digital signals, half-duplex and full-duplex circuits, and switched and non-switched data circuits. Networks and transmission principles are covered. The networks section teaches about local area networks (LANs), wide-area networks (WANs), hierarchical WANs, and LAN components, system network architecture (SNA), and TCP/IP. The Transmission Principles section teaches about data protocols, DTE to DCE interface standards, and transmission methods and error checking. In the data communications equipment and media section, students learn about the Institute for Electrical and Electronic Engineering (IEEE), analog and digital communication, modulation, multiplexers, and the Synchronous Optical Networks (SONET) protocol. The Transmission Media section teaches about transmission media cables and wireless transmission media. Students learn about LAN technologies and LAN topologies, LAN standards and the TCP/IP Protocol suite, and IEEE standards. The course covers transmission techniques and media, LAN components and Internetworking components, and access connectivity devices. Students learn about Network Management and the tools and protocols associated with that, as well as advanced network technologies including circuit switched services and packet switched services. This course introduces CTI and covers CTI architecture and CTI hardware. Students will gain a comprehensive introduction to Voice over IP (VoIP), its technology, benefits, QoS issues and their solutions, and standards. Packet voicing basics, Internet technology, Computer Insight Learning Center and the benefits and applications of VoIP is covered as well as Gateways and their various functions, major issues involved in bandwidth consumption, and consideration of uses of PCs as phones. Students will learn about the transmission standards and protocols in VoIP networks (eg H.323, SIP, G.7xx), the various Quality of Service (QoA) issues associated with VoIP technology, and the most significant solutions to these QoS issues. Broadband technologies and broadband categories are covered as well as multiplexing and switching, network interconnections and SONET. Students learn about ISDN and BISDN. X.25 and Frame Relay as well as SS7 and Cell Relay, ATM and SMDS. Finally, DSL and wireless broadband and VPN technology including VPN security is covered. CompTIA iNET+ CompTIA i-Net+: Internet and Web Technologies This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explore the main components and principles of networking, introduce the Internet, basic Internet technologies including connection, browser search, and cache technologies, identify the client components required to connect to an Internet or intranet, identify the services and protocols that are used to create, administer and manage the Internet, outline web-page development using HTML explore scripting, database management and connection techniques, identify the principles of web-site design and the elements used to create a web site, explore the fundamentals of network security and the potential threats to networks and data, identify the methods and tools that can be used to secure and troubleshoot network resources, identify the applications of e-commerce and their benefits and drawbacks. Data/Telecommunications Computer Telephony Integration This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explore CTI and related concepts and to provide guidance on CTI implementation. Frame Relay This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explore the concepts underlying the Frame Relay protocol, explore the various Frame Relay signaling mechanisms and applications. Introduction to ISDN and DSL This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explore the various technologies used to provide digital subscriber lines, explore integrated services digital network concepts, services, and applications, explore ISDN protocols and signaling. Page 37 Course Catalog Introduction to Multiprotocol Label Switching This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explore MPLS standards, components, operation, and implementations. IPv6 and Future Applications This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explore IPv6, explain its features, and discuss how it can be implemented. Quality of Service This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explore QoS architecture and implementation. Signaling Systems This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explore the purpose of signaling within a telecommunications network. SONET/SDH This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: describe the structure and operation of SONET and SDH. Telecommunications Fundamentals This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explore the fundamentals of analog and digital telephony. Voice over IP Fundamentals This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explore the fundamental concepts used in the transport of voice and data over circuit-switched networks and packet switched IP networks, outline the methodologies used to create Voice over IP applications and the effect of this on existing voice and data services. Virtual Private Networks This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explore VPN technologies and their implementation. WAN Basics This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: recognize the signal formats in which data is transferred electronically from one device to another. Lightweight Directory Access Protocol This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explore LDAP and directory services, outline the maintenance practices of LDAP. Wireless Communications Wireless LANs This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explore wireless LAN technologies. Wireless Technologies This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: discuss the development and functionality of wireless communication, discuss the history, development, and functionality of GSM, IS-136, and IS-95 telecommunications technology, describe and discuss various third-generation telecommunications technologies, including W-CDMA, EDGE, and cdma2000, discuss the history, development, and functionality of GPRS, HSCSD, and 2.5G CDMA telecommunications technologies and fixed wirelessaccess, satellite, and trunked-radio technologies, describe and discuss the major issues surrounding Bluetooth and HomeRF technology, their respective architectures, functionalities, and application environments. Wireless Home Networking This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explain network concepts and components, demonstrate the installation and configuration of a wireless local area network adapter, wireless mini PCI card, and wireless base station. Wireless Networking Basics for the Home and Small Business This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explain network concepts and components, demonstrate the installation and configuration of a wireless PC card, wireless mini PCI card, and access point. Advanced Wireless Technologies This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: describe B3G technologies, explain the elements of 4G communication systems, outline 4G wireless networks and applications, explain non-cellular wireless technology. Wireless Understanding and Evaluating RFID Technology for your Business This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: recognize the applications of RFID technology, how it operates, the function of the EPCglobal Network, determine how to implement RFID in an organization based on business and deployment issues, recognize how RFID technology can be used in various industries and analyze RFID applications management programs. Wireless Security This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: describe security in the wireless environment, secure WLANs and secure future wireless networks. Page 38 Computer Insight Learning Center Course Catalog Networking and Telecommunications Fundamentals Introduction to Voice Over IP Voice over IP (VoIP) is the latest telephone technology which is able to provide advanced services to both consumers and businesses, at a reduced cost. This course covers the history and operation of the PSTN and VoIP, and compares the two technologies. Basic signaling technologies used in the PSTN are also described. There are a variety of technologies required to make VoIP work. Standards, protocols, and devices all need to be voice capable and, in many instances, compatible with both third-party devices and the PSTN. Along with a review of the TCP/IP protocol and basic routing, this course covers such VoIP elements as analog and digital interfaces; numbering and dial plans; gateways and gatekeepers; and the various protocols used in VoIP operation. With the proliferation of VoIP in both the home and business environments, concerns such as quality of service and security are being given more attention. This course describes some of the major quality issues, such as delay and jitter, as well as security issues like confidentiality and spoofing, and discusses ways in which to address these concerns. Security Principles Net Safety This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: discuss security issues surrounding computers and the Internet. Security Solutions CompTIA Security+ 2008 This course introduces methods used to perform core system maintenance, manage viruses and spyware, securing browser software, and identify and mitigate social engineering threats. This course introduces encryption methods using both symmetric and asymmetric encryption techniques, along with trust models, certificates, and algorithms. This course introduces the learner to the concepts of AAA, hashing, multi-factor authentication, Kerberos, and domain security. It analyzes and demonstrates the methods for securing e-mail and instant messages along with creating security on the Active Directory domain and client computers so that these forms of communication can be done with confidentiality, integrity, availability and nonrepudiation. This course explores the use of certificate servers and certificates to provide a secure environment both within a network and when dealing with web servers and internet validations. It also examines how to secure the physical environment and data access. It discusses TCP/IP configuration and attack defenses, network devices selection and proper placement, and securing the networking environment. This course examines wireless security configuration options along with remote access strategies, VPN Computer Insight Learning Center configurations, and security measures. It also looks at modern risk analysis techniques, forensic methodologies, IDS systems and methods to harden network devices and operating systems. This course examines the methods used to secure a network environment through security policies, user education, and resource monitoring. It also explores business continuity planning, backups, and disaster recovery planning. CompTIA Security+ This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explore the key principles of security for the enterprise, explore the key issues in communications security, detect and respond to network intruders, understand operating system security, describe LAN devices and topology, discuss techniques for encrypting information, present the key issues and policy requirements for organizational and operational security. The Certified Information Systems Security Professional (CISSP) This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: identify the security requirements associated with identifying and protecting organizational information assets, prepare for one of the ten knowledge domains assessed in (ISC)2's CISSP certification exam, understand different threats to the enterprise environment, recognize different ways of increasing the security of application development, protect system resources, e-mail and Internet communication to ensure operations security, recognize how different cryptographic technologies are used to provide confidentiality, integrity, and authentication for data being transferred across untrusted networks, understand the considerations and mechanisms involved in implementing the physical security of an enterprise, understand the structures, transmission methods, transport formats, and security technologies used in providing telecommunications and network security; recognize how to plan for business continuity and disaster recovery in the event of unforeseen and critical loss; identify the types and characteristics of computer crime, recognize the investigative and ethnical considerations involved in dealing with computer crime. Security Procedures Securing Networked Information I This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explore security concepts and threats to networks and data, discuss techniques for encrypting information, explain how firewalls and VPNs facilitate network security. Securing Networked Information II This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: describe operating system and file security issues, detect and respond to network intruders, collect and Page 39 Course Catalog utilize information on network intrusion attempts, introduce and discuss authentication systems. Security Technologies Check Point NG VPN-1/Firewall-1 Administration This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: identify the functions of a firewall and identify the methods used by Check Point to execute those functions, identify the objects that are used to define a security policy and be able to create a security policy using Smart Dashboard, identify the components of SmartView Tracker and the data it can access and be able to use that data to block intruders, create and administer users and user authentication schemes, identify the reasons why network address translation (NAT) is used, differentiate between the types of NAT, and improve the performance of VPN-1/Firewall-1 through administrative tasks. Check Point Certified Security Administrator (CCSA) NGX This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: recognize the components and operation of the Check Point NGX three-tiered architecture, recognize how it is used to secure a network, perform stand-alone and distributed installations, recognize basic security policy components and their functions, rule types and rule bases, use SmartDashboard to create a basic security policy, secure a network using Network Address Translation, use SmartView Monitor, SmartView Tracker, and Eventia Reporter to monitor traffic, block attacks, and generate traffic audit reports, recognize attack types and defend a network using SmartDefense, use content security and URL screening to protect a network from potential attacks, determine and configure authentication schemes, integrate LDAP with Check Point NGX and SmartDirectory with Microsoft Active Directory, recognize how VPNs are deployed, configure a VPN between networks, and backup and restore Check Point NGX. Security Over Internet Protocol (IPSec) This course will cover the benefits and protocols of IPSec, how to provide network security by using IPSec policies and rules, as well as how to monitor and troubleshoot IPSec. Topics covered in this course are: IPSec: Benefits, IPSec Protocols: Functions, IPSec: Enabling, IPSec Policy: Configuring, IPSec: Configuration Modes, IPSec Policy: Creating, IPSec Rule: Adding, IPSec Rule: Properties, IPSec Policy: Managing, IP Filter List: Adding, IP Filter List: Editing, Filter Action: Adding, Filter Action: Editing, IPSec: Monitoring, IPSec Problems: Detection, and IPSec Problems: Solutions. Page 40 Cisco IIUC 1.0: Implementing Cisco IOS Unified Communications This course introduces the CUC system and describes how this system uses shared services and open standards to virtualize voice, video, presence, and mobility services within the CUC systems framework. This course also explains how CUC equipment can manage the voice, video, and data traffic it carries, and how it can interface with all standards-based network protocols in each network class. The operation, components, and interfaces that are commonly found in a traditional telephony deployment are also covered. It explains the process of packetizing voice to enable its transmission over a VoIP network, and discusses the structures and encapsulations that are used in this process. The course also describes VoIP signaling protocols and components of the switching process. This course explains how to configure network services to support CUC, the components that are necessary to connect a VoIP system to a service provider network, and the call flows, digit manipulation, digit collection, and digit consumption within the network. Factors that can affect voice quality and how you can mitigate those factors using QoS mechanisms are also discussed. It discusses the basic functionality of CUCME and how to configure CUCME to support endpoints. The course also discusses network management features that you can use to monitor, maintain, and configure the CUCME system. This course explains how to install Cisco Unity Express and integrate the Cisco Unity Express module with Cisco Unified Communications Manager Express. The course also introduces Cisco Unity Express Auto Attendant and voice-mail features, covering how to configure and customize the Cisco Unity Express Auto Attendant prompts. This course discusses the components, features and maintenance of the Cisco Smart Business Communications System using Cisco Configuration Assistant. IUWNE 1.0: Implementing Cisco Unified Wireless Networking Essentials This course introduces wireless networks, examining where they are used and what kinds of wireless networks can be built. The evolution of wireless technology, wireless topology categories, and wireless networks types, such as ad hoc and infrastructure are discussed, along with some basic wireless devices. This course also explores WLAN radio frequency (RF) principles and RF mathematics, to provide an explanation of how the radio waves used in wireless networks function. This course maps to the 640-721, Implementing Cisco Unified Wireless Networking Essentials (IUWNE), exam objectives for describing wireless topologies (IBSS, BSS, ESS, Point-to-Point, Point-to-Multipoint, basic Mesh, bridging); describing networking technologies used in wireless (SSID, WLAN_ID, Interface, VLAN, 802.1q trunking); and describing WLAN RF principles (refraction, reflection, etc.). Computer Insight Learning Center Course Catalog IINS 1.0: Security: Implementing Cisco IOS Network Security This course provides an explanation of the core principles that are part of the secure network environment. It explains how sophisticated attack tools and open networks generate an increased need for network security and dynamic security policies, the primary objectives of security and primary types of security controls, as well as some of the factors that are involved in responding to a security breach. This course explains the principles behind operations security and how correct practices increase security, including security testing, a secure life cycle, and business continuity planning. In addition, it reviews how increasing network security threats demand comprehensive network security policies, and describes the main activities in each phase of a secure network life cycle. Implementing the Cisco Self-Defending Network strategy by enhancing the existing network infrastructure with Cisco technologies, products, and solutions is also covered. It explains how to use the CLI to configure routers on the network perimeter with Cisco IOS Software security features, including securing the physical installation of and administrative access to Cisco routers based on different network requirements. It explores the features and uses of SDM, and how to configure a Cisco router to perform AAA authentication with a local database using the Cisco SDM. This course also covers the operation of external AAA sources such as RADIUS and TACACS+ servers, how to configure a Cisco router to perform AAA, and how to securely implement the management and reporting features of syslog, SNMP, SSH, and NTP. This course explains the operations of the different types of firewall technologies and describes the firewall technologies that are embedded in Cisco routers and Cisco security appliances. The processes of creating static packet filters using ACLs, and configuring a Cisco IOS zonebased policy firewall on your network using the Cisco SDM wizard are also covered. This course provides a primer on the theory of cryptography. It discusses the principles behind symmetric encryption, provides examples of major symmetric encryption algorithms, and examines their operations, strengths, and weaknesses. This course also touches on the major hashing algorithms that use Hashed Message Authentication Code (HMAC), and the digital signature technologies that are widely used in modern computing and networking. It also describes some of the real-world implications of using various algorithms and technologies. The principles behind asymmetric encryption and provides examples of major asymmetric encryption algorithms, including Rivest, Shamir, and Adleman (RSA); Diffie-Hellman (DH); and public key infrastructure (PKI) are also covered. This course explains the fundamental VPN-related concepts and technologies, and describes how to configure an IPsec site-to-site VPN tunnel using both the command-line interface (CLI) and the Cisco Router and Security Device Manager (SDM). It also provides the knowledge and skills required to configure IPSs on Cisco routers. This course explains how to configure LAN devices to control Computer Insight Learning Center access, resist attacks, shield other network devices and systems, and protect the integrity and confidentiality of network traffic. This course also provides an overview of the basic principles of SANs and SAN security. The implications of implementing security measures in IP networks that transport voice are also covered. This course examines various Layer 2 attacks and strategies to mitigate them. ARCH 2.0: Designing Cisco Network Service Architectures This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: identify the features of SONA and PPDIOO, identify designs that support the Layer 2 to Layer 3 boundary, recognize considerations for supporting infrastructure services in the enterprise campus network, identify the features of advanced IP addressing techniques and advanced routing design, recognize the features of optical technologies that support advanced WAN design, Metro Ethernet technologies, VPLS, MPLS, and advanced WAN service implementations, identify the components of SAN, the types of storage topologies, the features and design principles of SAN technologies, identify high availability requirements, components, design approaches, and topologies for e-commerce modules, recognize design considerations for firewalls, NAC appliances, and intrusion detection and prevention systems, recognize considerations for designing remote access and site-to-site VPNs, recognize design and security considerations for Ips, identify drivers and coverage considerations for VoWLAN, the steps in a VoWLAN site survey, and the requirements necessary to support voice in a WLAN, identify design considerations for embedded management functionality in Cisco IOS software. ICND1 1.0: Interconnecting Cisco Networking Devices Part 1 This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: recognize the basic components, topologies, and functionality of computer networks, secure them, determine the IP configuration of a PC and local network, recognize how TCP and UDP protocols transfer data between hosts, the architecture and functionality of Ethernet LANs, gather information about network connections, Cisco IOS software and CLI basic features, recognize the key issues and regulatory drivers of WLANs, how they are implemented and secured, troubleshoot them, recognize how routing connects networks and how subnets are constructed, determine IP addressing and perform router configuration, recognize how packets are delivered across an IP network, secure and use routers as DHCP servers and for accessing remote devices, recognize the features and operation of WANs, configure a static route to an IP network, recognize the features and functionality of WAN encapsulation technologies, the characteristics of dynamic routing and RIP, configure RIP on an IP network, gather network information and map the environment, manage router startup and configuration, manage Cisco IOS images, configuration files, and network devices. Page 41 Course Catalog DESGN 2.0: Designing For Cisco Internetwork Solutions This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: recognize the principles of SONA and the network design methodology, document an enterprise network design solution, recognize the components and operation of the Cisco Enterprise Architecture modules, apply the Architecture to an existing enterprise network, recognize the fundamentals of multilayer campus design and the factors that influence it, design an enterprise campus architecture and data center architecture, recognize the features and technologies of WAN architectures, design the WANs for an enterprise, recognize how IP addressing and routing protocols support the overall network, create an enterprise IP addressing and routing protocol design, design a highlevel enterprise network security solution, recognize the components and methods of traditional and IP voice networks, the QoS mechanisms used to improve IP network performance, design voice support for an enterprise network, recognize the architecture, functionality, and deployment considerations of the Cisco Unified Wireless Network, create a high-level unified network design for an enterprise. features of Cisco IP phones, and how Cisco Catalyst switches provide power to endpoints and support VLAN separation for voice and data traffic. This course describes how to implement Cisco Skinny Client Control Protocol (SCCP) phone and third-party session initiation protocol (SIP) phones. It also explains how to add phones manually, using auto registration, and with the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Bulk Administration Tool (BAT). How to harden Cisco IP phones is also covered. This course describes the role and implementation of Media Gateway Control Protocol (MGCP) gateways in providing PSTN access to a Cisco Unified Communications Manager environment. This course also describes how to configure numbering plans, directory numbers, route groups, route lists, route patterns, route filters, digit analysis, as well as urgent priority for placing public switched telephone network (PSTN) calls. Digit manipulation tools that allow a Cisco Unified Communications Manager administrator to implement flexible and transparent dial plans are also covered. This course describes the configuration tools that can be used to implement calling privileges using applications such as time-of-day routing, vanity numbers, Client Matter Codes (CMC), Forced Authorization Codes (FAC), and private line automatic ringdown (PLAR). It also explores how to implement hunt groups and enable other call coverage features such as call forwarding, shared lines, and Call Pickup. This course describes available hardware and software media resources and how they are configured in Cisco Unified Communications Manager to provide features such as conferencing, transcoding, media termination, and music on hold. In addition, this course explores how to perform media resource access control using media resource groups and media resource group lists. This course describes a selection of user features, such as the new intercom feature, phone services, and user web pages. Present Cisco Unified Communications Manager natively-supported features are also discussed. This course describes how to integrate Cisco Unified Communications Manager with voice-mail systems and how to set up basic voice-mail functionality. In addition, this course explains how to use Cisco Unified Video Advantage, a video telephony solution comprising the Cisco Unified Video Advantage software and Cisco Video Telephony (VT) Camera, a Universal Serial Bus (USB) camera in order to enable Cisco IP phones, and an attached PC to be used for video calls. CIPT1 6.0: Cisco IP Telephony Part 1 This course describes the characteristics of Cisco Unified Communications Manager, and explores the available deployment models for implementing it in a Cisco Unified Communications solution. In addition, the software’s installation process and licensing model are also explained. This course describes the various Cisco Unified Communications Manager administration methods and features, provides information about how to access them, and explores the configuration of initial settings. Methods of managing users in Cisco Unified Communications Manager and supported endpoints are also covered. The course also reviews the unique CIPT1 4.1: Cisco IP Telephony Part 1 This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: deploy a Cisco CallManager server in a cluster using a supported IP Telephony deployment model, configure Cisco CallManager to support IP Phones using the CallManager Configuration tool, configure a switch port to receive voice and data traffic on different VLANs, install and configure Cisco IP Communicator with Cisco CallManager to make IP Phone calls from the PC, install the Bulk Administration Tool and use BAT, the BAT Wizard, and the TAPS tool to bulk-add and auto-register Cisco IP Phones, users, and ports in an IP Telephony network, configure Cisco access gateways and ICND2 1.0: Interconnecting Cisco Networking Devices Part 2 This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: recognize the basic functionality of IOS Software, use the CLI for switch and router configuration in a small network, recognize the operation and configuration of VLANs and VLAN trunking, recognize how dynamic routing operates and how to use subnetting and VLSMs on large routed networks, implement OSPF and troubleshoot its configurations, implement and troubleshoot EIGRP, recognize the purpose of transitioning to IPv6 and how it operates, implement IPv6 on a network , recognize the types of ACLs and how they operate on a Cisco network, use wildcard masking for address filtering, implement an extended ACL on a router interface, recognize the function and operation of NAT and PAT, configure them on a network, and recognize and resolve network translation issues, recognize how a VPN operates and is secured, establish point-to-point WAN connections , establish, verify, and troubleshoot high-performance Frame Relay WAN connections. Page 42 Computer Insight Learning Center Course Catalog intercluster trunks in a Cisco IP Telephony solution, configure basic and complex route plans in Cisco CallManager, recognize how to implement a telephony Class of Service (CoS) within in a Cisco CallManager cluster, configure a Cisco IOS gatekeeper for call admission control, and configure SRST on a Cisco IOS gateway, add users and use Cisco CallManager to configure user options and settings for Cisco IP Phones in an IP Telephony network, configure the Call Park, Call Pickup, Cisco Call Back, Barge, and Privacy features and implement the Cisco CallManager Extension Mobility service in an IP Telephony network, install and configure the Cisco CallManager Attendant Console on the server and client-side, configure the Cisco IP Manager Assistant (IPMA) for a manager and an assistant user. CIPT2 6.0 Cisco IP Telephony Part 2 This course explains the potential issues and solutions in a multisite Cisco Unified Communications Manager deployment, including selective public switched telephone network (PSTN) access and PSTN backup. This course also describes how to implement a dial plan to support inbound and outbound PSTN dialing, sitecode dialing, and Tail-End Hop-Off (TEHO) by describing dial plan elements and their configuration. This course describes the mechanisms for providing call survivability and device failover in remote sites. It also describes how to configure Cisco IOS routers as SRST gateways and how to use Cisco Unified Communications Manager Express in SRST mode. This course describes methods of reducing bandwidth requirements and explains how to design and implement those methods so that the IP WAN bandwidth can be used as efficiently as possible. It also describes CAC options for intrasite calls and intersite calls and how to implement them in a multisite Cisco Unified Communications Manager deployment. The course also describes automated alternate routing (AAR), which allows the public switched telephone network (PSTN) to be used as a backup for calls that are denied by CAC due to insufficient bandwidth. This course describes the features and applications used in multisite deployments, including Tcl and Voice Extensible Markup Language (VoiceXML) applications, and how to implement them in Cisco IOS routers to provide services such as auto-attendant or automatic call distribution functions. The course also explores Cisco Unified Communications Manager Device Mobility, Cisco Unified Communications Manager Extension Mobility, and Cisco Unified Mobility, and how their implementation provides mobile and roaming users with the freedom to roam and still be reachable by their own extensions, no matter where they are or what device they use. This course describes cryptographic basics and how they are used by Cisco Unified Communications Manager security features. CIPT2 4.1: Cisco IP Telephony Part 2 This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: recognize how to harden the Cisco IP Telephony Operating System on which Cisco CallManager runs and secure Cisco CallManager Administration against Computer Insight Learning Center system threats, recognize toll fraud exploits and prevent them, secure the Cisco IP Phone against threats, recognize network security problems, and how cryptography and PKI secure network applications, recognize the threats to a Cisco IP telephony environment, configure it for secure operation, recognize the characteristics and protocols of video call technology, implement IP video telephony in a Cisco environment, recognize the tools of the IP telephony environment, maintain it, and monitor and troubleshoot the Cisco CallManager system, use IP traffic analysis, reporting, and system tools to manage the performance of the CallManager environment. QoS 2.1: Implementing Cisco Quality of Service This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: identify the fundamental issues associated with implementing QoS on converged networks, define QoS policy implementation and management methods, identify the features of different QoS implementation models, how to apply QoS mechanisms, and how packets traverse QoS-enabled networks, use the Module QoS command-line interface (MQC) and AutoQoS to implement QoS policy, mark and classify packets by using the Modular QoS command line (MQC) and by configuring Network-based Application Recognition (NBAR), configure QoS pre-classify, QoS Propagation Policy on BGP (QPPB), and LAN-based classification and marking,configure basic and advanced congestionmanagement implementations, configure class-based policing and shaping to rate-limit traffic in different scenarios, configure and monitor quality of service (QoS) link-efficiency mechanisms, implement trafficclassification best practices, determine how to plan the implementation of end-to-end quality of service (QoS). CVOICE 6.0: Cisco Voice Over IP This course will provide users with the tools necessary to recognize: the concepts, protocols, voice gateways and deployment models for deploying VoIP, the different requirements for VoIP calls, including quality of service, transportation of modulated data, and DTMF support, the various call types, their characteristics, voice ports, dial peers and their configuration on VoIP Recognize the various digital trunk technologies, their associated signaling and configuration and verification, how to implement H.323, MGCP and SIP protocols in VoIP gateways, how to implement dial plans and numbering plans on Cisco gateways, how to configure and implement digit manipulation, path selection, and calling privileges on Cisco IOS gateways, the functions and configurations of gatekeepers and directory gatekeepers and the signaling between them, how to configure and verify basic gatekeeper functionality, and implement gatekeeper-based CAC and the features and configuration of Cisco UBE, and ISTP connectivity. CVOICE 5.0: Cisco Voice over IP This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: identify the components and signaling protocols of VoIP, recognize how VoIP works with the centralized Page 43 Course Catalog and distributed architectures, determine the gateway requirements to support both architectures in enterprise and service provider environments, identify how to implement numbering plans and scalable dial plans for VoIP networks, calculate existing bandwidth and additional bandwidth requirements for voice and data traffic, recognize the implications of implementing security measures in IP networks that transport voice, configure router voice ports, recognize factors affecting analog voice quality, and configure voice interface settings for optimal voice quality, identify the role of signaling and call control in a VoIP network, configure H.323 gateways and gatekeepers, identify the various commands used to monitor and troubleshoot H.323, configure, monitor, and troubleshoot SIP and MGCP on a Cisco router, determine the best call control model for a network, identify voice quality issues in IP networks and recognize how to improve voice quality by implementing QoS, identify the effects of oversubscription on VoIP networks, recognize the functionality of Call Admission Control (CAC), distinguish between the configuration options for implementing CAC using each of the four CAC mechanisms. INTRO 2.1: Introduction to Cisco Networking Technologies This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: identify the major components of a computer system, to define basic computer and networking terminology, describe the benefits and functions of the OSI reference model, demonstrate how to build a simple Ethernet network, describe the functions and operations of switched LANs and virtual LANs, identify the basic operations of routing, describe the operations of routing protocols, identify the functions of specific network layer protocols, describe the major aspects of IP addressing and calculate valid IP subnet addresses and masks, demonstrate how to ensure the reliability of data delivery through the transport layer, describe the functions of major WAN technologies, use the available configuration tools to establish connectivity to the appropriate network device, verify the default configuration and status of switch devices, use available configuration tools to establish connectivity to a router, discover and determine the status of connected devices on a network and enable connections to these devices. BCMSN 3.0: Building Cisco Multilayer Switched Networks This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: recognize the Cisco hierarchical network model as it pertains to the campus network, identify how various technologies are best implemented within the Campus Infrastructure module,configure VLANs on access switches to confine traffic to individual VLANs in accordance with the Campus Infrastructure module design, explain the procedure for configuring both 802.1Q and ISL trunking between two switches, how VLAN configuration of switches within a management domain can be automated with VTP, implement and verify inter-VLAN routing, implement high availability technologies and techniques using multilayer switches in Page 44 a campus environment, recognize the features of WLANs and compare wireless LANs with wired LANs, the different WLAN topologies, explain WLAN technology, standards, and security, explain how to use Cisco Systems utilities to configure the Cisco WLAN client, explain how to configure autonomous and lightweight Cisco WLAN solutions, identify and configure switch infrastructure to support voice, recognize the potential attacks and how to implement security features in a switched network. BSCI 3.0: Building Scalable Cisco Internetworks This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: describe the converged network requirements of various network and networked applications within the Cisco network architectures, describe the processes of EIGRP implementation, route selection, and configuration verification in diverse, large-scale networks, describe and configure EIGRP advanced options, authentication, and recognize common issues when configuring EIGRP in an Enterprise Network, describe OSPF network architectures and types, operations, information flows, single area and multi area routing, OSPF network authorization, describe how IS-IS operates, how it is implemented in large, enterprise networks, describe the processes of manipulating routing updates using multiple IP routing protocols, implementing and configuring DHCP, recognize BGP neighbor states, attributes, best-path selection, authentication and troubleshooting techniques, describe the processes of Multicast implementation and verification, the IGMPv2 and IGMPv3 protocols, Multicast routing protocols, describe the IPv6 features and functions that satisfy the requirements of IPv6 addressing, describe BGP concepts and terminology, and the processes of BGP implementation for enterprise ISP connectivity. ISCW 1.0: Implementing Secure Converged Wide Area Networks This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: recognize Cisco architectural framework models and network requirements, and how remote connections are established, configure a network of hosts over a bridging DSL CPE access device to an aggregate router, verify broadband ADSL configurations for Layer 1 and Layer 2, recognize the MPLS architecture and functionality, configure frame mode MPLS on IOS routers, distinguish between MPLS VPN and traditional VPN operation, recognize how IPSec VPNs operate and configure a site-to-site IPsec VPN, implement IPSec site-to-site VPNs using SDM and GRE tunnels, provide highavailability VPNs using backup interfaces, recognize the components and operation of Cisco Easy VPN, configure Easy VPN Server and the VPN client for Easy VPN Remote access, recognize the Cisco SelfDefending Network strategy, secure Cisco routers by protecting the router administrative interface using password features and role-based CLI, recognize how to mitigate network threats and attacks by using ACLs to filter traffic, secure enterprise networks by implementing Cisco IOS Firewalls and Cisco IOS IPS using CLI and Computer Insight Learning Center Course Catalog SDM, configure and troubleshoot AAA on a Cisco systems router. ONT 1.0: Optimizing Converged Cisco Networks This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: recognize the converged network requirements within the Cisco conceptual network models, the basic principles of VoIP networks and conversion to them, call control mechanisms, and how voice is digitized for data transport, recognize how voice is encapsulated, bandwidth requirements and overhead, and how voice is implemented in an enterprise, recognize converged network issues and how QoS optimizes performance, its models and methods of implementation, recognize how classification and marking are used to define a QoS service class, configure and use NBAR for Cisco MQC class-based classification and marking operations, recognize how to implement the basic and advanced queuing mechanisms for relieving network traffic congestion, configure queuing on a Cisco router, recognize how TCP and QoS support traffic management and optimization, and how their mechanisms are implemented, recognize the functionality of Cisco AutoQos, configure and optimize it for an enterprise, configure wireless security and basic wireless management. Cisco CCDA/CCDP Certification DESGN 1.2 Designing for Cisco Internetwork Solutions This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: identify the key principles involved in the design of a network, gather requirements and identify business and technical constraints, identify methods of characterizing the existing network, outline a modular hierarchical approach to network design, called the Enterprise Composite Network model, explore and identify the general technologies used in campus switching design and the various campus network design models used, determine the factors influencing the design of IP addressing, identify the necessary guidelines for building an efficient IP addressing solution, identify the key considerations for selecting appropriate routing protocols in a network design, identify a modular approach to designing network security, identify voice design principles and outline guidelines for successful integrated network deployment , identify the key considerations involved in network management design, design a small to mid-sized network. ARCH 1.2: Designing Cisco Network Service Architectures This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: define the Cisco AVVID framework and explain how it addresses enterprise network design needs for performance, scalability, and availability, discuss the Enterprise Composite Network Model, discuss the major steps in the network design process, validate a network design, plan effective Campus Infrastructure and Server Farm module designs, given specific enterprise network Computer Insight Learning Center requirements, demonstrate the ability to design Enterprise Edge connectivity using classic WAN, Remote Access, and Internet Connectivity module types, define an appropriate design architecture using Cisco strategies and solutions, evaluate and identify enterprise network security policies, propose a security strategy for the Enterprise Campus and the Enterprise Edge functional areas using the Cisco SAFE blueprint, identify the components of QoS and design scalable network QoS solutions, recall intradomain and interdomain protocols, design IP multicast services for enterprise campus networks and WANs, define the key technologies that enable VPNs, design site-to-site and remote-access VPNs, define the key technologies that enable WLANs and IP telephony and illustrate design guidelines for WLAN implementation in enterprise networks and networks that support IP telephony. CCSP SNRS 1.0 Securing Networks with Cisco Routers and Switches This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: configure Cisco Secure ACS for Windows Server, configure the IOS Firewall for Cisco routers, configure the IOS Firewall authentication proxy and the IPS, recognize, troubleshoot, and mitigate layer 2 attacks, configure 802.1x port-based authentication and recommend a best practice for threat mitigation, configure VPNs using Cisco pre-shared keys, configure, test, and verify IPSec, configure and verify IPSec VPN using Cas, configure and verify ISAKMP and IPSec, configure remote access using a Cisco Easy VPN server, configure Easy VPN Remote for the VPN Client 4.x and remote access routers, install and configure SDM on a Cisco router. ISC 2 The Systems Security Certified Practitioner (SSCP) Domains This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: recognize the concepts that make up the Access Controls SSCP domain, identify security administration requirements, outline how they are met, outline the tools and mechanisms for system security monitoring and auditing, outline risk management, identify best practices for handling risk and ensuring business continuity, define cryptography, identify its use in ensuring the confidentiality, integrity, authenticity, and non-repudiation of information, identify the standards and technology used in data communication, identify types of malicious code and the protection used to defend against it . The Information Systems Security Engineering Professional (ISSEP) Domains This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: define the Systems Security Engineering domain of the ISSEP process, define ISSE certification and Page 45 Course Catalog accreditation, explore technical management, outline US government IA regulations. EMC Storage Technology Foundations This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explore the challenges presented by data management and differentiate between the key storage media, components, requirements, constraints, and solutions for managing data, recognize the role of the key physical and logical components in the architecture of a storage environment and differentiate between the benefits and advantages of the IDE/ATA, SCSI, and Fibre Channel storage interfaces, recognize the roles of the physical components and logical constructs in organizing and accessing data on hard disks and determine the most appropriate RAID solution to meet specific requirements, introduce the features and functionality of DAS and NAS, and recognize enterprise environments that would benefit from DAS-based and NAS-based storage solutions, recognize the role of the key physical and logical components in the Fibre Channel SAN architecture, distinguish between Fibre Channel SAN topologies, identify what's involved in managing the SAN environment, and introduce the challenges associated with implementing a Fibre Channel SAN solution, recognize the architecture, features, and business applications of IP Storage Area Networks (IP SANs) and Content Addressed Storage (CAS) systems, identify the considerations, technical features, and management process associated with implementing a backup and recovery solution, recognize the use of replicas for business continuity, identify the individual tasks involved in the overall management of the data center and recognize what's involved in implementing an information lifecycle management strategy. Oracle 11g Oracle Database 11g: New Features for Administrators This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: recognize the enhancements to Oracle Database 11g's installation and upgrade processes and postupgrade steps, create a new database, recognize ways in which storage has been enhanced in Oracle Database 11g using Automatic Storage Management's (ASM's) commands and extensions, outline the uses of management tools in Oracle Database 11g, such as SQL Performance Analyzer, SQL tuning sets, and SQL plan baselines, use them to effectively manage change and execute SQL plans, explain the benefits and uses of Oracle Database 11g's crucial developer tools, Database Replay and Automatic SQL Tuning, when setting up and testing a database, streamline job scheduling using Oracle Database 11g's intelligent infrastructure enhancements, identify the scope and capabilities of Oracle Database 11g's performanceenhancing tools, identify the benefits of Oracle Database Page 46 11g's partitioning and storage-related enhancements, use SQL Access Advisor to help you optimize your database in this regard, identify ways of using Oracle Database 11g's enhanced RMAN, Flashback and LogMiner tools to clone databases, create backups and catalogs, archive historical data, and roll back transactions, recognize the steps for detecting, diagnosing, and repairing critical errors and data failures in Oracle Database 11g, using its enhanced, proactive, diagnostic tools, such as Automatic Diagnostic Repository, Support Workbench, SQL Repair Advisor, and the Data Recovery Advisor, identify the ways in which Oracle Database has enhanced security, identify the steps for managing all aspects of security, recognize the steps for enhancing the performance of large objects, caching query results, and performing other miscellaneous tasks in Oracle Database 11g. Oracle Database 11g: Administration Workshop I This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: identify the elements of the Oracle Database 11g architecture, recognize the tools and steps required to install the Oracle Database 11g software, identify the steps for creating a new Oracle Database 11g database and then configuring it and managing the instance, recognize the steps for configuring new Oracle Net Listeners and database connectivity, identify the steps for managing schema objects, such as tables, views, and indexes, recognize ways to use SQL and PL/SQL commands to manipulate data and ensure data concurrency, recognize the steps required to manage undo information, secure an Oracle Database 11g database, and maintain it by monitoring statistics, automated tasks and alert thresholds, identify the steps for ensuring an Oracle Database 11g database is available to users when needed, setting up instance recovery options, creating backups, recognize ways to make use of Oracle Database 11g's tools for moving and recovering data, reporting on problems, and installing updates to enhance a database. Oracle Database 11g: Administration Workshop II This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: recognize the structural elements in Oracle Database 11g's architecture, including Automatic Storage Management (ASM), recognize the steps for managing storage using disk groups, recognize the steps for configuring all aspects of backup and recovery functionality in Oracle Database 11g, using ARCHIVELOG mode, retention policies, a Flash Recovery Area, and a RMAN recovery catalog, identify the steps for preparing a database for backup and then for performing various types of RMAN backups and user-managed backups and recoveries, identify ways to use RMAN to ensure that data is not lost in Oracle Database 11g, by performing complete and incomplete recoveries as well as disaster recoveries, by cloning databases, and by restoring a tablespace to a particular point in time, recognize the steps for making sure that you can recover data quickly by tuning RMAN to avoid bottlenecks, identify the steps for diagnosing and repairing database problems with the help of Oracle Computer Insight Learning Center Course Catalog Support using Automatic Diagnostic Repository, Support Workbench, and health checks, recognize the steps for utilizing Oracle Database 11g's globalization support features to ensure that information and data is displayed in a user's native language, and that territory and language-dependent conventions are adhered to. Oracle Database 11g: SQL and PL/SQL New Features This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to recognize: the scope and capabilities of enhancements to SQL and PL/SQL, including tools such as SQL*Plus and SQL Developer, and use them to create reports and scripts, browse and manage database objects, find subpatterns, and track dependencies. It will enable the learner to recognize the steps for improving SQL and PL/SQL flexibility, usability, and performance, using dynamic SQL, language enhancements, and a variety of performance enhancements, to recognize the steps for improving performance, managing scalabilty, enhancing control and processing speed, and reducing network load using enhanced features such as compound triggers, SecureFile LOBs, and PIVOT operations, to recognize ways to utilize the PL/SQL Debugger to analyze your code, identify the uses and benefits of collections, and identify the steps for employing data warehousing enhancements to improve query execution times. Oracle Database 11g: SQL Fundamentals I This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: identify the concepts and components of an Oracle Database 11g database, recognize how to retrieve information from it using SQL, and identify the steps for sorting, limiting, modifying, and formatting this information. It will include how to recognize the steps for writing queries that convert data from one type to another, specify conditions, perform calculations on groups of rows or even tables, and return values from more than one table, to identify the steps for manipulating queries to return the data you need, using subqueries and set operators, and also for manipulating the actual data using INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE and other data manipulation language (DML) statements, and to recognize the steps for creating, defining, and dropping tables, manipulating how their data can be viewed, and using schema objects to generate integers, improve queries, and rename tables. Oracle Database 11g: SQL Fundamentals II This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: recognize the steps for controlling user access to objects and also for maintaining these objects by dropping columns and adding constraints and indexes, to recognize the steps for querying data dictionary views to viewsschema objects, and for performing operations on large amounts of data, such as inserting data into multiple tables and merging table rows, to identify the steps for managing data in different time zones in Oracle Database 11g, for managing time intervals, and for using datetime functions, and to Computer Insight Learning Center recognize the steps for retrieving data using subqueries and using regular expressions to search for, match, and replace strings. Oracle Database 11g: PL/SQL Fundamentals This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: identify the steps for getting started with PL/SQL, recognizing the benefits of the available tools, creating basic statements, declaring variables, testing code, and adhering to scoping and nesting rules, to identify the steps for using PL/SQL to manipulate data, control transactions, determine the outcome of statements, and create loops and conditional control structures, to recognize ways to create user-defined PL/SQL records and INDEX BY tables, and identify the steps for declaring and controlling explicit cursors and cursors with parameters, and to recognize ways to handle unanticipated errors in PL/SQL, write stored procedures and functions, deploy Java applications and Web services, and use cursor variables. Oracle Database 11g: Develop PL/SQL Program Units This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: identify the steps for designing, debugging, invoking, and bundling PL/SQL subprograms, procedures and functions, and also for handling their exceptions, to recognize the steps for creating and using efficient PL/SQL packages, including Oracle-supplied packages, executing dynamic SQL, and improving the performance of code, to identify the steps for creating, managing, and using database triggers, and for using the new PL/SQL compiler, its initialization parameters, and its compile time warnings and to identify the steps for performing conditional compilation to selectively use PL/SQL code, wrapping code, and tracking dependencies. Oracle Database 11g: Introduction to SQL This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: identify the concepts and components of an Oracle Database 11g database, recognize how to retrieve information from it using SQL, and identify the steps for sorting, limiting, modifying, and formatting this information, to recognize the steps for writing queries that convert data from one type to another, specify conditions, perform calculations on groups of rows or even tables, and return values from more than one table; to identify the steps for manipulating queries to return the data you need, using subqueries and set operators, and also for manipulating the actual data using INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE and other data manipulation language (DML) statements, to recognize the steps for creating, defining, and dropping tables, manipulating how their data can be viewed, and using schema objects to generate integers, improve queries, and rename tables; to recognize the steps for controlling user access to objects and also for maintaining these objects by dropping columns and adding constraints and indexes; to recognize the steps for querying data dictionary views to viewsschema objects, and for performing operations Page 47 Course Catalog on large amounts of data, such as inserting data into multiple tables and merging table rows; to identify the steps for managing data in different time zones in Oracle Database 11g, for managing time intervals, and for using datetime functions; and to recognize the steps for retrieving data using subqueries and using regular expressions to search for, match, and replace strings. Oracle Database 11g: Program with PL/SQL This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: identify the steps for getting started with PL/SQL, recognizing the benefits of the available tools, creating basic statements, declaring variables, testing code, and adhering to scoping and nesting rules; to identify the steps for using PL/SQL to manipulate data, control transactions, determine the outcome of statements, and create loops and conditional control structures; to recognize ways to create user-defined PL/SQL records and INDEX BY tables, and identify the steps for declaring and controlling explicit cursors and cursors with parameters; to recognize ways to handle unanticipated errors in PL/SQL, write stored procedures and functions, deploy Java applications and Web services, and use cursor variables; to identify the steps for designing, debugging, invoking, and bundling PL/SQL subprograms, procedures and functions, and also for handling their exceptions; to recognize the steps for creating and using efficient PL/SQL packages, including Oracle-supplied packages, executing dynamic SQL, and improving the performance of code; to identify the steps for creating, managing, and using database triggers, and for using the new PL/SQL compiler, its initialization parameters, and its compile time warnings; and to identify the steps for performing conditional compilation to selectively use PL/SQL code, wrapping code, and tracking dependencies. Oracle 11i Oracle 11i E-Business Suite: Essentials for Implementers This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: identify the main features of 11i E-Business Suite, to perform key navigation tasks, to create a shared entity type, recognize the key business flows of 11i E-Business Suite, identify characteristics and key features of MultiOrg, identify the considerations to make when implementing Multi-Org, create value sets, perform the tasks to define a structure for descriptive flexfields, identify s perform – key system-administration tasks in 11i E-Business Suite, identify and perform the key features of the Oracle Workflow architecture, create alerts in 11i E-Business Suite, recognize the benefits and characteristics of Daily Business Intelligence (DBI) and, given a scenario, run a report in a DBI environment. Oracle 11i E-Business Suite: System Administrator Fundamentals This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: create users and responsibilities, assign responsibilities, create data groups, create functions and Page 48 menus, perform key data-security tasks, create roles, set up Delegated Administration, create registration processes for roles, run audit reports, monitor users, enable the AuditTrail feature, submit and manage requests, create request groups and request sets, identify the concepts and tools associated with concurrency and concurrency administration, set and view profile options, perform some Application-DBA tasks, define printers, and print with the pasta.cfg file, personalize forms and Oracle Applications (OA) framework pages, identify the components of Oracle Workflow, recognize the mandatory optional steps for configuring Oracle Workflow, monitor and manage some of the system components of Oracle E-Business Suite, run some troubleshooting wizards, use the Support Cart feature in Oracle Applications Manager (OAM). Oracle 11i: Project Foundation Fundamentals This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: recognize the Oracle Enterprise Project Management Solution products, the integration of Oracle Project with other Oracle e-business applications, define an Oracle Applications set of books, recognize how Oracle Projects' multiple organization architecture, periods, and calendars are used for structuring and scheduling, implement them in an enterprise, recognize the resources and roles in Oracle Projects, how they are used in project management, create and assign them, use Oracle Projects to secure function and data access within Projects applications, recognize how projects are organized, create and administer them, use Oracle Project's user-defined attributes, group implementation options, and utilization reports to capture information, interface with other Oracle applications, report actual and scheduled utilization and resources, use organization forecasting for project planning and administration, integrate Oracle Projects with Oracle Sales and Oracle Advanced Product Catalog to manage sales and product lifecycles. Oracle 11i: Navigate Oracle Applications This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: define responsibilities and recognize Navigator functionality, enter and work with data using forms, search for information with Oracle Applications online help, execute application tasks simultaneously by running concurrent requests and request sets, customize the presentation of data, manage personal user profiles, form attachments, and form flexfields. Oracle 11i: Procure-to-Pay Fundamentals This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: understand the Procure-to-Pay life cycle and its implementation in Oracle Purchasing and Payables applications. It also covers information about the suppliers, sites, and quotations used in the procure-topay process. Students will learn about key implementation issues in Oracle Sourcing, Requisitions, iProcurement, and Purchase Orders. The student's will also learn to make basic implementation decisions involved in launching the Procure-to-Pay process. Computer Insight Learning Center Course Catalog Students will learn how these applications fit into Oracle's e-Business Suite of applications. Students will learn about the creation and security of documents. Finally, students will learn about the steps to be implemented for the Period Close process in Payables. Oracle 11i: (11i10) Sys Admin This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: understand the concepts and fundamentals of Oracle Applications Security. This course will cover various layers of access control in Oracle Applications Security. In addition, it will provide detailed information on two core security layers of access control, Function Security and Data Security. Students will be introduced to the concepts and implementation of Oracle User Management and resource auditing, and the setup of concurrent programs and profile options management. The course covers concepts and tasks associated with printer management, such as registering a new printer, printing with the pasta utility, and customizing print options. The course also focuses on demonstrations essential for personalizing forms. In addition, the course contains information about the basic, intermediate, advanced, and administrative concepts related to forms personalization. Students will be introduced to the concept and configuration of personalization at different levels. The course also introduces the learners to the benefits of the workflow process and describes different types of workflow components. This course covers the mandatory and optional tasks that are performed to set up Oracle Workflow. It also introduces the learners to Oracle Applications Manager (OAM) and its benefits. In addition, it explores options to monitor system performance, critical activities, and business flows of an organization. Features that help in diagnosing and resolving system issues are reviewed. Students will learn about the different tasks and duties a DBA and a system administrator perform to administer Oracle Applications. The tasks and duties discussed in this course are Application DBA duties, folder administration, custom program addition, help customization, and document sequencing. Oracle Workflow 11i10 This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: understand the architecture and components of Oracle Workflow. It also covers the components of a workflow process. It covers the steps to plan a workflow process and various standard activities. Students will learn the steps to diagram and create a workflow process and define item types, process activities, item type attributes, lookup types and lookup codes, messages, message attributes, and notifications activities. In addition, it covers the features of item type attributes, notification activities, and embedded regions. Students will learn about Oracle 9i SQL and PL/SQL, navigating Oracle Applications 11i, and Oracle 11i EBusiness Essentials for Implementers. The course covers the features and options to define and maintain business events, event subscriptions, and event activities. It also covers several standard activities that help manage the contents of event messages. Students Computer Insight Learning Center will learn about function activities, activity details, activity attributes, and standard assign activity. Students will learn about Oracle Workflow directory service, local directory service tables, and loading roles in a workflow process definition. The course also covers systems, agents, and external system registration, and the options that enable you to send events to an agent. Students will learn about Workflow Engine, background engines, PL/SQL procedures, workflow process APIs, Business Event System APIs, and error handling. The course covers abstract data types used by the Business Event System, event data generate functions, queue handlers, and subscription rule functions, and the error-handling features of workflow processes. It also covers features, types, and attributes of PL/SQL documents, and how to include PL/SQL documents in messages. Further, it covers forced synchronous processes, selector/callback functions, standard API used to define selector/callback functions, and the code to define a selector/callback function. Students will learn about master/detail coordination activities, and how to customize and protect workflows. Workflow Loaders and reviewing Workflow Systems is covered. Students will learn about the mandatory and optional tasks that are performed to set up Oracle Workflow. It covers features of service components and specific service components including agent listeners and notification mailers. Finally, it covers queue propagation and agent activity details. Oracle 11i10 Project Foundation Fundamentals This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: understand the common features of different Oracle products in the Oracle Enterprise Project Management Solutions suite. The course will cover the integration of different Oracle Applications with Oracle Projects. Additionally, the course will provide information on setting up a set of books and defining organizations for Oracle Projects. Students will learn about the methods used to define periods and calendars in Oracle Projects. The course covers different implementation options for Oracle Projects. Additionally, this course teaches the learner to define page layouts and user-defined attributes. Students will learn the processes involved in defining resources and roles in Oracle Projects, and the features of setting the project and organization security. Students will also learn about project setup fundamentals and project classes and types. The processes involved in setting up project templates and tasks in Oracle Projects will be covered. The course also introduces the concept of extending project functionality and project lifecycles. Finally, students will learn the basics, features, and uses of organization forecasting, utilization, Oracle sales integration, and advanced product catalog integration. Oracle 11i10 Order to Cash This course provides an overview of the Order to Cash lifecycle, the Oracle Order Management process, and Enterprise Structure. The course also describes items, item attributes, and the implementation considerations for the Oracle 11i Order to Cash solution. This course provides an overview of the party model and elaborates Page 49 Course Catalog on the tasks involved in managing parties and customer accounts. The course also covers the tasks involved in setting up credit management, reviewing credits, and managing credit reviews. Students will learn about the Order Entry process. The course describes the methods for creating transaction types, defaulting rules, and end customers. The course also covers the header and line information that needs to be entered in an order. Students will learn about the methods for creating BSAs, internal orders, and drop shipments. The course also describes the options for scheduling, booking, copying, and importing orders. In addition, this course covers the essential and optional steps for setting up a sales order. This course elaborates on the tasks involved in managing orders. The course includes the procedures for updating, versioning, canceling, closing, and purging orders. The course also covers concepts related to managing approvals, holds, and credit checking. Students will learn about basic pricing in an Order to Cash life cycle. The tasks involved in creating and managing price lists is covered as well as pricing entities such as price agreements, formulas, qualifiers, modifiers, and pricing attributes. Students will learn about the shipping process in the Order to Cash lifecycle in addition to the shipping setups including the shipping parameters, shipping rules, freight settings, shipping document sets, and regional settings. Students will get an overview of the shipping execution process. The course covers concepts related to the Pick Release and Ship Confirm processes, and handling deliveries, shipping exceptions and execution reports. The course covers key concepts related to the AutoInvoicing and Receivables processes, and the Bill Presentment Architecture (BPA). The course discusses concepts related to implementing customer invoicing and provides an overview of the Invoicing process. The course describes the methods for creating, correcting, and generating invoices, and using invoices for revenue recognition and making promised commitment accounts. The course elaborates on the process of setting up and applying receipts and covers concepts related to handling charge-backs, adjustments, claims, balance segments, and non-manual receipts. Students will learn about the Tax Accounting process. The course describes the steps for setting up tax and tax profile options. It also covers defining tax codes, tax rates, and tax groups. In addition, the course elaborates on the period-closing process. Oracle 10g Oracle Database 10g: Administration Workshop II This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: outline the considerations and procedures for using Flashback features, and for globalizing a database, outline the processes and considerations for using RMAN to perform and monitor backups, outline the processes for recovering non-critical files, performing incomplete recoveries, and repairing corrupted components of databases, outline the concepts and processes to secure the Oracle listener, work with Page 50 remote and distributed transactions, outline the processes and considerations for optimizing an Oracle database using alerts, trace files, advisors, for using the Automatic Storage Management and Database Resource Manager features, for using the Scheduler tool, and the advanced features of Oracle Database 10g. Oracle Database 10g: SQL Fundamentals I and II This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explore Oracle as a relational database management system (RDBMS), use basic SQL statements, use SQL functions for data retrieval, retrieve data from multiple tables using joins, use set operators in Oracle 10g databases, use group and date/time functions, use subqueries and hierarchical queries, use regular expression support and control user access, create and manage tables and constraints, create database views, sequences, indexes, and synonyms, create external tables, use the data dictionary views in Oracle 10g, modify rows, control database transactions, and manage large data sets and multi table statements. Oracle Database 10g: Programming with PL/SQL I This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explore PL/SQL and receive an introduction to identifiers and variables in PL/SQL, write lexical units in their correct format in a PL/SQL block, perform data conversion in PL/SQL, write PL/SQL anonymous blocks, recognize the correct structure of a PL/SQL program block, implement a suitable conditional control statement in PL/SQL, simple and searched CASE expressions, and a suitable loop construct, identify the benefits associated with records and collections, declare and initialize nested tables and VARRAYs, and create and reference an INDEX BY table and table of records, use the FOR UPDATE and WHERE CURRENT OF clauses to lock and modify rows, process data using records and cursors, outline how each of the PL/SQL exception types are raised and handled, create and execute a stored function and call, and remove and view stored functions in PL/SQL. Oracle Database 10g: Developing PL/SQL Program Units This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: create and work with Oracle 10g packages, use Oracle-supplied packages, manage dependencies and recompile PL/SQL units, use LOBs and the DBMS_LOB package, create and manage triggers, write dynamic SQL and use the DBMS_METADATA package. Oracle Database 10g: New Features This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: discuss the new installation and configuration features of Oracle 10g and new data loading features, identify the new automatic management and management infrastructure features, the new resource, scheduling, and task-management features, the new space management features, the new storage features, use Oracle 10g's new tuning, performance-monitoring, and analysis features, new backup and recovery Computer Insight Learning Center Course Catalog features, recognize Oracle 10g's Flashback technology and use Flashback features, use the new security and software upgrade features, the new VLDB support features, recognize how various new features are used in Oracle 10g. Oracle Database 10g: Administration Workshop I Release 2 This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explore the concepts of RDBMS and Oracle database administration, install Oracle Database 10g software, explore the Oracle database and instance architecture and use the Database Configuration Assistant, use SQL and SQL*Plus to access an Oracle 10g database, introduce other common database interfaces, explain the fundamentals of Oracle database control and how to use tablespaces, manage users, implement security, and audit database activity on an Oracle 10g database, manage schema objects and data, use the SQL*Loader and PL/SQL, provide an overview of Oracle Net Services and Shared Server, control database performance and configure proactive database maintenance, manage undo data, lock conflicts, backup and recovery in an Oracle 10g database. Oracle Database 10g R2: SQL Tuning This course provides an overview of the Oracle database architecture. It describes the components of an Oracle server and their impact on its performance. The course covers the parts of an Oracle server that may require tuning and the functions, operations, and key concepts related to the Oracle query optimizer. It familiarizes the learner with the execution of join statements, access paths, subqueries, sort operations, and sort performance. It also provides an overview on the benefits of optimizer plan stability and key concepts related to creating and using stored outlines. Students will learn the basic guidelines for working with indexes and concepts related to various types of indexes. The course covers optimizer hints and related concepts such as hints for access paths, join orders and operations. Data warehouse tuning considerations have also been covered in this course. The course provides an overview of the methods for tuning and evaluating SQL and the methods for gathering statistics. Additionally, this course introduces basic concepts related to application tracing in an Oracle database. The different execution plans being used in Oracle databases have also been covered. The course covers key concepts related to automatic SQL tuning. The course introduces the learner to the Statspack package and its workings. It also familiarizes the learner with materialized views. Oracle Database 10g Performance Tuning This course provides an overview of the tuning methodology and performance monitoring. The course covers common tuning problems and the goals and objectives of performance tuning. In addition, the course covers the tuning life cycle and the tuning methodology followed in the different phases of the tuning life cycle. Students will learn about performance pages and Computer Insight Learning Center dynamic views, metrics, alerts, baselines, and Statspack. The course discusses the key concepts related to using the Automatic Workload Repository (AWR), the Automatic Database Diagnostic Monitor (ADDM), and Active Session History (ASH) reports. Students will learn the concepts related to tuning the shared pool and the buffer cache. This course also covers the concepts related to the System Global Area (SGA), Automatic Shared Memory Management (ASMM), the Program Global Area (PGA), and the PGA Target Advice. Students will learn the concepts related to I/O, Redundant Array of Inexpensive Disks (RAID), and Automatic Storage Management (ASM), checkpoint and redo, and performing space management. Students will learn about tablespace management and reactive tuning. The course also summarizes key concepts related to performance tuning. Migrating to Oracle Database Server 10g This course covers fundamentals of the Oracle DB architectural framework. In this course, students will learn about Oracle DB 10g grid computing and administration, and go through key aspects of migration to Oracle DB and Oracle DB 10g installation. Students will learn about the fundamentals of schema objects and migration planning, administering users and managing schema objects. Students will go through key aspects of pre-migration activities, Oracle Migration Workbench installation, and creating a Workbench repository. The course covers concepts related to Oracle database backup and recovery. In this course, students will learn about types of backups as well as backup activities, including configuring backup settings, scheduling backups, and managing backups. In addition, they will learn about recovering backup data. Further, they will learn about concepts related to Flashback technology, including Flashback Drop, Recycle Bin, Flashback Versions Query, Flashback Transaction Query, and Flashback Table. Finally, they will learn about typical migration considerations, including formatting tasks, logically correct tasks, performance improvements, and other necessary tasks. Oracle Development 10g In this course, students will learn to use Oracle Forms Developer to create forms in a three-tier environment and test the forms. The course includes customizing forms with user inputs, such as list of values, buttons, radio groups, blocks, and canvases. After going through this course, students will be able to enhance the functionality of forms by implementing triggers. They will also learn to test and deploy forms. Students will learn to use the Forms builder application to create a basic form module and its data blocks. The course includes deploying a form module and creating documentation for a Forms application. Students will learn to create a master-detail form and modify a data block and its layout. The learner will also customize existing data blocks, modify frames, and learn how to include blocks that are not associated with the database. The course covers concepts related to the various elements in Oracle Forms. Students will learn about the various Page 51 Course Catalog input items, such as lists of values (LOVs), editors, check boxes, list items, and radio groups. They will also learn about noninput items, such as image buttons, push buttons, calculated items, hierarchical tree items, and bean area items. Students will also learn about designing windows and content canvases. Students will learn to use Oracle Forms Developer to create different types of canvases and various operations that can be performed on triggers. The course includes information on different panels in the debug console, such as stack panels, variables panels, and forms value panels. After going through this course, students will be able to work with triggers, built-in subprograms, and debug consoles. The course covers concepts related to adding functionality to form components and explores ways of interacting with them. Students will learn about adding functionality to the form components using triggers and how to handle the raised events as well as populate the form components. Additionally, they will learn about using messages and alerts to provide interactions between the user and the form components. Students will learn about controlling navigation and validation of forms. They will also learn about transaction processing used by Forms. In addition, students will learn to build triggers, which alter or add to the default behavior of Forms. Students will learn about writing flexible code by taking advantage of various features provided by Forms Builder. Students will be taught how to build, test, and deploy Internet applications with Oracle Forms, and how to work in the graphical user interface (GUI) environment, learning how to build forms with user input items such as check boxes, list items, and radio groups. They will also learn how to display Form elements in multiple windows and customize data access by creating event-related triggers. Students will learn to use the Forms builder application to build and test forms. The course also includes designing, listing, and associating a list of values, buttons, triggers, and canvases. The learner will also test forms using web browsers and learn about building form applications in three tier environments. Students will take a look at basic and advanced concepts in Query Builder. They will also learn about Forms handles locking and they will design forms keeping locking mechanisms in mind. Students will also study certain object features of Oracle and learn how objects are displayed in the Object Navigator. Further, they will take a look at the graphical features of the Layout Editor of Oracle Forms Developer. OracleBI Discoverer Plus 10g This course introduces Oracle Business Intelligence (OracleBI) Discoverer Plus 10g and its components. The course describes key terminologies, worksheet details, queries, and methods of modifying data in a worksheet. The course describes how to manage, schedule, and print reports. The course also covers advanced reports, applying conditions, and working with parameters. The course introduces methods for creating totals, subtotals, and percentages with Oracle Business Intelligence (OracleBI) Discoverer Plus Relational. The course also describes how to perform simple and advanced calculations, pass parameters, display worksheet results Page 52 in graphs, and define types of drilling. The course introduces Online Analytical Processing (OLAP) data models and elements and provides an overview of analytic workspaces (AWs) and OLAP working basics. In addition, the course describes how to create and save workbooks and worksheets. Finally, the course introduces the learner to Discoverer Viewer and Portlets. The course describes how to rank criteria, perform timeseries calculations, create forecast reports, and manage Discoverer Portlets and Discoverer content. OracleBI Discoverer Admin 10g The course provides an overview of the business intelligence (BI) solutions provided by Oracle and describes the process of implementing and administering OracleBI Discoverer. The course also focuses on the procedure for the creation of End User Layers (EULs) and business areas. The course covers concepts related to working with End User Layers (EULs) and business areas and provides information about lists of values (LOVs), alternative sorts, conditions, folders, joins, items, and calculated items. Students will learn key concepts related to managing analytical items and calculations. The course discusses the options for creating and managing drills, hierarchies, calendars, and summaries. The course covers concepts related to managing and maintaining End User Layers (EULs). The course describes the key concepts related to managing scheduled workbooks, batch reports, and multiple EULs. The course also provides information about the OracleBI Discoverer Administrator command-line interface. Students will learn the concepts related to configuring OracleBI Discoverer 10g and migrating from earlier versions of Discoverer. The course also deals with the integration of Discoverer with other Oracle applications. Students will also learn about accessing external data sources from within Discoverer. Oracle Reports Developer 10g This course introduces students to concepts related to Oracle Reports Developer 10g, Oracle Reports Builder, and OracleAS Reports Services. Students will learn to build and customize reports using Reports Builder and deploy them using Reports Services. They will also learn about the various reports styles and layouts and understand concepts related to Report Module objects. In addition, they will learn about the features of Oracle Reports environment variables. Students will learn how to design and build standard and custom Web and paper reports using Oracle Reports Developer. Working in the declarative environment of Reports Builder, students learn how to retrieve, display, and format data from any data source in numerous reporting styles and publish the output to any destination. In addition, students learn how to add dynamic content to a static Web page and publish reports to the Web. Students learn how to customize more complex reports, embed graphical charts, and use OracleAS Reports Services to deploy reports. The course covers fundamentals of the Oracle DB architectural framework. Students will learn about Oracle DB 10g grid computing and administration. They will also go through key aspects of migration to Oracle DB and Computer Insight Learning Center Course Catalog Oracle DB 10g installation. Further, they will learn about management of Oracle instances and database storage structures. The course covers concepts related to Oracle Reports Developer 10g. Students will learn about common layout object properties and specific properties for reports, repeating frames, fields, and boilerplate. Further, they will learn to reference the contents of a file at run time. Students will learn to specify the format order for the report sections and taxonomy properties for PDF documents. Students will learn about Web reporting, reports parameters, and graphs. Students will also learn about common attributes and considerations applicable to Web reports and XML reports. Further, they will learn to add and work with graphs in reports. The course covers concepts related to matrix reports, triggers, and SRW packages. Students will learn about the various matrix reports, including simple, group, and nested matrix reports, and concepts related to them, including the Data Model, Paper Layout, and Summaries. They will learn about the various triggers, including report, Data Model, and Paper Layout triggers, and concepts related to using them. They will also learn about format triggers and requirements for using them. They will learn about guidelines for writing common code, concepts related to event-based reporting and publishing, and database objects and their parameters. They will also learn about concepts related to SRW packages, including outputting messages, executing a nested report, restricting data and initialization fields, and working with them to create a table of contents (TOC), to perform DDL statements, and to set and use format attributes. Students will learn about the architecture of relevant Oracle Application Server components in combination with its reports publishing component, OracleAS Reports Services. The course focuses on helping students to maximize performance in the run-time environment. In addition, students will learn how to build reports to run on various platforms, and in different environments and languages. Finally, they will also learn to create a Web Layout template. Oracle 9i Oracle9i Database Fundamentals: Architecture and Management This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: describe the Oracle9i database architecture, use the database administration tools, manage an Oracle9i database instance and plan and create a database, use an Oracle9i database data dictionary, the control files, and the redo log files. Oracle9i Database Fundamentals: Backup and Recovery This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: describe backup and recovery operations, the backup components, configure these components in an Oracle9i database, perform user-managed and Recovery Manager backup and recovery, maintain the Recovery Manager (RMAN) and create and maintain the recovery catalog, transport and load data in an Oracle9i database. Computer Insight Learning Center Oracle9i Database Fundamentals: Managing Data Storage This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: describe the data storage structures in an Oracle9i database, manage them, manage tables and indexes, use integrity constraints to enforce business rules on the data in an Oracle 9i database. Oracle9i Database Fundamentals: Managing Database Access This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: manage users, passwords, and resources in an Oracle9i database, manage privileges and roles, manage globalization support and audit an Oracle9i database. Oracle9i Database Fundamentals: Network Administration This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explore the networking solutions and components of the network architecture in an Oracle9i database, configure client/server Oracle Net Services and a Shared Server for an Oracle9i database. Oracle9i Database: Introduction to SQL This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: introduce Oracle as a relational database management system (RDBMS, discuss how to use basic SQL statements, use SQL functions for data retrieval, describe the use of sub-queries, reporting, and useraccess control in an Oracle9i database, define database objects and manipulate the data stored within them in an Oracle9i database. Oracle9i Database: New Features I This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explore the components and architecture of Oracle9i, the application of Oracle9i, migrating and upgrading to Oracle9i, describe the manageability enhancements of an Oracle9i database. Oracle9i Database: New Features II This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explain how the new features of an Oracle9i database support the maximum availability of a database, describe the scalability and performance enhancements, explain the database enhancements that support the Oracle9i database development platform, provide an overview of the security features in an Oracle9i database. Oracle9i Database: Performance Tuning This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: describe the methods and goals of database tuning and the utilities and tools used to analyze and tune an Oracle9i database, tune memory structures and components, systems and applications in Oracle9i. Page 53 Course Catalog Oracle 9i PL/SQL This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: build the necessary skills for using Oracle PL/SQL. It will help the learner acquire the expertise to design, develop, and implement Oracle Server applications by using Oracle Structured Query Language (SQL) and PL/SQL. Students will learn about PL/SQL subprograms and how to build and invoke procedures and functions. This course also covers debugging PL/SQL subprograms using Procedure Builder, and how to trap and handle errors in a PL/SQL block. The course also covers the basics of packages and how to create and use them. Students will learn how to create and invoke stored procedures and functions as well as how to create stored packages. The course also discusses builtin server-side packages and their use in debugging stored subprograms. Students will learn how to manage stored subprograms and packages. The course also introduces participants to database triggers: how to create them and their application to complement the capabilities of the Oracle base product. Students will learn about the Oracle9i enhancements in server-side manageability, Oracle Enterprise Manager, and globalization. Systems and Database Design Database Design This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: describe the process of relational database design to model real-world concepts, describe and apply the techniques of the database design life cycle to build a relational database. Database Fundamentals This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explore the main concepts of database systems, describe the concepts of relational databases, database data management and data access. Microsoft SQL Server 2005 Microsoft SQL Server 2005: Implementation and Maintenance This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: install SQL Server 2005 and upgrade to SQL Server 2005 from previous versions, configure a SQL Server instance, create a database, configure logins, users, and schemas for a database, set up a linked server configuration, create and implement key database objects, perform relational data and XML data management tasks, work with assemblies and transactions, implement Service Broker components and use full-text search, manage and maintain SQL Server 2005 databases, monitor and optimize database performance using SQL Server utilities, monitor and resolve database blocks, connect to the server using a dedicated administrator connection (DAC), implement database mirroring, log shipping, database snapshots, Page 54 and data replication, backup and restore a database in SQL Server 2005. Microsoft SQL Server 2005: Infrastructure Design This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: specify the appropriate requirements for implementing SQL Server 2005, identify suitable instance and physical storage strategies, determine the appropriate way to design a database consolidation plan, given a SQL Server scenario, select the appropriate authentication method, and specify a security design for different levels of the SQL Server environment, select the appropriate strategy for designing database objects, determine suitable database naming standards and change control procedures, select the appropriate database storage design for a high availability scenario and identify a suitable replication solution, identify the appropriate cluster configuration solution, database mirroring solution, and log shipping solution for a database, select the appropriate data backup and recovery solution for a SQL Server 2005 database. Microsoft SQL Server 2005: Database Maintenance This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: identify ways of optimizing the performance of SQL Server 2005, identify potential causes of database failure, select the appropriate fault tolerance and restore strategies for a scenario, monitor a database, automate database maintenance tasks, configure reporting services manage change, configure and work with linked servers, manage and tune replication in SQL Server 2005, identify strategies for auditing database security at the server and user levels, determine the appropriate way to protect against and respond to different types of attacks on SQL Server 2005 , create and deploy SSIS packages, and enforce data quality and data integrity in a SQL Server 2005 database. Microsoft SQL Server 2005: Designing Database Solutions This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: design and build a database model and a physical database, secure it, design database objects according to your requirements, implement SQL Server 2005 programming features to work with database data, use, implement, retrieve and manipulate XML data in SQL Server 2005 using XQuery language, use CLR integration in SQL Server 2005 to create, implement and work with data, execute .NET assemblies to achieve this, implement version control, unit testing and performance benchmarking and improvements in SQL Server 2005, implement Reporting Services to generate reports and Integration Services to manipulate data according to your requirement, develop and deploy SQL Service Support solutions with Notification Services and Service Broker, design, deploy and utilize database deployment and database distribution solutions. Computer Insight Learning Center Course Catalog Microsoft SQL Server 2005: Designing and Optimizing Data Access This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: design and utilize data access technologies to manage SQL Server and access SQL Server Data, efficiently utilize client libraries for database access using automation management objects, server Network Interface and MARS for queries and row management, design and execute queries in SQL Server 2005, utilizing XQuery and the XML Data Modification Language, design and implement an appropriate cursor strategy in SQL Server 2005, manage concurrency and execute a transaction strategy in SQL Server 2005, design code for validating input, for error handling and for user-defined messages in SQL Server 2005, optimize query performance and indexing strategies in SQL Server 2005, optimize database storage and SQL Server performance, scale out applications to enterprise level and troubleshoot and identify performance issues that result. Microsoft SQL Server 2000 Microsoft SQL Server 2000 Database Administration This course presents students with instruction of how to install, manage, monitor, and troubleshoot SQL Server 2000. Students will learn about the features and functions of SQL Server 2000 and about the clientserver communication process. They will learn about the different types of SQL Server 2000 installation and the associated database objects. Students will learn how to plan for managing databases with SQL Server 2000and how to create and manage objects. The course covers the backup and restore strategies for SQL Server 2000, and managing security and permissions with SQL Server 2000. Students will learn about transferring data, managing replication services, and maintaining high availability. Finally, student will learn about managing, monitoring, and troubleshooting SQL Server 2000. Microsoft SQL Server 2000 Database Design The Microsoft SQL Server 2000 Designing and Implementing Databases Course presents students with both theoretical and practical instruction in the areas of an overview to SQL Server, the Transact-SQL language, and SQL Server Databases. It will teach students how to work with SQL Server data objects. Students will learn how to create and manage view, stored procedures, user-defined functions, and triggers, and SQL Server indexes, how to plan for index creation, how to create and manage indexes, as well as learn how to optimize query performance and how to analyze queries. This course teaches SQL Server 2000 transactions and locks, and how to import and export data, and how to transform data with DTS. Additionally, users will learn how to manage distributed queries and linked servers, create transactions, manage locks, and how to troubleshoot transactions and locking. Computer Insight Learning Center Microsoft SQL Server 2000 Database Implementation This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explore a high-level overview of SQL Server, create and modify SQL Server 2000 databases, extract and transform data, outline the relationship between SQL Server 2000, XML, and the Web, use programming logic to implement security and describe the different levels of security, describe SQL Server data entities and their normalization, discuss Transact-SQL and its elements, view and define data using Transact-SQL statements, create and manage indexes, implement views, stored procedures, triggers and user-defined functions as means for programming business logic, utilize transactions and distributed data, analyze and optimize queries. IBM & Lotus - Enterprise Database Systems IBM DB2 Universal Database V8.1 Database Administration This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: monitor a DB2 UDB, explain the use of DB2 UDB data movement and data maintenance utilities, explain how to use the DB2 UDB disaster recovery utilities, describe database access management in DB2 UDB, manage a DB2 UDB server, describe the administration and placement of data in a DB2 UDB database. IBM DB2 Universal Database V8.1 Fundamentals This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: plan and secure a DB2 UDB database, access data and manipulate database objects, execute queries using SQL, choose appropriate isolation levels and describe how locks are acquired in a DB2 UDB database. IBM IMS Essentials This course introduces students to the IMS Database Manager. IMS hierarchical databases are covered, and the Data Language/I (DL/I) function codes used to query and update the databases within application programs. Students learn about database change logging and the various database recovery utilities used in IMS. Students also learn about IMS hierarchic access methods and about optimizing DL/I access methods. Students will learn about IMS Transaction Manager (IMS TM). The architecture and messages in IMS TM are introduced. Students learn about the security issues and about protecting system integrity in IMS. In the IMS Transaction Message Processing section, both message and application processing are explained. Multiple Systems Coupling (MSC) and Intersystem Communication (ISC) are dealt with. Students learn about data entry databases (DEDBs) and expedited message handling (EMH). The Advanced IMS Systems section introduces DBCTL and the concept of data sharing in IMS. The Common Service Layer (CSL) architecture is explained. Finally, the relationship between IMS and DB2 is explained, including the IMS to Page 55 Course Catalog DB2 attachment. This course is current to IMS v.8, but generally applicable to v.7 and beyond. SAP R/3 Release 4.6 Moving to SAP R/3 Release 4.6 This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: log on to SAP R/3 Release 4.6, manipulate the user interface, navigate the system, and create and configure a favorites list, work with tasks and describe some of the updated screens in Release 4.6. Overview of SAP R/3 Release 4.6 This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: describe and demonstrate how SAP R/3 Release 4.6 application modules support business activities. SAP Overview for Project Teams This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: recognize SAP as a leading ERP solution, identify the mySAP products available, execute basic tasks in mySAP ERP, align business processes with key financials modules in the SAP R/3 package, align business processes with key logistics modules in the mySAP ERP R/3 package, recognize the SAP R/3 architecture and how NetWeaver enhances the current SAP R/3 architecture, use system monitoring tools, perform user management tasks, implement security, implement SAP projects using the ASAP methodology and the SAP implementation guide, recognize how SAP NetWeaver features an integration and application platform and how it supports open standards using web and enterprise services. SAP ABAP Programming Fundamentals This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: recognize the basic features of ABAP, including the workbench and ABAP tools, create a domain, a data element, and a table, create a basic and an interactive report program using ABAP, perform basic objectoriented tasks such as creating and instantiating a class, create a dialog program, format and print a SAP form. SAP ABAP 6.10 This course provides an overview of the SAP programming language ABAP 6.10. The course will show the structural pre-requisites, which are important to develop a program with ABAP/4. The course describes the programming concepts used in SAP. It also explains a number of basic object-oriented concepts, and provides a brief introduction to the conceptual phase of ABAP Object program systems. The course provides a detailed description of the object-oriented programming concept. It also discusses the special features of the object-oriented concept and explains how similar code can be combined. Enjoy SAP This course will provide students with an overview of handling, features and functions of EnjoySAP. Having Page 56 been given the background to the development of the EnjoySAP interface and its new features, the trainee will learn how to access the 4.6 System and to use the different EnjoySAP menus. The learner will also be shown how to change the menu structures and how to use the new interface. The trainee will learn about the new features and functions of this release using a number of examples taken from the R/3 Basis system and cross-application components as well as see the most important details of the new interface in the individual applications and how it differs from earlier releases. SAP R/3 4.6 This course aims to provide the basic knowledge required to start and log on to the R/3 System, Release 4.6. The student will be introduced to the environment in which the purchaser works, paying particular attention to the procurement process used in an enterprise and the most important information sources of the purchaser. Additionally, the student will be introduced to the most important steps of the three procurement processes Stock material, Consumable material and Services. Students will be provided with an overview of the basic functions and processes used in shipping processing and will be provided with a detailed overview of the steps involved in outbound deliveries, picking, packing and goods issues in the R/3 System. Students will learn to start and log on to the R/3 System, Release 4.6 and will be shown how the FI component is integrated in the R/3 System, how to create master data for a customer, and how to post invoices and incoming payments. Furthermore, students will be able to display and process customer documents, and will be shown the tools provided by the R/3 System to help the Accounts Receivable accountant carry out periodic processing. Students will learn how to create master data for a vendor and how to post invoices and outgoing payments, and how to display and process vendor documents. Students will also be shown the tools provided by the R/3 System to help the Accounts Payable accountant carry out periodic processing. Students will be provided with an overview of the key components of R/3 Financial Accounting that affect financial accountants - namely the enterprise structure and master records. Furthermore, the trainee is provided with a structured introduction to the initial steps following the creation of the master data, and will be shown how to carry out G/L account postings, and how to analyze accounts at the item and balance level. Students will learn the basic sales processes and how Sales and Distribution is integrated and organized in the R/3 System. Additionally, this course describes the master data used by sales employees. Furthermore, the student will be introduced to the activities involved in the role of the sales employee in the R/3 System. SAP Customer Relationship Management (CRM) This course discusses the principles of CRM and explains how it is implemented in the R/3 System. Following on from this, it also looks at the features of Computer Insight Learning Center Course Catalog SAP CRM within the individual applications and in the SAP CRM environment. MySAP This course will introduce the student to Supplier Relationship Management, and the most important features of mySAP EBP 3.0, Enterprise Buyer Professional to purchase goods and services directly from his desk. The course will commence by providing an overview of the possible procurement structure of a company, continuing right through the selection of articles to be purchased to the goods receipt approval and approving invoices. It also explains how the roles fit into the overall context of EBP. Students will get an introduction to SAP's answer to e-business, and the possibilities that mySAP.com offers. Students will be shown why mySAP.com was developed and the key components it contains. Furthermore, it shows how application hosting can be controlled throughout the system's entire life cycle, describes the different types of hosting available, and presents various business applications supported by mySAP.com. SAP R/3 4.6 FI In this course, students will learn to create and post to G/L accounts, post incoming and outgoing payments, display and modify account balances and line items and, finally, perform month-end closing. Students will learn to post an invoice to G/L accounts, to change and reverse a posting, to post an incoming and outgoing payment and how to select and assign open items. Furthermore, you will learn to display and change balances and items, select line items and to carry out tasks that occur at regular intervals. Web Site Design - Principles Web Site Design – Principles This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explore and use the basic techniques of web site design and development, describe and use advanced HTML elements such as complex tables, frames and framesets, metadata and the META tag, and style sheets, introduce users to the incorporation of JavaScript and other technologies such as DHTML, cookies and plug-ins in web sites, web site publishing, web site maintenance, and database integration. Web Authoring Tools & Languages Web Services This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: understand the roles and implementation approaches implemented by various emerging web services, understand the concepts underpinning web services, create SOAP documents that support web services, implement the WSDL specification, understand the concepts behind and the implementation of the UDDI 2.0 and 3.0 specifications, use the various specifications developed for web services security. Computer Insight Learning Center Macromedia (see Adobe below) Adobe Adobe Dreamweaver CS3 This course explores the concepts of creating a new site in Dreamweaver CS3, including configuring site properties and application preferences, adding content, and manipulating text. This course explores site navigation, linking, and asset management. Working with images, creating image maps, image optimization, and adding Flash CS3 objects to a site are also covered. This course explores how to structure a site using tables, and examines creating and manipulating tables, layout modes, and working with tabular data. Dreamweaver CS3 provides web developers with tools that allow them to reuse existing content and assets when developing web sites. This course explains these features, including templates, the site library, and the implementation of frames and framesets. The practice of using server-side includinng to dynamically load content at runtime is also explored. This course provides an overview of form creation and customization, and form data processing. Also covered are Spry widgets and effects, and creating and editing behaviors, rollover images, jump menus, and layers. This course examines the process of creating, editing, and applying the various types of cascading style sheets and style rules. CSS visual layout tools and advanced CSS techniques are also covered. It provides basic coverage of XML and XSLT. Collaborative site design, site map creation, and Dreamweaver extensions are also covered. Following the creation of a web site, significant amounts of time are spent on testing, maintenance, and management. Dreamweaver CS3 provides features for link checking, reporting, cloaking, comparing and synchronizing files, and configuring remote access, which are also examined in this course. Adobe Dreamweaver MX This course introduces Dreamweaver MX. Students learn about the interface, how to define and create a Web site and how to link pages and create e-mail links. This course also teaches the student how to enhance Web pages created in Dreamweaver MX. Students are shown how to work with Flash objects. Adobe Fireworks MX Macromedia Fireworks MX provides the tools for creating and producing web graphics and interactivity. It presents a single integrated, web-centered environment. This course introduces the fundamental concepts in Fireworks MX, and the tools that are used to create and enhance graphics objects. It also presents the concepts of adding interactivity including slices, rollovers, and image maps. Adobe Flash CS3 This course demonstrates how to get started in Flash Professional CS3, providing a comprehensive Page 57 Course Catalog introduction to the Flash development environment. It introduces the learner to creating graphics, explains how to plan projects, and demonstrates how to use the timeline and layers. It demonstrates how to use the drawing tools, how to organize images using the library, and how to import and manipulate graphics. This course provides an introduction for creating text in Flash Professional CS3. It outlines the considerations for using fonts and demonstrates how to create the different types of text fields. The basic components used to build web forms are explained and demonstrated, providing the learner with an introduction to creating forms in Flash. This course introduces the learner to animating in Flash. This course provides an introduction to using ActionScript 3.0 in Flash CS3. It also explains and demonstrates how to incorporate sound and video into your movies. It outlines how to structure your web site into multiple Flash SWF files, which has many benefits including increased download time. The course explains how to fully test and preview your movie, as well as publish it and integrate it with HTML. Adobe Flash MX Macromedia Flash MX is a tool for developing visual interactive content and applications. Animations, rich user interfaces, online advertising, e-learning courses, and enterprise application front ends can be created. This course also takes the student through the basics of graphic creation and acquisition for animations, and covers the fundamental steps in the creation and publication of an animation, with coverage of the incorporation of sound and video. There is also a basic introduction to ActionScripting. Adobe Flash 8 This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: recognize and use the features of Flash 8, add text and components, use basic animation techniques in Flash 8, use basic ActionScript, integrate sound and video into Flash movies, optimize workflow, create navigation, and publish movies. Macromedia Dreamweaver 8: W Adobe FreeHand MX This course introduces Macromedia FreeHand MX. The student is taught how to create a document and how to use drawing tools to create graphics, as well as working with color. This course teaches students how to use special effects including vector and raster effects. Students also learn how to save and export files. Students get an introduction to symbols, learn to create symbols and how to export and import them. Web graphics and how to publish them as Hypertext Markup Language (HTML) is covered. Adobe Flash MX 2004: Media Design This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explore the creation of graphics in Flash MX 2004, use text and give an overview of components and form building in Flash MX 2004, create animations, use sound, and embed video, introduce the use of Page 58 ActionScript, set up navigation and test and publish movies in Flash MX 2004. Adobe Freehand 10: Foundation This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: discuss the basic concepts of FreeHand 10, discuss FreeHand 10 documents, discuss objects in FreeHand 10. Adobe FreeHand 10 This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explore the work area, basic features, and tools in FreeHand 10; to demonstrate the advanced techniques for working with objects, layers, symbols, and styles in FreeHand 10; and to describe the workflow process in creating an illustration in FreeHand 10. Adobe 8: Website Development This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: set up and add content to a web site in Dreamweaver 8, use links, images, and Flash objects to enhance a web site in Dreamweaver 8, add tables, accessibility features and standards to a site in Dreamweaver 8, recognize the features of the site library, templates, and frames, add interactivity to web pages using Dreamweaver 8, create and use Cascading Style Sheets, use advanced options and site maintenance tools. Adobe Captivate This course provides an overview of the features and tools of Macromedia Captivate that allow developers to create software demonstrations and interactive simulations. The course focuses on the adding of components while creating Captivate movies. The course also introduces the user to the basics of customizing a Captivate movie. The course provides information on the advanced features of Captivate, particularly with reference to e-learning content and MenuBuilder projects. Adobe Photoshop CS3 This course explores the streamlined Photoshop CS3 interface, including Photoshop’s integration with Adobe Bridge, and manipulation tools used to crop and resize images. It also explains color models and demonstrates color adjustment techniques, covering concepts such as color replacement, shadows and highlights, adjusting an image's curves and levels, and using a variety of painting tools. This course introduces the new Quick Selection tool and explains other selection tools including an assortment of lasso and marquee tools and the Magic Wand tool. The course also describes layers, and demonstrates how layer arrangement allows Photoshop users to edit the contents of each layer discretely. Users can modify text, shape, and rasterized layers, and even apply layer effects such as drop shadows to individual layers. This course explores the digital versions of techniques used in traditional photography darkrooms such as smudging, dodging and burning, and applying filters. It also demonstrates how Computer Insight Learning Center Course Catalog Photoshop users can isolate or extract areas of an image by applying masks, selecting pixels within particular color ranges, or defining paths. In addition, the course describes Photoshop features such as the Healing Brush, Spot Healing Brush, and Patch tools used to rid images of imperfections. Gradients and patterns are also covered. Adobe Photoshop CS3 allows users to perform basic digital composition and animation. Photoshop Extended users can take advantage of advanced motion graphics features such as the ability to paint frames or adjust color in video layers, and create timeline-based animations. This course explores Photoshop's motion graphics functionality, and also explains Photoshop CS3's targeted Web features. Adobe PhotoShop CS2 This course introduces the learner to the work area components, palettes, and tools in Adobe Photoshop CS2 and Adobe ImageReady CS2. It will cover options for importing and working with images. Plus, this course will help the learner work with Adobe Bridge, Bridge Center, Adobe Version Cue, and Version Cue Administration. This course also introduces the learner to the concept of layers, and the operations that can be performed on layers. It covers the options for managing colors and selections. In addition, this course enables learners to work with colors and selections. Finally, this course introduces the learner to the techniques used to transform and enhance an image. It covers the options for saving files, exporting layers, and working with multiple image layouts. In addition, this course enables learners to optimize images for the Web. Adobe Photoshop CS This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: demonstrate the essential tasks for using Photoshop and the processes and considerations for working with color in Photoshop, for using advanced editing and retouching tools, and for creating selections using paths and masks, demonstrate the processes and considerations for making selections and working with layers. Adobe Illustrator CS3 This course introduces the Illustrator interface, shows how to customize the workspace and navigate panels, and demonstrates how to create and prepare projects using document profiles and other settings. This course will also enable you to begin creating artwork using the Shape, Line Segment, Pencil, Pen, and Eraser tools to create and modify shapes. You will learn to use various Selection and Alignment tools and you will use basic Transform tools to manipulate simple vector objects by reflecting, rotating, shearing, and scaling. This course introduces detailed color and brush techniques in Illustrator CS3. This course will familiarize you with more advanced object selection and organization techniques, layering, and masking, how to apply Illustrator's Transform and Blend tools, mesh and envelope options to distort and manipulate objects in dramatic and Computer Insight Learning Center editable ways. You will also learn how to apply Cutting, Compound, and Pathfinder tools to divide and combine objects into new shapes. This course will familiarize you with methods for editing, aligning, formatting, distorting, and flowing type in your illustration to achieve the styles and layout you desire. This course shows you how to place, link, and embed files from other applications into Illustrator CS3. It demonstrates the Live Trace and Live Paint features. This course also introduces the wide variety of transparency effects, filters, 3D, and other live effects that can be applied to vector or bitmap images, and demonstrates how to use the Appearance panel to manage the application of effects and styles throughout your artwork. This course will familiarize you with file formats for saving, exporting, and work flow and how to optimize Illustrator artwork for the Web, video, and mobile devices and prepare Illustrator layers for building Flash animations. In this course, you will also learn how to crop areas for print or export, configure artwork for optimal printing on various output devices, and use approaches such as flattening, overprinting, and trapping to address special printing considerations for gradients, effects, and transparency in your artwork. Adobe Illustrator CS2 This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: create artwork for both print and the Web. Students will learn about the capabilities and tools of Illustrator, the interface, image considerations, how to save and print Illustrator files, and work with basic shapes, select images, and color, create enhanced illustrations by using paths, masks, text, and typography in the artwork. Students also learn about transformation tools, filters and effects, printing options, and exporting illustrations onto the Web, creating advanced illustrations using fills, strokes, layers, and colors. Adobe Illustrator CS This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explore how to prepare and draw objects in Illustrator CS, use type and fills, import artwork in Illustrator CS, use special effects, layers, and styles in Illustrator CS. Users will also learn how to use special effects, layers, and styles in Illustrator CS. Adobe Illustrator 9.0 This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explore the basic features and tools in Illustrator 9.0 and to explore the advanced features of the pen tools, brush tools, and tools for transforming and manipulating objects in Illustrator 9.0. Adobe InDesign CS2 This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: learn the fundamental concepts and skills for working with Adobe InDesign CS2 to create professional documents. Students will learn about the basic commands and procedures used to create and save basic InDesign documents, create and edit text, paragraphs, shapes, tables, and paths, add and modify text and graphics, format and edit text and graphics, Page 59 Course Catalog create reusable styles such as character styles, paragraph styles, and object styles, create and use colors, gradients, and layers. Students will also learn how to create and edit tables and paths, insert text and graphics in tables, add color to the table, and add text to paths, add pages to a document, organize pages in a document, and create and apply master pages, combine documents into a book and create Table of Contents (TOCs) and indexes, preflight and package a document, printing, and exporting a document to the PDF format. Adobe GoLive CS2 This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: edit Web pages, create a new Web site, and organize files, enter text on an HTML page, format the text, and create style sheets to maintain consistency across Web pages, create tables and add text and images to them, modify image properties, create rollovers and forms, add multimedia and flash files to your Web site and correct broken links, change and update links, connect your site to a server, and upload your site. Students will also learn to add elements, such as layers, JavaScript objects, components, page templates, and Smart Objects to Web pages. Adobe GoLive 5 This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explore web-site development and webpage creation with GoLive 5; to epxlore the process of using advanced animation and navigation techniques and demonstrate the use of forms as web-site enhancement features; and to explore the webpage enhancement features of GoLive 5. Scripting and Web Languages Introduction to XML: Language Basics This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explore XML, discuss XML structures, and discuss DTDs and XML schemas, explain the use of style sheets and links in XML and to discuss different XML applications. JavaScript Client-Side Scripting This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: learn the basics of the JavaScript language, learn the basics of JavaScript client-side scripting. Microsoft VBScript: Language Basics This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: explain the capabilities of the VBScript programming language and the use of arrays, procedures, loops, and conditional statements in a VBScript program, explain the purpose and syntax of the built-in VBScript functions and how objects and classes are implemented in VBScript. DHTML Basics This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: outline how and when to use basic DHTML, describe Page 60 how to use Cascading Style Sheets for positioning and formatting in web pages, describe how to make content dynamic using DHTML. Advanced XML This course will provide users with the tools necessary to: structure XML using schemas, enhance schemas with user-defined data types and namespaces, use XSLT and XSL-FO syntax to transform XML documents, work with the XML standards used to query, navigate, and link XML data, use APIs to manage DOM and SAX models of XML data, use some W3C standards to extend XML. Programming with XHTML This course covers basic concepts about Extensible Hypertext Markup Language (XHTML). The course provides an overview of the World Wide Web (WWW) and markup languages including Standard Generalized Markup Language (SGML), Hypertext Markup Language (HTML), Extensible Markup Language (XML), and XHTML. The course also provides comparison between various markup languages. In addition, the course describes the basic tags used in XHTML. Students learn about embedded objects and hyperlinks in Extensible Hypertext Markup Language (XHTML) documents. The course describes various XHTML tags to embed multimedia objects such as images, audio, video, and animation. The course also provides information for creating hyperlinks, bookmarks, and image maps. Students learn about tables, forms, and frames. The course describes the tags and their attributes to create and format tables and define column groups. The course also explains the tags used to create static forms and frames. In addition, the course covers creating menus, specifying special characters, and setting colors for a Web page and describes the key concepts related to internationalization. Students will learn about cascading style sheets (CSS) and the various types of CSS used to format Extensible Hypertext Markup Language (XHTML) elements. The course provides guidelines to create CSS and handle different types of browsers. The course covers the key concepts related to metadata, Resource Description Framework (RDF), and namespaces. Students will learn how to incorporate JavaScript in Extensible Hypertext Markup Language (XHTML) documents. The course describes various objects, properties, methods, and events of JavaScript. In addition, the course explains various constructs of JavaScript that help in developing dynamic Web pages. The course also covers key concepts of Document Object Model (DOM). Additionally, the course describes XForms and form creation using Common Gateway Interface (CGI) scripts and Java applets. Students will learn about working with multiple-frame applications and the uses of Extensible Markup Language (XML) in Web development. The course describes creating XML documents, Document Type Definitions (DTDs), and schemas. In addition, the course provides information about valid Extensible Hypertext Markup Language (XHTML) documents. The course also covers using Computer Insight Learning Center Course Catalog XHTML with mobile devices and various types of browsers. IP Communication IP Communication This course is designed to help technical professionals understand how businesses can design networking solutions to meet the challenges faced in today's competitive environment. Computer Insight Learning Center Page 61 BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT Business Law Fundamentals of Business Law This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the fundamental concepts of business law, the relationship between business ethics and law, the basis and structure of the U.S. legal system and relevant areas of business regulation, the legal requirements for contracts and their different legal classifications, strategies for making an offer, successfully negotiating, and designing contracts that protect the rights of the organization, customer, and other interested parties, the legal implications of breach of contract, explore the essentials of intellectual property and proprietary rights, current copyright, trademark, patent, and trade secret laws and methods for minimizing legal liabilities. Operations Curriculum Six Sigma Green Belt: Six Sigma and the Organization This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore how Six Sigma and Lean help organizations achieve their strategic goals, examine the key concepts and contributors associated with Six Sigma, explore basic Lean tools used to identify and remove waste and improve process flow, explore how Six Sigma combines DFSS methodologies and tools to reach organizational goals, distinguish DFSS methodologies from those of Six Sigma and outline some of the key DFSS tools. This course is aligned with the ASQ Certified Six Sigma Green Belt certification exam and is designed to assist learners as part of their exam preparation. Six Sigma Green Belt: Define This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: analyze process components and stakeholders in an organization, explore concepts and tools for collecting and analyzing customer information and feedback, how customer requirements are translated into goals and deliverables using such tools as Kano analysis, CTQ analysis, and the House of Quality matrix, examine the tools used to plan and implement improvement in a Six Sigma initiative, team building, team roles, and team dynamics. This course is aligned with the ASQ Certified Six Sigma Green Belt certification exam and is designed to assist learners as part of their exam preparation. Six Sigma Green Belt: Measure This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the tools and techniques used to model and analyze existing processes, use SIPOC analysis to identify process input and output variables, Computer Insight Learning Center explore basic statistical concepts that apply to Six Sigma, describe the Central Limit Theorem, explore probability concepts, continuous and discrete types of data, methods for data collection, deal with the issue of data accuracy and integrity, assess the precision and accuracy of an organization's current measurement system using Gauge Repeatability and Reproducibility (GR&R), bias, linearity, percent agreement, and Precision/tolerance (P/T) studies. This course is aligned with the ASQ Certified Six Sigma Green Belt certification exam and is designed to assist learners as part of their exam preparation. Six Sigma Green Belt: Analyze This course introduces some key exploratory data analysis tools used in Six Sigma such as multi-vari studies, correlation, and regression models. The course takes you through the multi-vari analysis to identify positional, cyclical, and temporal variations and how to apply an effective sampling plan for conducting this analysis. It also explains the correlation coefficient, its statistical significance, and how it is different from causation. In addition, the course helps you interpret the linear regression equation and explores how you can use it to model relationships for prediction and estimation of data. The course will explore the steps for testing hypotheses for one-sample t-tests and twosample t-tests with the help of real-life examples and case studies. The key terms and the common procedures used to test hypotheses are also introduced. The course covers the key steps for testing hypotheses for proportions, variances, and paired comparisons with the help of real-life examples and case studies. It also covers how to use single-factor analysis of variance (ANOVA) and how to test hypotheses using a chi-square test. Six Sigma Green Belt: Improve and Control This course explains the basic design of experiments (DOE) concepts and outlines how to select, test, and validate improvement solutions in the final stages of a Six Sigma project. During the course, basic DOE concepts such as factors, levels, interactions, and main effects are introduced. The course also explores the full and fractional factorial designs and the DOE process. In addition, it teaches how to select, test, and validate solutions using a variety of analysis, screening, and testing tools commonly used in Six Sigma. This course aims to introduce basic SPC and control chart concepts and how to develop a control plan to hold the gains prior to the closure of a Six Sigma project. The course identifies the key objectives and benefits of SPC and explains the concept of rational subgrouping. It also introduces the different types and the key elements of control charts, and identifies control chart patterns that indicate an out-of-control process. In addition, the types of control plans and the steps used to construct a control plan are discussed. This course deals primarily with Page 62 Course Catalog basic control chart concepts and how they are created and analyzed in Six Sigma. It teaches methods of creating and analyzing key variable and attribute control charts. The course also identifies the control charts to use in specific situations and the various steps in the standard control charting process. Managing Customer-Driven Process Improvement This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the customer-driven process improvement, acquire methods to prioritize customer requirements, redefine customer quality requirements as measurable goals so they can drive process improvements, break a process down into a sequence of activities, analyze the sequence for problems, explore planning and implementation steps you need to perform to put your approach into place, manage improvement effectively, learn to set short-term improvement goals, participate in a simulation situation demonstrating application of learned knowledge. Six Sigma Foundations This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the foundational concepts of the Six Sigma philosophy and process, learn how poor quality harms business, explore what Six Sigma means and the critical elements of the approach, explore the framework for satisfying your customers, reducing waste, and increasing efficiency and quality in your organization, acquire an internal understanding of Six Sigma, recognize processes that need improving, meet the Six Sigma challenge, assist in building a Six Sigma culture and test your knowledge in a testing environment near the end of the course by writing the Six Sigma Foundation exam. Six Sigma Team Implementation This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore variation -why and where it exists and how it creates waste, learn key tools for identifying and measuring waste in an organization, learn about customer-valued product and service "dimensions”, examine guidelines for measuring your Six Sigma project and determining its goal, learn what to measure, the five types of data that can be collected, the relative strengths of the Defects per Unit (DPU) and Defects per Opportunity (DPO) measurement techniques, explore FMEA (Failure Modes and Effects Analysis) and DoE (Design of Experiment analysis), build quality control "checks" into an improved process and test your knowledge by writing the Six Sigma Foundation exam. Lean Manufacturing This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the Lean Manufacturing philosophy and principles, use the value-stream mapping technique to identify processes that could be leaner and plan lean implementation projects, learn how lean techniques can help organizations maximize value and minimize waste, prepare for, develop, and maintain a lean organization, learn what lean techniques to Computer Insight Learning Center implement first and how to make the organizational transition go smoothly, expand lean initiatives, get suppliers involved, set yourself up for a future lean legacy and test your knowledge in a testing environment by writing the Lean Manufacturing final exam. Six Sigma Black Belt: Deployment This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the initial development of Six Sigma, the benefits of successful deployment, the applications for Six Sigma in manufacturing, service, and health care industries, explore the concepts of quality, customer satisfaction, and continuous improvement, the Total Quality Management movement, examine development and use of continuous improvement tools, the basics of adopting a Six Sigma approach firmly bound to customer needs and bottom-line results Six Sigma Black Belt: The Define Phase (ASQaligned) This course deals with the key issues in developing project charters and tracking a Six Sigma project. It takes you through some of the key elements of a Six Sigma project charter, including the problem statement and the project's scope, goals, and objectives. It also explains project performance measures and how to review the performance of a Six Sigma project using these measures. In addition, the course introduces common tools for tracking a project's progress and deliverables Six Sigma Black Belt: The Define Phase This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: learn specific methods for capturing the voice of the customer and about Six Sigma improvement opportunities from a financial perspective, calculate the cost of poor quality, explore project charter elements, planning tools and project documentation, learn about team member roles, responsibilities, and interaction styles, examine methods for resolving team and people problems, explore ways to build a change management process and ways of overcoming resistance to change, learn what a Six Sigma team should focus on and what the team should avoid in order to make Six Sigma projects successful. Six Sigma Black Belt - The Measurement Phase (ASQ-aligned) This course provides strategies to improve the current state of an organization's processes by analyzing the variables of its processes, using metrics to calculate process flow performance, and employing tools to analyze processes. It connects these tools to the overarching goals of eliminating wasted time, highlighting free time, and increasing the proportion of value-added time. This course prepares Black Belts for successful data collection by surveying the types of data, measurement scales, sampling methods, and collection techniques available. It offers guidance for ensuring data integrity, pointing to different collecting methods for different informational needs, and recommending best Page 63 Course Catalog practices for front-line data collectors. It compares the relative advantages of both manual and automated data collection, and surveys the wide variety of tools available for measuring the properties of an organization's products or services. This course provides Black Belts with basic information on probabilities and probability distributions, from the frequently used normal, Poisson, and binomial distributions, to the more specialized hypergeometric, Weibull, bivariate, exponential, and lognormal, as well as the distributions that test hypothesis and set confidence intervals: Chi-square, Student's t, and F distributions. Six Sigma Black Belt: The Measurement Phase This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: learn key principles of measurement, identify key process input variables and key process output variables; document their relationships through a cause and effect diagram, assign constant, noise, and experimental variables to causes in a cause and effect diagram, create an action plan to change noise variables to constants, plan for data collection and design a useful and professional-looking data collection vehicle, create an effective sampling strategy, conduct a Failure Mode and Effects Analysis (FMEA), learn about Measurement Systems Analysis (MSA), learn features of some common measuring instruments, analyze current output and project expected value. Six Sigma Black Belt - The Improve Phase (ASQaligned) This course looks at improvement methods and implementation issues in Six Sigma. It examines Lean methods used to reduce waste, such as cycle-time reduction, the Japanese principles of kaizen and kaizen blitz, and the application of Goldratt's Theory of Constraints. Also, it looks at tools and techniques for implementing and evaluating the new process. Finally, the course examines risk analysis and mitigation through the use of SWOT analysis, feasibility studies, and PEST analysis. Six Sigma Black Belt: The Improve Phase This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: design and implement efficient and effective improvement experiments, choose between process methods, determine the most effective process and take into account all of the necessary factors by designing and analyzing full factorial experiments, fractional factorial experiments, and experiments for special cases, explore the Taguchi Method, explore methods for modeling, predicting, and optimizing response such as: Evolutionary Operations, Central Composite Designs, the Box-Behnken model, and mixture designs. Six Sigma Black Belt: The Control Phase This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore SPC and Six Sigma's strategies for ensuring that Improve phase gains stay fixed, explore the DMAIC Control phase, explore the pre-control Page 64 process, learn about both methodologies (Lean and Six Sigma) and how lean tools can be implemented during Six Sigma's Control phase, learn about Measurement System Re-analysis, about ongoing measures and actions used to sustain improvement and maintain the drive toward Six Sigma perfection, understand the need for and the steps required to improve measurement system capability as process capability improves. Six Sigma Black Belt - The Analyze Phase (ASQaligned) This course discusses correlation and regression analysis for measuring and modeling relationships between variables. In terms of correlation, it takes learners through examples of scatter diagrams for two variables, the calculation and interpretation of the correlation coefficient, and the interpretation of its confidence interval. The course also draws learners' attention to some key considerations in correlation analysis, such as correlation and causation. In terms of regression analysis, the course discusses the simple linear regression model, how to create it using sample data, interpret and use it, and conduct a hypothesis test to check that the relationship between the variables is statistically significant. The course looks into how residual analysis is used to test the validity of the regression model. This course deals with the tools used in Six Sigma for multivariate analysis and attribute data analysis. It discusses multivariate tools such as principal components, factor analysis, discriminant analysis, and multiple analysis of variance (MANOVA). It also deals with attribute data analysis using tools such as logistic regression, logit analysis, and probit analysis. This course builds on basic hypothesis testing concepts, terminologies, and some of the most commonly used hypothesis tests – one- and two-sample tests for means. The course also discusses the importance of sample size and power in hypothesis testing, as well as exploring issues relating to point estimators and confidence intervals in hypothesis testing. You are taken through the key steps in testing hypotheses for proportions, variances, and analysis of variance (ANOVA), and their underlying assumptions, with the help of examples and case studies. You will also learn how to use goodness-of-fit test statistics and contingency tables for validating hypotheses about various aspects of the variables being analyzed. The course aims to familiarize learners with approaches for analyzing nonparametric data, particularly the use of four nonparametric tests for validating hypotheses: Mood's Median tests, Levene's tests, Kruskal-Wallis tests, and Mann-Whitney tests. Six Sigma Black Belt: The Analyze Phase This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the initial methods for understanding collected data, explore the statistical techniques used to test hypotheses in Six Sigma projects, examine confidence levels and the statistical techniques used to confirm that a hypothesis is valid and the end results statistically significant, examine hypothesis testing using means, including tests of single Computer Insight Learning Center Course Catalog means, two independent means, and multiple means, explore and perform the common tests of variance, learn about the benefits and general characteristics of the Analysis of Variance (ANOVA) technique, perform both single-factor (one-way) ANOVA and two-factor (two-way) ANOVA, construct and use contingency tables, examine the application of common nonparametric tests. Six Sigma Black Belt: The Lean Enterprise This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore practical steps and tools for the identification, treatment and removal of waste focusing on increasing organizational effectiveness, examine how Lean businesses seek to integrate their supply chains with their production processes to minimize inventory levels, improve the flow of raw materials, reduce costs, highlight the implementation of Lean tools in production and manufacturing and explore how these improvement tools are used to maintain an orderly and efficient flow of materials, explore how TPM seeks continuous improvement of production equipment effectiveness through periodic evaluations. Six Sigma Black Belt - Design for Six Sigma (DFSS) Framework and Methodologies (ASQ-aligned) This course examines several of the common methodologies utilized in Design for Six Sigma (DFSS), beginning with the two common counterparts to the DMAIC methodology: DMADV and DMADOV. Design for X is emerging as an important knowledge-based multifunctional approach to design that is aimed at particular prioritized process constraints, such as cost, manufacturability, testability, or maintainability. This course explores several constraints in more detail, offering strategies for achieving designs concentrated on the chosen criteria. Another recently developed approach, robust design, uses parameter and tolerance control to produce designs which will be reliable during manufacturing and while in use. This course will address the basic aims of parameter control, tolerance design, and statistical tolerancing. Six Sigma Black Belt: Design for Six Sigma Black Belt This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: identify potential issues in the customer domain, explore DFSS to better understand the Voice of the Customer (VOC) and the customer's application of a product or process, use Quality Function Deployment (QFD) to ensure that business functions are focused on achieving a common goal of customer satisfaction, build a structure, referred to as the House of Quality, which sets down the details covering customer requirements, design considerations, and design alternatives in a three-dimensional matrix, which forms the basis of future product and service development, examine the Failure Mode and Effect Analysis (FMEA) methodology, explore possible applications of an FMEA and look at how it works. Computer Insight Learning Center Six Sigma Black Belt (2007 BOK): Enterprise-Wide Deployment (ASQ-aligned) In this course, the learner will explore the relationship between the Lean and Six Sigma approaches and their integrated application in both manufacturing and service industries. This course deals with the key considerations around the selection of kaizen and Six Sigma projects. It also explores Black Belt roles and the associated Black Belt qualifications needed for leading Six Sigma teams to realize their project goals. The course discusses the role of enterprise leadership and some of the leadership qualities and strategies for Six Sigma success. This course also explores organizational roadblocks and ways to manage them effectively. In addition, the course deals with changes caused by Six Sigma Deployment, resistance to it and strategies Black Belts can apply to manage change. Six Sigma Black Belt (2007 BOK): Organizational Process Management and Measures (ASQ-aligned) This course explores the Critical to x (CTx) requirements for Six Sigma projects and the importance of aligning projects with these requirements. The course also discusses the concept of benchmarking, various benchmarking types, and how benchmarking is used in Six Sigma. This course examines business measures in two categories: business performance measures and purely financial measures, exploring how these measures reveal the current state of the business and point to gains achievable through Six Sigma. This course explores how businesses use balanced scorecard and key performance indicators (KPIs) to find their critical success factors and use them to measure progress toward organizational goals. It also explores the varied and sometimes unexpected effects of customer loyalty on business success. Turning to purely financial measures of success, this course explores how these financial measures are crucial in determining whether the potential returns of Six Sigma projects will outweigh the required investment. It provides practice in using the formulas associated with these measures, including revenue growth, market share, margin, cost-benefit analysis, return on investment (ROI), and net present value (NPV). Six Sigma Black Belt (2007 BOK): Team Management This course explores the variety of team types, roles, and composition, revealing strategies for selecting strong Six Sigma teams whose members bring diverse talents, knowledge, and aptitudes to the team. The course also examines logistical considerations for launching successful teams, including communication and behavioral practices that are critical to team success. It describes how to enable teams using training, timetabling, and technology, and offers vital tips for the first team meeting and all subsequent meetings. Acknowledging that today's organizations increasingly rely on virtual teams that cross geographic and cultural barriers, the course equips you with strategies for meeting the unique challenges of virtual teams. This course offers strategies for effective team facilitation and Page 65 Course Catalog communication, exploring basic skills, strategic plans, and useful tools for communication. This course explores several team management strategies for Black Belts who seek to improve the operation and performance of their Six Sigma teams, and strengthen their teams' ability to realize project goals. Six Sigma: Champion Training This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore Six Sigma business goals and the mission critical role of Champions for achieving these goals, examine how Champions learn how to use Six Sigma's DMAIC methodology to upgrade current processes, recognize the gaps between current deliverables and customer needs, use Six Sigma tools to improve inefficient processes, manage change during and after Six Sigma deployment, explore breakthroughs which include increased customer value and quality, reductions in costs, wastes and postproduction maintenance, intellectual capital development, growth in top line and bottom line, and major culture change. Certified Manager of Quality/Organizational Excellence This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the concepts of organizational design and leadership challenges, team building and team dynamics, basic principles of management, management theories, styles and tools, techniques and strategies for enhancing communication, basic problemsolving and process management tools used for identifying, analyzing, and solving quality and processrelated problems, analyze strategies for incorporating customer service principles, explore the importance of certification, partnerships and alliances as they relate to the supplier relationship, and corporate training. This course is designed to assist learners as part of their preparation for the ASQ Certified Manager of Quality/Organizational Excellence certification exam. Logistics Management This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: examine the history, perspectives, strategies, and key areas of Logistics Management, explore how a more thorough understanding of Supply Chain Management can improve the flow of material through an organization, increase customer satisfaction, and help one to establish high quality vendor relationships. ISO 9000:2000 Overview This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore ISO's mission and structure by examining the three standards that comprise the ISO 9000 family of standards, explore the management of human, material, and environmental resources that are necessary to maintain an effective quality management system, examine the need to plan and implement measurement and monitoring activities, conduct ongoing internal audits to provide data that is analyzed to guide corrective and preventive improvements to an Page 66 organization's work flow processes, products, and services, identify and segregate nonconforming products before they reach the customer, emphasize the importance of continual communication, benchmarking, and quality improvements, use the Deming PDCA cycle, to provide guidance for making the transition to the ISO 2000 certification standard. This course is a must for management. Supply Chain Management This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the basics of supply chain management (SCM, use technology to maximize the value of the supply chain, explore the challenges that occur when implementing SCM systems across various sectors, explore different types of inventory management and how to maintain optimal levels of inventory across the supply chain, understand what is required to get the right materials to the right place, at the right time, learn how e-business and supply chains have merged, explore cost reduction, capital investments and supply chain processes, learn about the role of transportation in a supply chain, about facility decisions and the factors that affect them, as well as the steps involved in redesigning an existing network. Quality Management This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: understand the fundamentals of quality management, the costs of quality, and how to achieve quality through customer orientation. Students will learn how to achieve daily quality management, identify variation in processes, and control costs. Students will learn about the tools used to analyze a company's current performance and problem causes, as well as tools used to generate ideas and organize data. Students will learn the purposes of and steps for creating flow charts, check sheets, histograms, run charts, control charts, cause-and-effect diagrams, Pareto charts, scatter diagrams, interrelationship diagrams, affinity diagrams, activity network diagrams, and brainstorming. Finally, students will learn how to prepare and implement quality changes. They will learn how to select processes for improvement, assign a process manager, and establish a process improvement team. In addition, the program teaches the learner how to flowchart and streamline a process, as well as how to measure process performance. Operations Management This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: understand the components of operations management. The course defines each of the components and introduces the student to the concepts of quality and project management. Students will see examples of how changing operations affects a company's operation processes. Students will learn about the responsibilities of an operations manager and the processes for making operations decisions and how to solve operations problems. Students will also learn Computer Insight Learning Center Course Catalog the strategies for maintenance and reliability and how to apply learning curves to your organization's operations. ISO 9001 This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: examine quality management in general and ISO in particular, focusing on the history of ISO and how their standards are developed. It then teaches the initial steps an organization should take when seeking initial or upgraded certification from ISO. The course also examines the principal ISO Clauses, highlighting new ISO requirements and the documentation and potential auditing pitfalls associated with each one. The Clauses are summarized and explained in real-world situations, enabling the learner to achieve the maximum benefit from experiencing a quality management system operate most efficiently. Finally, the course teaches the fundamentals of the auditing process for ISO 9001-2000. It explains the basic audit procedures and requirements as well as the importance of starting and closing the audit in the correct fashion. Total Quality Management This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: understand the benefits of a total quality solution, and the origins of total quality, comparing it with traditional management practices. Students will learn about the cost of quality, building a quality framework, managing organizational change and how to prepare for and lead a total quality solution. Students will learn about customer satisfaction and quality teamwork. The course covers the importance of training and motivation, performance excellence and shared quality, as well as the first steps in implementing an improvement process. Finally, students will learn the steps required for designing, developing, implementing, and evaluating a total quality solution. With the stages in place, the required basic tools for quality analysis are taught before the learner is introduced to some more advanced tools for Total Quality Management. Strategic Planning Curriculum Strategic IT Planning This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the role of IT manager, communicate successfully with management, bring about the best IT solutions for the company and apply learned knowledge in a simulation activity. Strategic Management This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the planning phase of strategic management (defining company mission, performing internal analysis, evaluating the external environment), learn the basic ideas of long-term objectives, generic strategies and grand strategies, develop action plans and functional tactics, integrate the strategies into the organization, explore strategic control (helps track how strategies are implemented, detect potential problems or Computer Insight Learning Center changes, and make the necessary adjustments) and continuous improvement ( allows firms to respond to a rapidly changing business climate in time).The steps covered in this course help managers at all levels keep daily decisions and actions consistent with the long-term strategic process. The Fundamentals of Globalization This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the trends that have opened the doors to a global economy and the factors that drive corporate globalization, learn about major trade agreements and ways to determine global readiness, explore business approaches for globalization, learn about the three major steps you need to cover to globalize a product or service- geographic location - plan for globalizing the product or service-communicate to the world that you're open for business, use the Internet to support and expand your reach into global markets, learn about the attributes of a global manager, explore cross-cultural communication and ways to effectively support and work with a globally based team. Systems Thinking in the 21st Century This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the four areas of focus that will encourage you to take a closer look at your systems and redesign them to create the healthiest system possible, look at the four-step systems-thinking method for addressing issues, learn five system archetypes, identify them in your work situations, explore a planning process of designing an organizational system, design your ideal organization, implement the design, incorporate the learning of the new system so the entire team involved becomes a part of it, learn about democratic hierarchies, decision-making processes, and the skills necessary for being a leader, explore the roles that development, ethics, and aesthetics play in the redesign of your organization. Moving From an Operational Manager to a Strategic Thinker This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: discover and use the key elements of successful strategic thinking, explore how competitive advantage can be created, grown, and sustained in a company, help individuals aspiring to become strategically focused in their business operations and to innovate and lead change in their organizations, appreciate the relationship between innovation and leadership, help operational managers think like senior strategists, and prepare them to better formulate and implement their strategic plans. Managing Business Risk This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: understand the factors that influence the risk management function in organizations. Students will learn about the risk management environment that organizations face and the methods used to assess those risks. Students will learn about risk identification Page 67 Course Catalog and environmental scanning, evaluation and control of risk within organizations and the methods for classifying various organizational risks. Students will also learn how to identify the dimensions of risk financing and to identify the various categories of risk financing tools. Finally, students will learn about the major responsibilities of contract management and the importance of developing a business contingency plan. Marketing Curriculum Strategic Marketing in Action This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the key factors of strategic marketing, examine cost structures and their influence on marketing strategy, explore the impact of product life cycles on markets, learn the four crucial elements of analyzing your market, define the marketing plan, outline the purposes for using a marketing plan, complete a SWOT analysis to identify the strengths and weaknesses, document your marketing tactics, match your product with your target market, explore pricesetting strategies that will help make your product a success, learn about tactical marketing tools needed to put your plan into gear, look at marketing management from top to bottom, analyze typical financial parameters associated with setting up a financial budget as part of an overall marketing strategy. Strategic Brand Management This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: learn about the responsibilities of a brand manager, recognize the components and intricacies that make up your consumer, analyze the components of brand equity, construct a strategy to build brand equity and effectively market your brand to your consumer, brand your products with the perfect name and logo, explore the secrets of designing eye-catching packaging and legally protecting your brands through copyrights, patents and trademarks, devise a communication program that best fits your brand and creates awareness, implement an integrated marketing communication plan, apply an ongoing program to monitor, evaluate and organize your research covering the effect of your brand on consumers and the strength of your brand equity, practice identifying and solving potential legal problems with advertisements, use a specific decision-making process for globalization. Online Branding Strategy This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the effects the Internet has on marketing a particular brand, examine the unique characteristics of the e-marketplace, the e-customer, and the effect technology has had on brand messages, examine the factors to consider when entering the global marketplace of the Web and how to evaluate the success of an online brand, explore the difference between traditional brands and cyber brands, use the Web's interactivity to build strong online brands, explore the successful transition of your brands to the online Page 68 world, identify key branding objectives and provide useful strategies to take offline brands into an online environment, explore tactics for building and maintaining long-term online customer relationships. Competitive Marketing Strategies This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore ways of locating new marketing opportunities, improving marketing performance and differentiating offerings, examine the advantages of webbased marketing, learn Internet marketing strategies to maintain a competitive edge in the changing marketplace, examine the tools and methods for identifying competitors; collecting competitor information; creating a competitor SWOT matrix by determining a competitor's objectives, strategies, strengths, and weaknesses, develop a competitor response profile by identifying a competitor's current strategy, capabilities, operating assumptions, and goals. Product Management Essentials This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the fundamentals of product management, learn about the ways product management is changing, the advantages and pitfalls of the field, the skills common to successful product managers, investigate common product management tasks and how to organize and prioritize them, create inter-functional alliances to help you successfully perform the cross-functional role of a product manager, explore the tools and techniques to help you create a new-product strategy for the products or product line for which you're responsible, investigate the four steps of a new-product strategy and incorporate them into your plan, learn about pricing factors and tactics that will affect your pricing decisions and strategies for determining the profitability of a product. Government HIPAA Privacy In this course students will learn the fundamentals of HIPAA Privacy training. This course explains HIPAA, as well as the concepts of administrative simplification, covered entities, and how HIPAA training impacts the health care workforce and those in their care, the insurance industry and its workforce, as well as the concepts of administrative simplification, covered entities, and how HIPAA training impacts preferred partner companies and repricing organizations, as well as other business associates. Government Contracting This course begins by defining the rules for doing business with the USG. It then defines the suppliers, how and where to search for opportunities with the USG. The course also provides a review of a sample RFPand SOW and interactively sets up a Proposal; it reviews a Contract from the USG with information regarding types of contracts. Computer Insight Learning Center Course Catalog Finance & Accounting Curriculum Fundamental Accounting Concepts Students will become familiar with basic accounting concepts and terms, enabling them to track business transactions that affect assets, liabilities, and owner's equity. Students learn how to use universal accounting tools-such as the general journal, general ledger, and trial balance-to ensure an organization follows sound accounting practices. Students develop an in-depth understanding of the purpose and uses of each of four financial statements-the income statement, the balance sheet, the cash flow statement, and the statement of stockholders' equity-and practice preparing and interpreting each of these tools. Accounting 101 This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: examine the theories of accounting, maintain accounting records, generate financial statements, learn accrual accounting, maintain an accounting system and perform closing activities, explore the accounting methods for internal control of cash such as petty cash, bank reconciliation, and payroll, understand the processing, recording and safekeeping of cash, maintain accounts and generate financial statements specifically for merchandising businesses, apply these accounting procedures to help keep a business in control of its goods and its profit margin, test your knowledge in a testing environment by writing Final Exam: Accounting 101. Finance Fundamentals for non-Finance Professionals This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: acquaint non-financial managers with the principles of financial management by exploring the basic concepts of risk and return and the time value of money, learn the concepts and techniques vital to the budget process, explore the principles of sound cash flow management, learn how to read the three key financial statements prepared by most corporations--the balance sheet, the income statement and the statement of cash flows and use basic ratios to analyze these financial statements. Practical Budgeting Skills for Business This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: learn the key components of an operating budget, create a budget that you can manage and control, analyze your financial information, address variances, improve your company's operational performance and profitability, learn what a capital budget is, identify the different types of assets, use different capital budgeting tools, develop a cash budget, determine a company's current or desired cash flow and liquidity levels, monitor and control your company's budgeted costs as well as corrective actions to address issues that might arise, apply your newfound knowledge to effectively manage you company's budget. Computer Insight Learning Center Advanced Business Finance This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: choose corporate projects using accounting models and cash flow models and corporate projects based on the different project analysis models and advanced analysis tools, maximize firm value and shareholder wealth, explore financing options available to you and the procedures you must follow to begin financing, be aware of the risk-return tradeoffs implied in financial forecasting, explore the importance of managing cash inflows and outflows, finance short-term assets, and make the right decisions on financing and investment for your firm, initiate successful mergers or resist hostile takeovers, learn strategies and products used to manage corporate risk, test your knowledge in a testing environment by writing the Final Exam: Advanced Business Finance. Accounting 102 This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the accounting methods that pertain to partnerships and the division of its assets, perform basic accounting procedures specifically for corporations, record the issuance of stock and record transactions in the corporation's accounts, determine total and per share shareholder equity, analyze your company's financial statements to determine your company's ability in the following four areas: (1) ability to meet short-term obligations and to efficiently generate revenue, (2) ability to generate future revenues and meet long-term obligations, (3) ability to provide financial rewards and attract and retain financing, and (4) ability to generate positive market expectations, explore the creation of master budgets to predict the future success of your company, test your knowledge in a testing environment by writing the Final Exam: Advanced Accounting 102. Auditing: A Practical Approach This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the basic terminologies, concepts, and approaches to performing a quality audit, develop your knowledge of what audits are, how they are conducted, how they are recorded, and how they are followed up, learn how to plan and report an internal audit and perform key quality control audit techniques, learn about the issues, applications, and management strategies relating to the internal audit, learn techniques for taking corrective action and wrapping-up an audit, learn some of the major legal responsibilities that external auditors face, understand how external auditors and companies work together to ensure an accurate audit report, develop a solid understanding of planning an audit and assessing audit risk while examining internal controls, learn about auditing financial statements. Managerial Accounting This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: examine how managerial accounting information is gathered, how it is used by business Page 69 Course Catalog professionals to make effective decisions, explore the concepts, procedures, and analytical skills needed to make informed decisions in today’s business environment, explore methods of analysis that can help business managers to choose alternatives that offer the highest rate of return on investment or the greatest reduction in costs, explore capital budgeting and managerial decisions, learn about cash transactions, inventory control and accounts receivable management, apply internal control principles, manage assets, examine how cost accounting information is gathered and how it is used by business professionals to make effective decisions. Using Financial Statements (co-Developed with Wharton) This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the relationship between business management decisions and financial statements, examine the Income Statement and the Balance Sheet, introduce common methods of analysis when using these financial statements to measure a business's financial performance, examine the relationship between the Income Statement and the Balance Sheet, read and create a cash flow statement, familiarize business managers, financial professionals, and other business professionals with methods to determine the credibility of an annual report, examine how the CPA can address credibility issues through the auditing process. Administrative Support Curriculum The Effective Administrative Support Professional This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: learn about the changing role of the administrative support professional, the professional practices common to business offices, timemanagement skills, etiquette in the workplace, telephone communication and written business communication, disseminate information efficiently and effectively, manage records, make business travel arrangements and organize conferences and meetings, learn valuable leadership skills and methods for motivating others, gain essential problem solving skills, learn strategic guidelines for managing your career and demonstrate new learning in a simulation activity. Advanced Skills for Administrative Support Professionals This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore personal assessment strategies, techniques for interacting with co-workers, subordinates and superiors, learn how to project self-confidence, examine successful strategies for dealing with the demands on the time, resources, communication skills, and organizational powers of administrative assistants, explore how to make the transition from working as a subordinate to partnering with your boss as an empowered and valued member of the management team, show you how to communicate with power and Page 70 confidence and demonstrate new learning in a simulation activity. Administrative Assistant Skills In this course, students will learn how to handle mail and telephone calls, file information, and plan business trips. Students learn what office equipment they should know how to use and how to maintain office supply needs. How to communicate effectively, be a team player, and encourage cooperation when you do not have formal authority over others is also covered. The importance of projecting a professional image, dressing professionally, and practicing effective conflict resolution when dealing with difficult people is covered. Students will also learn how to make office politics a positive tool, build strong business relationships, and manage temporary staff effectively. In addition, students will learn how to work effectively with their supervisor, work well with multiple supervisors, and manage the office when the supervisor is absent. Knowledge Management Knowledge Management Fundamentals This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: develop a framework for growing knowledge in your company, understand how knowledge is created and how knowledge creation is blocked, understand the art of knowledge management, explore the three kinds of knowledge capital in every organization: human, structural, and relationship, learn about each kind of capital, how to measure it, and how to start managing it to help your company, find the knowledge in your company, share it, and leverage it, create the right culture and the right opportunities, take what you've learned and put it into action--to be a knowledge activist, test your knowledge in a testing environment by writing the Final Exam: Knowledge Management Fundamentals. The 21st Century Learning Curve This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore performance improvement based on knowledge as the competitive advantage, discover what factors make up a learning organization, how to assess whether your organization has them, how to train leaders to support them, how to create them if they're missing, learn to identify resources, build relationships, assess your organization's support for self-directed learning and manage and assist other self-directed learners and self-directed teams, look at three major implementation schemes, learn how to set up the systems, evaluate them, and position them for success, learn how to use SDL as a supplement or replacement for instructor-led training, learn new roles skills trainers will need in the 21st century corporation, examine how to create a performance consulting department and how to prepare your organization for the new age of performance consulting. Computer Insight Learning Center Course Catalog Achieving Measurable Performance Impact from Training This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: acquire the skills needed to assess training effectiveness with respect to business goals and objectives. Human Resources Curriculum Managing Diversity in the Workplace This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the implications of diversity initiatives on business, describe the challenges of providing a climate of acceptance, explain policies and practices that further the goal of diversity, explore the steps associated with creating, launching, and evaluating a diversity initiative and the necessary steps for conducting a diversity needs analysis, examine the strategies used to measure the success of a diversity initiative once it is in place, explore the need for a holistic approach to workplace diversity and the effects of incorporating a work/life initiative into business strategy, apply new learning in a simulation activity. As of the date reviewed, the content of this course is in compliance with federal law and court decisions. Due to the rapidly changing nature of the law, information in this course may become outdated. Effective Hiring and Interviewing This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the major employment legislation that affects recruitment, explore a cost-benefit analysis of the various hiring methods, screen and manage the interview time efficiently, create methods that are reliable, explain the questioning and rapport-building techniques that effective interviewers use, recognize the techniques used by experienced candidates, learn the most effective methods for evaluating and choosing the best applicants, analyze the information from the interview, compare candidates, examine and avoid the most common problems with decision making, confirm and ratify your decision with other people who know the candidate and apply new learning in a simulation activity. HRCI Senior Professional in Human Resources (SPHR) This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: guide and lead the change process, learn how to plan in HR, measure and evaluate HR's contributions to organizational effectiveness, examine how human resource development (HRD) aligns the skills, knowledge, and abilities of staff to future organization and individual needs, assess how organizations need to revisit their compensation and benefits program to better fit their strategic goals and objectives, explore strategies that resolve conflict in an amicable manner, apply common occupational health, safety, and security guidelines and programs, explore how security risk analysis can be used to avoid future emergencies. This course prepares HR professionals and management who are preparing for the Human Computer Insight Learning Center Resource Certification Institute's Senior Professional in Human Resources (SPHR) certification examination. Due to the rapidly changing nature of the law, information in this course may become outdated. HRCI Professional in Human Resources (PHR) This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: prepare for the HRCI certification examination with regard to human resources fundamentals, strategic management, equal employment opportunity and affirmative action, federal antidiscrimination legislation and workforce management, employee recruitment and selection, employee training and development, human resources development and performance management, employee compensation, benefits compensation, employee relations, employee and individual rights and relations, and Equal Employment Opportunity (EEO) complaints, sexual harassment, work regulations and employee issue resolution, OSHA and the OSH Act and risk assessment and understand business continuity planning and workplace privacy and investigation. Behavioral Interviewing This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: learn about the legalities of hiring, explore various hiring options and the advantages and disadvantages of each option, use applications, resumes, phone calls, and references as screening tools, learn how to develop and prepare behavioralbased questions, evaluate the responses you receive to these types of questions, create an interviewing environment that is conducive to the behavioral-based interviewing process, explore various means for evaluating the ability and motivation to perform once on the job, examine the decision-making process of selecting a candidate, learn tips and strategies for building rapport during the interview, a specific formula for responding to behavioral-based questions and apply new learning in a simulation activity. Recruiting & Retention Strategies for the Tight Labor Market This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore how today's business person can define both the labor marketplace and the business culture, develop recruiting and retention policies to match the needs and wants of both, investigate online recruiting and other creative techniques, target specific applicant types, such as executives, sales representatives, and information technology professionals, learn what it takes to be a successful recruiter in today's tight labor market, learn how you can attract job seekers through the Internet and how you can create a winning Web site to bring potential employees to you, think through the hiring process, have a well thought-out job description, use sound screening practices, explore reasons employees leave and the many ways you can prevent most attrition from happening. Page 71 Course Catalog German Laws for Equality of Treatment This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: become acquainted with the General Equal Treatment Act (Allgemeines Gleichbehandlungsgesetz) and its effects on employment relationships in German companies. You will learn to what extent equal treatment is required and to what extent discrimination must be prevented and eliminated. The course provides information regarding the purpose of the Act and its significance for employees as well as the measures which management should immediately take to comply with the Act and to counter the risk of actions for damages and loss of image. Finally, the course considers the criteria relevant for a firm check-up to allow planning of longer term measures. Management Curriculum Effectively Managing Top Performers This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: attract and retain top performers through a combination of benefits packages, performance reviews, improved management policies and other non-financial reward strategies, promote your company in such a way as to increase interest among prospective candidates and further improve loyalty from top performers within your organization. Advanced Management Skills This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: address the complex problems and challenges of the current global business environment, implement new strategies to develop organizational learning and knowledge management, examine what organizations need to do to ensure that they attract high performers, learn how to develop, coach, motivate, and inspire high performers, learn a new set of skills, insights, and competencies to drive performance and improve the bottom line, drive managers to respond to change and stay ahead of the learning curve, explore a common-sense perspective on how to keep bosses happy, productive, and successful for their own success and for fostering a good work environment and apply new learning in a simulation activity. Moving into Management This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the transition from player to manager, manage the activities of others and ensure that the company's resources are used effectively, understand that leadership is about giving direction, trusting and empowering your staff, delegating tasks to others, giving staff the opportunity to learn new skills, develop a greater awareness of how your own work and how the work of those in your department fits with the strategic vision of the company, understand the impact that the output of your department can have on other parts of the organization, look for ways in which to "do things better," by enhancing the quality of the product you produce or the service you provide, look at ways in Page 72 which to improve processes or working relationships and demonstrate new learning in simulation activities. Crucial Skills for Tomorrow's Managers This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: improve communications and negotiation skills, discover management strategies that ensure success, identify methods to make your managers change-ready, global thinkers, explore the techniques for partnering with your top people, build managers that give your organization the competitive edge to be a market leader, explore four coaching styles and the methodology to use them all, discover techniques to overcome employee resistance, develop a workplace filled with high achievers, enhance your ability to communicate a philosophy of continuous improvement and demonstrate new learning in a simulation activity. Problem Performance Management This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore performance management such as feedback, identify the causes of problem performance, clarify the nature of the performance problem and then measure the extent of that problem performance, introduce a system of monitoring to ensure that the planned for improvement has taken place, use a specific training program to resolve the problem, appoint a coach to support the worker and apply rigorous supervision techniques to help the worker to improve, plan the actual process of discipline, be aware of the legal implications of the disciplinary actions you undertake, explore the Discipline without Punishment model, coach within the model, operate the different stages of the system and demonstrate new learning in simulation activities. Using Change Process to Support Employees This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: lead change effectively, learn how to bring your employees on board from the outset, explore issues that will face you and your employees, provide you with guidance to ensure that you can support your employees and deal with the difficulties that will arise, help your employees to overcome uneasy feelings, provide you with the skills and strategies you need to embed and sustain change, move forward toward continual improvement and collaborative working, ensure that each part of the change process is successful, so that when new change is required, the foundation for progress is strong and flexible and demonstrate new learning in simulation activities. Effective Delegation This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: examine the delegating process, what you need to do to prepare for and implement this process, explore how delegating tasks can enhance and accentuate your management skills, examine several important factors about delegation, benefit from a shared commitment to a delegated task, identify confident and Computer Insight Learning Center Course Catalog motivated employees, gain valuable insight into several areas including change management, decision making and developing performance standards, acquire skills in supervising, empowering, and providing effective feedback in a monitored situation, become a proficient manager of a delegated environment and demonstrate new learning in a simulation activity. Facilitating Successfully This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the art of group facilitation, define the role of a facilitator, identify the skills, attitudes and emotions needed to facilitate groups, learn to recognize communication style differences, examine techniques to help with the task of timing activities, preparing effective agendas, and handling long lists of information, identify different types of groups and their characteristics, prepare for the meeting, establishing clear expectations and a realistic agenda, learn how to end meetings, explore typical trouble spots, learn techniques to help you handle sabotage and passive/aggressive behavior, explore the benefits of conflict, examine alternatives to the standard one-facilitator group meeting or work session, use breakout groups, learn strategies to get group members to take a personal interest in a project's success and demonstrate new learning in a simulation activity. Coaching with Confidence This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the role of the coach and examine learning styles to see how adults approach learning tasks in different ways, involve learners in the continuous process of discovery, goal setting, action planning, and follow-up that distinguishes coaching from other development methods, be aware of the strategic uses of coaching, the organizational benefits that are offered, how coaching can be used to help coaches deal with positive and negative change and ways of coaching innovators and mavericks, run an initial meeting, set boundaries and deal with team tension, display an ongoing commitment to coaching, consider upward and peer-to-peer coaching, foster a long-term coaching strategy that leads to ultimate business success and demonstrate new learning in simulation activities. The Essentials of Mentoring This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: step into various mentoring roles, providing training, guidance on professional development, advocacy, and emotional support, manage the mentoring relationship, examine how mentoring differs from managing, use mentoring to improve team organization, dynamics, and performance, learn about the purposes, advantages, and procedures involved in developing a mentoring program, about selecting and matching mentors and protégés and motivating their progress, evaluate the program's effectiveness, examine the challenges and advantages of e-Mentoring, grow and manage e-Mentoring relationships and demonstrate new learning in a simulation activity. Computer Insight Learning Center Appraising Performance This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: make performance appraisal a continuous process, review and monitor performance, assess the performance of a worker, collect data, examine the common evaluation methods, change appraisal into a positive experience for both manager and worker by emphasizing and detailing the preparatory steps that make appraisal into a more ongoing and valuable process, plan and conduct a worthwhile, efficient performance meeting, explore how to handle the appraisal of someone who is a consistently poor performer, prepare managers for the more difficult reactions they will encounter, develop better performance in employees, explore how training can be used effectively and purposefully in development and demonstrate new learning in a simulation activity. Moving from Technical Professional to Management This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: create an action plan to realize your own personal development program, explore how to lead with assurance, examine various aspects of successful communication strategies and skills, analyze the strategies of nonverbal communication, listening, assertive communication and writing and learn how to apply these strategies appropriately, develop your skills at organizing and scheduling activities, your abilities to plan and facilitate productive meetings, resolve conflicts and create team-based approaches to managing, explore management tactics for becoming an effective manager, prepare for the transition into management, develop techniques for facing the realities of management and demonstrate new learning in simulation activities. 360-Degree Performance Appraisal This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: decide if 360-degree performance feedback is right for your organization, explore issues and potential barriers to 360-degree feedback, orient your participants to the elements of this performance review process, ensure that performance feedback is effective when you, or your company, use good interviewing techniques, conduct an effective performance interview, maintain the 360-degree performance feedback process and demonstrate new learning in a simulation activity. The Fundamentals of Business Crises Management This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore basic background information on business crises, examine specific tools that you can use for anticipating business crises and processes for developing crisis management capabilities in your organization, explore how to respond to business crises, the three fundamental phases to crisis response: detection, reaction, and management, learn from the crisis and prepare for the future using the knowledge and experience that your organization has now gained and demonstrate new learning in a simulation activity. Page 73 Course Catalog Managing Technical Professionals This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the ways in which these employees differ from others, learn how business has responded with new corporate structures and management strategies, learn the factors and techniques that can attract competent technical people to a job, apply these techniques to your own company, learn a variety of ways to motivate, manage, and lead technical professionals, use career development as a technique to motivate and retain technical professionals, learn how to recognize and avoid barriers to career development, how to analyze individuals' career development needs, how to determine appropriate career development roles, how to use various career planning development tools and practice using different management models in both case studies and roleplaying scenarios. How to Overcome Negativity in the Workplace This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: identify how negative attitudes are formed, learn how a bad attitude becomes contagious, examine practical tools for developing and maintaining a positive point of view, help a negative thinker overcome negativity, learn how to avoid common pitfalls that hinder communication, when to confront a negative thinker, and how to use the I-CAN Model to coach negative thinkers, learn how to challenge organizational negativity as well as how to protect yourself from the negativity of others, explore how negative norms become entrenched in an organization, department or team and how to create a more positive working environment. for effective business case development. This course covers the considerations for preparing business cases. The course explains methods and assumptions related to a business case. It also covers the impacts of costs and benefits in a business case. In addition, the course describes sensitivity analysis, risk analysis, and contingency analysis. Balance Scorecard This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: develop and formalize your organization's corporate strategy to achieve strategic business objectives. You will learn the role a balanced scorecard plays in the strategic-planning process, as well as other models and tools that enable you to execute a strategic analysis. You will also learn which pitfalls to avoid and which factors are critical for successful implementation of your organization's strategy. You will learn the importance of using a balanced scorecard as a tool to measure corporate performance relative to your company's strategies. You will identify the four perspectives of a balanced scorecard, understand how to apply the steps to build a balanced scorecard for your organization, and learn how to construct a strategy map to support your balanced scorecard. You will also learn the importance of good communication when using the balanced scorecard, the reasons for creating a balanced scorecard for each business unit, and the ways your organization can support the critical success factors outlined in a balanced scorecard. Finally, you will learn the steps for gathering and implementing feedback about your organization's balanced scorecard. Managing Contractors and Temporary Employees This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the law and give you the knowledge to manage independent contractors appropriately, determine whether to hire temporary employees or non-employees (independent contractors), examine various aspects of successfully managing contingent workers, analyze various methods of communicating expectations and job issues, manage contingent workers so they are productive, satisfied and cooperative, learn how to classify workers, develop your skills at using temporary agencies to meet short-term staffing requirements, learn how to hold down costs, hire qualified temporary workers and successfully manage your organization's relationship with temporary agencies, demonstrate new learning in a simulation activity and test your knowledge in a testing environment by writing Final Exam: Managing Contractors and Temporary Employees. Talent Management This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: understand what talent is and how it differs from skills and knowledge. It also introduces the process of talent management and compares this process with traditional processes. It covers the importance of recognizing and retaining talent. The course will provide an overview of the talent management process, focusing on the three areas of attracting, developing, and retaining talented people in an organization. The course deals with the issue of talent management from the company’s, as well as the employee’s perspective. It will emphasize on developing the individuals within a company and provide an overview of the talent development process, focusing on the need for talent development and the development strategies used in talent development. The course deals with talent development in new hires, role of the manager and the organization in talent development, and the importance of reviews and performance appraisals in talent development. Business Case Preparation The ability to successfully initiate a project often relies on the development of a compelling business case. Business cases are essential tools for identifying the costs, risks, and returns associated with a specific project and aiding in the strategic analysis and decisionmaking about it. This course provides a solid foundation Remote Manager Practices This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: identify important characteristics that potential telecommuting candidates should have, the most effective types of questions to ask when interviewing a telecommuting candidate, set guidelines Page 74 Computer Insight Learning Center Course Catalog to enhance the potential for a successful telecommuting relationship. You will learn how to develop effective strategies to communicate with telecommuting employees and the importance of recognizing and responding to nonverbal cues. You will learn common issues to consider when implementing technology for a telecommuting employee. The importance of setting effective goals for telecommuting employees will be covered in addition to how to use motivational techniques to keep telecommuting employees engaged, interested, and productive. You will learn about the specific challenges that are common to telecommuting employees and how to help your telecommuting employees address these challenges. Additionally, you will learn the important role feedback plays in the telecommuting manager-employee relationship and how you can provide effective feedback to telecommuting employees. You will learn how to both prepare for and deliver successful performance evaluations to telecommuting employees. Specifically, you will learn the process you can follow to prepare thoroughly for an evaluation, such as making logistical arrangements and reviewing relevant documentation. In addition, you will learn general guidelines you should follow when evaluating any telecommuting employee, as well as specific processes you should follow when evaluating high performers and under performers. You will also learn how to help a telecommuting employee improve his or her performance and be successful in an organization as well as general guidelines for helping telecommuting employees meet performance expectations. Additionally, you will learn the various options you have if a poorly performing telecommuting employee's performance does not improve. Leadership Curriculum Moving from Management to Leadership This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: examine how to communicate a shared vision and get action on that vision, learn how to enable your employees by providing more choices and fostering competence, assist you in discovering common aspirations, improving your interpersonal skills, communicating your passion, and making your vision tangible, explore how you can foster critical-thinking skills in your employees, learn how to coordinate your verbal and nonverbal message to get the best results, how to write in such a way that you get the highest impact with as few words as possible, when it's appropriate to mentor, train, counsel, or discipline an employee, learn how to lead through change, motivate a variety of individuals and demonstrate new learning in simulation activities. Leading from the Front Line This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the implications of 21st century trends like virtual employees and portable assets, learn how you can meet the leadership challenges they present, how the different cultures relate to leadership, Computer Insight Learning Center about the dynamics of cultural change and how you can influence the direction of your organization's culture, explore the importance of energizing and empowering employees, learn how to create a work environment that inspires excellence, about intellectual capital, how to lead your company from the front line to retain and increase its intellectual capital, and how to make the most of knowledge workers, learn how to become a leader, how to train yourself and others to lead, how to build effective relationships, how to build strong, longlasting coaching relationships and demonstrate new learning in a simulation activity. Business Execution This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: examine execution cultures to uncover what execution is, explore personal accountability and energy, examine how business execution equips organizations to handle change, see how an execution culture will help your organization deliver value to your customers and achieve operational excellence, explore the critical roles of the leader in an execution culture, examine the process of "executing business execution" in your organization and ways to employ the principles of business execution to improve and streamline processes, explore ways to apply business execution principles to take your organization to the next level and beyond and demonstrate new learning in a simulation activity. Leading the Workforce Generations This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: create a work force that blends the skills and knowledge of all four contemporary generations, explore age-related conflict and discrimination, the benefits and challenges of teaming silent generation, baby boom generation, generation X, and generation next employees, prepare the work force generations for the workplace of the 21st century, identify the contributions each generational group makes to the workplace today- outlook, work ethic, and preferred leadership style, explore the training needs of the generational groups that will foster their success in the workplace of the new century, examine the future: competing in the work force in the new century, crossgenerational management, cross-generational teams, future workplace trends and demonstrate new learning in a simulation activity. Succession Planning for Business Environment This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore succession planning-the planning process of identifying, assessing, and developing leadership and talent for future vacancies, discover the various methods to succession planning, explore how to begin the succession planning process, learn how to assess present and future needs, identify key positions, determine work requirements and assess individual performance or potential, learn how to establish a leadership and talent development program that will ensure your succession plan achieves its goals, how to Page 75 Course Catalog overcome some common challenges that management teams face when trying to find the right people for a position, how to evaluate your succession program to ensure that it meets your organization's present and future needs and demonstrate new learning in simulation activities. Communication Curriculum Advanced Business Communication In the Advanced Business Communication course, students will be introduced to the world of business communication in general and to areas that are fundamental to effective business communication today. Students will learn about typical barriers to effective communication and guidelines for overcoming them. This course covers the steps in the communication process, uses of information technology, managing, planning, and conducting executive-level meetings. In addition, students will learn about giving guidelines for creating audience-centered messages, and about the use of transitions. Students will also learn about writing reports, proposals, and case reports with the audience in mind. This course covers how to effectively use visual support, including tables, graphs, drawings, and diagrams. In addition, students will learn about planning, preparing, and delivering business presentations and speeches. The course covers effective messages in letters and memos, intercultural communication, communication with the media, and crisis communication as well as the guidelines for writing effective messages. In addition, students will learn about the effective management and communication in times of organizational crises. Advanced Interpersonal Communication Advanced Interpersonal Communication offers the student guidelines for asking and answering questions, using nonverbal communication and power, and giving feedback when building relationships. This course also describes the various communication styles and offers techniques to use when communicating with them. Students will receive suggestions for communicating with individuals who hold various roles in an organization, such as peers, supervisors, subordinates, and customers/vendors. This course also offers guidelines for promoting ideas and handling human resource issues, such as negotiating raises and dismissing subordinates. Lastly, the student gets an overview of the dimensions of organizational culture and how communication perpetuates an organization's culture. This course also defines what a cultural network is and offers guidelines for using the cultural network to your advantage. Steps for empowering employees are also offered. Business Etiquette Business Etiquette offers students an overview of how to build relationships and conduct themselves professionally. This course details how to create a professional appearance, develop positive relationships Page 76 with co-workers, and practice cubicle and office etiquette. In addition, this course teaches students the appropriate use of the Internet at work, as well as how to handle ethical dilemmas and personal issues. Students are given an overview of how to use etiquette in daily communications and practice etiquette in meetings. This course details how to introduce people and become a good conversationalist. In addition, students are taught how to apply courtesy in telephone, e-mail, and written communications, as well as an overview of etiquette guidelines for business functions and meals. Students are also taught how to be a courteous traveler and prepare for international business trips. Business Writing Professionals are required to communicate effectively and in a meaningful way with coworkers and clients. The Business Writing series will provide professionals with the skills necessary to write effectively in the business environment. Business considerations such as, tone, paragraph structure, writing positive and negative messages effectively and proposal writing are key topics covered in this series. E-mail Etiquette This course gives students an overall view of how to use e-mail effectively. This course covers e-mail basics, such as how to write effective messages, e-policies, and how to use e-mail accessories and passwords. This course focuses on the influences of e-mail, when to choose email over other types of communication, how to avoid writing inappropriate messages, how and when to attach files, and how to prevent your password from being stolen. Students are given an overview of the essentials of communicating via e-mail. This course focuses on how to write an effective subject line, the best way to relay information, how to prepare for recipient reactions, and how to use emoticons effectively to write effective email messages. The course also focuses on the importance of using specific words to avoid vagueness and using active voice rather than passive. Grammar Skills Professionals are required to communicate effectively. In doing so, they must have a good understanding of proper grammar skills. This course covers the parts of speech and focuses on how to use nouns and verbs, pronouns, adjectives, and adverbs, as well as prepositions and conjunctions. Additionally, this course covers the fundamentals of effective sentence construction, including such things as subject-verb agreement, the active versus the passive voice, and phrases and clauses. Lastly, this course covers punctuation and mechanics, synonyms, antonyms, and homonyms, as well as commonly misused and misspelled words. Interpersonal Communication This course will help students develop the skills needed to communicate a message effectively by identifying the receiver, choosing a proper channel, and responding to Computer Insight Learning Center Course Catalog feedback. Students will also learn how to overcome a variety of common forms of interference, as well as how to develop the skills needed to be a critical listener and how to respond appropriately to speakers. This course will help you develop the skills needed to project a positive image on the telephone, properly address callers, and establish good rapport. Students will be provided with opportunities to incorporate positive personal attributes into telephone interactions, employ strategies to control a conversation, and effectively handle situations with difficult callers. Listening Skills This course highlights general benefits and misconceptions about listening as a means of introducing the concept of listening. It also teaches the student how to interpret messages and identifies three common types of listening. It provides a step-by-step process on how to become a critical listener and explains the benefits of providing feedback to speakers. Additionally, it focuses on improving understanding of messages. This course concentrates on listening skills and how to interpret, use, and improve body language as a form of communication. It also identifies common listening styles so the student can encourage others to listen. Telephone Skills In this course, you will learn to effectively perform basic telephone skills while conveying a positive, professional image. In addition, students will learn to use technology to increase their efficiency. This course stresses the importance of politeness and identifies the service that callers expect over the phone. Dealing with difficult calls and complaints is also covered. Techniques for effective call time management are explained. This course teaches the skills to prepare for inbound calls and how to deal with them. The student is also stepped through the preparation to make outbound calls including stress management. The student is guided through procedures to make persuasive calls, including calls for building relationships with prospective customers. How to Write an Effective Internal Business Case This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: learn what a business case is and when one is used, what research you need to do before you start to write a business case, what information should be included in your business case, guide you through the writing process, from defining your business need and gathering relevant information, right through to assessing the financial impact of your solution, explore how to concisely present your business case to connect with your audience and key decision makers, learn how to plan and position your business case to maximize its effectiveness, explore the use of visual aids and handouts in a presentation, the structure and development of a presentation in light of audience needs, the elements involved in successfully delivering the presentation to that audience and demonstrate new learning in a simulation activity. Computer Insight Learning Center Business Interpersonal Communication Skills This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the prime causes of poor communication and the skills required to minimize the impact, examine strategies to assist you to improve your listening skills, examine how to give constructive criticism on the behavior of others and how to receive criticism on your own behavior positively, explore the skill of questioning, learn how to use questions in a nonthreatening way, outline the communication required to maintain customer relationships during sensitive situations, learn how to present information to your managers, what the requirements of leadership are, how to communicate your suitability for the role and how to communicate with those you lead, learn how to act as a third party mediator or arbitrator, explore practical strategies for "networking" effectively in common business environments such as trade shows, conferences, or business socials, and demonstrate new learning in simulation activities. Effective Listening This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the communication and listening processes and how listening functions within communication, examine the factors and variables that influence communication and listening and learn strategies to overcome weak listening skills, learn how to comprehend verbal and visual messages to maximize your understanding of others, how to listen more effectively for critical and empathic purposes to maximize your understanding, help you to improve your ability to listen to others, learn the skills you need to understand what people say, read their unconscious nonverbal messages and get others to want to listen to you, learn how to apply these skills in a variety of business situations such as interviews, business meetings, and negotiations in simulation activities. Working with and Managing Difficult People This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: learn step-by-step methods and processes to help you identify difficult people and how to cope and communicate with them, explore the characteristics of the six most common types of aggressive people and learn effective ways you can cope with their behaviors, examine ways you can triumph over the negative and negligent attitudes that some of your co-workers, employees, or bosses might display, learn how to deal with arrogant and duplicitous people and demonstrate new learning in simulation activities. Giving Successful Presentations This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the skills of presentation, examine how to prepare, how to select the right content, how to structure it, remove anxieties in the presentation environment by making sure that the venue is set up correctly and ensuring that you rehearse appropriately, learn how to deliver your message and the techniques you need to do this, how to make a positive first Page 77 Course Catalog impression on your audience members, how to lead your audience through your message, examine the 'wow' factor that outstanding presenters have and how to achieve it, learn what makes a successful visual, be able to use PowerPoint and other software packages appropriately, explore techniques to handle questions successfully, learn when team presentations are appropriate, how to look and sound like a team, how to prepare and practice together and how to apply techniques that reinforce your collective relationship and demonstrate new learning in a simulation activity. Emotional Intelligence at Work This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: identify some of the common misconceptions about intelligence at work and examine three key areas of focus: self-awareness, self-regulation, and motivation, examine the skills to increase your emotional intelligence so that you can become an effective contributor in the work force, guide you in developing your emotional intelligence as a leader and then direct you in developing it in others and demonstrate new learning in a simulation activity. The Effective Business Meeting This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: develop strategies necessary for preparing effective business meetings by carefully considering the importance of all the components of the meeting, including people, place, purpose, time, agenda, and atmosphere, explore how to make your meetings more successful by providing the tools and information that are necessary to lead an effective meeting, examine your role in a meeting and know your duties in order to assume a lead role, help to attain success during your meetings and demonstrate new learning in a simulation activity. Communicating Assertively This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: guide you as you move into a proactive, responsible, professional style, learn methods to help you identify an appropriate assertive style and strategies to prepare you use that style, learn how to implement the assertive style in your work environment, examine methods that can help you build and strengthen your assertive style and strategies to prepare you to act more assertively, learn how to implement your new, assertive style as you negotiate with other professionals, develop teams and partnerships, and cope with opposition and demonstrate new learning in a simulation activity. Conflict in the Workplace This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: compare three prevailing attitudes towards conflict, examine how a healthy and productive level of conflict can be encouraged in an organization, promote a win-win philosophy that improves performance, recognize the signs and symptoms of destructive conflict, so that you can deal with it in the workplace, build a repertoire of techniques, decide on a range of different approaches to conflict, explore the three main actions: confronting the conflict, communicating with the other party, and determining an acceptable outcome, learn how to avoid taking sides, or becoming a scapegoat, learn to adopt a short-term approach against a longer-term strategy, examine the ways a manager can act to discourage negative conflict and demonstrate new learning in simulation activities. Business Writing Essentials This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: link writing to its purpose, modify writing for different readers and audiences, improve basic usage and punctuation skills, learn to recognize and repair the common errors that prevent your writing from being as effective as you would like it to be, align the message content, document type, and delivery method, learn how to prepare, lay out, and deliver business documents that reflect well on you and your company, explore the appropriate use of document types, styles, and message delivery systems, identify and apply the significant features of a variety of document types, produce more focused, more polished, and more effective business documents and test your knowledge in a testing environment by taking the Final Exam: Business Writing Essentials. Getting the Results You Want: Negotiating to Win This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore ways to gain clarity and conviction about what you want and why you want it, create opportunities to get it, examine methods of building trust and rapport, develop critical negotiation skills in communication, discover how to ask for what you want and how it is possible to achieve a win-win solution in any negotiation situation, examine types of negotiating styles and strategies and ways to best apply that knowledge in communicating what you want out of a deal, explore the cultural characteristics of negotiators from around the globe, examine the basics of third-party intervention and fostering good will, discover ways to develop mastery in negotiation and demonstrate new learning in simulation activities. International Communications This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: examine what culture means, look at some of the barriers relating to culture, consider different cultural theories, learn about direct and indirect communicators and different communication styles, examine the cross-cultural communication process, consider body language, gestures, and active listening, examine different methods of communication-finding out how best to write, present to, and communicate orally with your global audience, explore how to build rapport, appeal to receivers' motivations and consider the importance of rank and respect in global communication, look at the options available and examine the downside of information technology and demonstrate new learning in simulation activities. Page 78 Computer Insight Learning Center Course Catalog Business Etiquette and Professionalism This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: learn how to conduct yourself in the everyday business environment with poise and confidence, learn the subtleties of communication etiquette in the world of business, the proper conduct to display during both formal and informal meetings, negotiations, and entertainments, explore the special etiquette of being a supervisor, the etiquette of one-onone interactions with subordinates, the etiquette of listening as a supervisory tool and the supervisor's role in sharing information between his subordinates and the rest of the company and demonstrate new learning in a simulation activity. Building Better Work Relationships This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: learn some communication skills that will help you develop stronger, more productive work alliances across functional boundaries, prepare you to understand and relate better to people with different cultural backgrounds, explain the differences in the language and communication behavior of men and women, examine how to modify your own communication behavior to be more clearly understood by the opposite gender, explore the ingredients for creating and maintaining more effective and productive relationships with your customers, prepare you to set up and manage an ongoing business alliance that satisfies you and your partner and meets both your separate and shared objectives and demonstrate new learning in a simulation activity. Business Grammar Essentials This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: complete a comprehensive study on using words correctly, learn how to avoid the most common usage errors, review basic sentence construction, discover how to eliminate the three most common sentence writing errors, learn how to develop sentences that are logical, clear, and powerful, explore the rules of capitalization and abbreviations, learn some of the special situations that influence how numbers are used, examine tips and techniques to make spelling troublesome words easier, explore writing mechanics, review the standard rules and guidelines for using punctuation appropriately. Email Essentials This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: learn more about the basic features and potentials of e-mail, develop an understanding of e-mail essentials, explore what makes e-mail unique, acquire the skills to write, send, and receive business e-mail effectively, learn how to best use the features that are commonly included in e-mail programs in a way that improves your communicative ability and efficiency at work, help you harness the power of e-mail and show you ways to optimize your e-mail use for maximum productivity and success, examine useful strategies to help you incorporate electronic mail into your marketing Computer Insight Learning Center approach, learn how to communicate effectively with your customers through e-mail. Telephone Skills For Business Professionals This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore critical information about making a good impression when communicating over the telephone, examine the importance of good telephone etiquette, explore tips for building trust over the telephone, and important non-verbal actions that are present in most telephone interactions, ensure that you deliver that human touch every time you pick up the telephone, examine effective techniques for managing conflict to create satisfied, loyal customers, learn how to say no diplomatically, how to ask the right questions to ensure your customers get the service they really need and demonstrate new learning in a simulation activity. Getting Results Without Authority This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: learn how to assert yourself and how to circumvent your lack of authority to get results through effective leadership, help you become a more effective communicator so that you can become more productive and use written and spoken communication to achieve results, learn how to get results from your boss in a number of situations despite your lack of authority and demonstrate new learning in a simulation activity. Effective Use of Feedback for Business This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: recognize the key features of feedback and be able to understand how the feedback process works within a business environment, identify and overcome some of the barriers to giving feedback, how to make positive use of the feedback you receive, examine how to provide effective feedback to colleagues, learn how to deal effectively with challenging situations, examine what makes teams successful and how effective feedback at team level contributes to this success, consider how the team can be motivated and inspired through feedback and how feedback can help you to deal with team performance issues and demonstrate new learning in simulation activities. Anger Management in The Workplace This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: learn why people become angry and recognize how you express your own anger, learn simple techniques to minimize angry emotions, thoughts, and behaviors, learn what to do when you encounter angry people, help you manage your anger so that you will be less angry and will be able to channel your energy into more constructive activities, learn the three stages of managing your anger and techniques that will be useful for preventing your anger from getting out of control, examine techniques that a motivated person can use to deal with manageable anger and demonstrate new learning in a simulation activity. Page 79 Course Catalog Foundation Skills Curriculum Basic Business Math Skills This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: review basic mathematical concepts and how to apply concepts to the business environment, examine the following: how to use decimals, including addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division; how to solve problems involving percentages to determine portions, a rate, a whole unit, and increases and decreases and how to apply these operations in business settings, explore the concepts of ratio, proportion, and how to compare different kinds of numbers, discusses simple, weighted, and moving averages, using real-world scenarios. Personal Development Curriculum Career Development This course offers the student an overview of how to define career aspirations, develop career goals, and create effective career strategies. This course covers in detail how to identify personal preferences, develop skills to help career advancement, and explore career options. This course covers in detail the guidelines to maintain productivity, steps to develop self-discipline, steps to develop an effective professional image, the advantages and disadvantages of self-study and formal education, and the guidelines to maintain work performance and morale. Lastly, this course covers in detail the steps for networking effectively, steps for communicating effectively, steps for building beneficial relationships inside and outside an organization, the difference between a mentor and coach, and the steps for choosing a mentor or coach. Organizational Skills In this course, managers and employees learn how to assimilate and make the best use of the stream of information that flows through their work environment on a daily basis. They explore ways to process, retain, prioritize, and preserve messages and data that are key to their productivity and effectiveness. Students develop the skills needed to manage time effectively. Students will use various time management techniques to meet their own deadlines as well as help their employees meet theirs. Stress Management Stress Management for Managers prepares students to identify the warning signs of excessive stress and identify its personal, social, and professional sources. Armed with proven techniques for combating stress, students are able to take appropriate action to reduce its presence in their lives. They also receive guidance on spotting employees who are battling stress and helping the affected individuals gain greater control over it. Students learn to identify the warning signs of excessive stress and identify its personal, social, and professional sources. Armed with proven techniques for combating Page 80 stress, students are able to take appropriate action to reduce its presence in their lives. Time Management This course helps students understand time management by helping them determine how they currently spend time, offering ways for them to spend time more efficiently. This course focuses on the Pareto principle and how it affects the use of time on a daily basis. Students also learn how to price their time, how to conduct a time audit, and how to correctly identify and control poor time management personality types and how to develop a daily plan, how to manage technology, and how say ''no'' to doing too much. This course focuses on planning, scheduling, and concentration skills. It also covers how to handle e-mail, the Internet, and the telephone productively. The program covers how to control productivity by dealing with people, and managing information and offers the student techniques to overcome time management challenges. The program also covers handling interruptions, keeping meetings productive, and organizing paperwork, identifying and overcoming personal time wasters. Business Ethics This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the conceptual framework for discussing business ethics and the tool kit for making ethical decisions, explore ethical issues and acquire specific skills for creating and maintaining an ethical work environment, recognize ethical patterns and practices in an organization, examine the skills needed to create and audit an organizational code of ethics, provide ethical decision makers with a framework for balancing the organization's priorities with the priorities of the constituencies in the outside world and demonstrate new learning in a simulation activity. Creativity and Innovation in the Workplace This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: define and explore the science of creativity, examine specific models that are used to explain creativity and innovation, examine the barriers to fostering a creative culture, explore team methods of fostering creativity and innovation in the workplace, explore techniques that can be used individually for personal inspiration, examine common evaluation techniques, examine how to manage the entire implementation process: from prototyping and gaining stakeholder approval to maintaining momentum and enthusiasm, learn how to complete the creative cycle, how to secure buy-in and managing the launch, what to do with old ideas, how to maintain creative momentum in the future and demonstrate new learning in a simulation activity. Fast-tracking Your Career This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: learn about yourself and how to work with your strengths and weaknesses to improve your position, learn how to make a plan to get your career on Computer Insight Learning Center Course Catalog the fast track to success, focus on the basic skills of decision making, organization, delegation, and negotiation and learn how to apply these skills to get ahead, sharpen your listening skills and improve your written and oral communication skills, learn how to establish rapport in order to build and maintain a network of contacts, learn how to solicit and give feedback, how to use corrective feedback to your advantage, learn the tools that promote powerful communication, selfmarketing, and leadership and demonstrate new learning in a simulation activity. Taking Control of Your Time by Working More Effectively This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore several different techniques for improving your time-management skills, experiment with them, and then choose and apply the tools which best suit your own situation, learn to establish realistic goals and deadlines, prioritize the tasks, take control of the process and find ways of maintaining this control, manage your environment, your use of technology, and the time-wasting activities of people around you, develop techniques for handling paperwork, telephone calls, and e-mails to maximize their value, and minimize their disruptive potential, learn to deal with time stealers effectively and demonstrate new learning in a simulation activity. Living a Balanced Life This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: learn what the obstacles to achieving a balanced life are, and how to apply a basic strategy to overcome these obstacles, about the role of the individual in relation to the organization he works in and how this impacts on his life, explore the difference between pressure and stress, recognize how you respond to certain situations, change your response to one that is more helpful and productive, examine early warning signs to look out for, so that you can make the necessary adjustments as you go along, create a vision of a satisfying, balanced life for yourself and demonstrate new learning in a simulation activity. Dealing with Organizational Change This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the basic principles that drive change, examine the factors that impact on the readiness and ability of people to change, focus on the mental attitudes and behaviors you need to develop in order to take advantage of the opportunities for personal growth that can accompany organizational change, focus on the future in ways that will encourage successful personal outcomes from the change process, examine the communication strategies needed to enable you to be a positive influence in the workplace, learn to communicate successfully when faced with unfamiliar patterns of work and interaction and demonstrate new learning in a simulation activity. Computer Insight Learning Center Problem Solving and Decision-making for Business This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: take the necessary steps to neutralize ineffective thinking habits, practise dynamic and resultsoriented thinking strategies, recognize and gather information about a problem, explore specific strategies for getting to the heart of any problem, explore ways to begin generating alternatives, hone your decisionmaking ability in risky and uncertain circumstances, explore how to act on your decision in a way that optimizes its chances for acceptance and success, learn the skills necessary to set the stage for group problem solving and decision making, explore strategies for improving group effectiveness, learn how to diagnose problems within a group setting, generate dynamic alternatives based on your diagnosis and demonstrate new learning in simulation activities. Working without a Net - The Business of Risk This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: bolster your management and leadership abilities by increasing your comfort level with risk management, explore the basics of analysis and assessment to help you improve your analytical ability in evaluating dangers so that you can lead your company to success, examine the decision-making process by moving from practical methodologies to decision-making intelligence, help you analyze where your business is going and how it should get there, help you successfully navigate the dangers inherent in risk taking, minimize your risk through strategic planning, explore topics vital to your risk-taking strategies and demonstrate new learning in a simulation activity. Achieving Organizational Excellence Through Critical Thinking This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the basic concepts, features, and skills associated with critical thinking, explain the roles and propagation of critical thinking in the workplace, improve critical thinking skills to increase your performance value to any organization, learn a variety of strategies to encourage the development of critical thinking skills within an organization, ensure that critical thinking is deployed effectively, learn how to hone issue identification skills, refine questioning techniques, and maximize decision-making outcomes, understand the role that critical thinking can play across an organization and demonstrate new learning in a simulation activity. Business Professionalism This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: identify your internal standards, how to create a plan to meet those standards, explore strategies for empowering yourself through selfcoaching, examine approaches for developing an entrepreneurial mind-set, examine the types of goals you can use to advance your career and personal life, learn to construct goals that are both challenging and achievable, explore ways to align your goals with your own priorities and the priorities of others who influence Page 81 Course Catalog the way you use your time, learn skills for overcoming the challenges that you face at work, identify your learning needs and learn how to establish learning objectives, determine learning resources, evaluate outcomes and demonstrate new learning in simulation activities. Remote Employee Practices In "Working as a Telecommuting Employee," you will learn about the basics of telecommuting. You will also be able to recognize methods for becoming a successful virtual communicator and discover ways to overcome telecommuting challenges. Doing Business Professionally In this course, you'll learn how to listen to your own inner boss, how to identify your internal standards, how to create a plan to meet those standards, and how to apply your inner boss's guidance to gain more control over your work, your goals, and your future. This course focuses on attitudes and behaviors that promote selfempowerment. It provides strategies for empowering yourself through self-coaching, approaches for developing an entrepreneurial mind-set, and an opportunity to apply a model for self-empowerment to enhance your performance. In this course, you'll examine the types of goals you can use to advance your career and personal life, learn to construct goals that are both challenging and achievable, discover how to embed the seeds of success within your goals, and explore ways to align your goals with your own priorities and the priorities of others who influence the way you use your time. This course will show you that it is possible to change your perspective from negative to positive, and provide you with skills for overcoming the challenges that you face at work. Being successful starts and ends with you, and having a positive attitude will help you achieve your desired success. You will learn to identify your learning needs and learn how to establish learning objectives, determine learning resources, and evaluate outcomes. Project Management Curriculum Project Management for Non-Project Managers This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: learn the fundamentals of project management, prime you for the process of transitioning into a project management role, examine the changes a new project manager may face, including the development of a successful project team, examine which factors should weigh in during the project selection process and how to effectively plan a project from beginning to end, help you manage the constraints of time, money, and schedules, and how they relate to the overall quality of your project and product, explore how to conduct effective meetings and present troubleshooting tools that can be used during the project life cycle, explore the information required to close the project demonstrate new learning in a simulation activity. Page 82 Program Management (PMI Standard-aligned) This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the key terms and themes of program management, examine theories that are recognized as successful methods of managing programs, explore some of the key program management life-cycle considerations and phases, establish program management and technical infrastructure, explore the difference between the program management process groups and the project management process groups, learn how to create your program plan, the program's schedule, cost, and quality plans, examine the effects a program's human resources, communication and purchase planning have on your program plan, help program managers understand the processes that support the Executing process group and the Monitoring and Controlling and Closing process groups. This course is aligned to PMI's® The Standard for Program Management. Portfolio Management (PMI® Standard-aligned) This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the core concepts of portfolio management, including definitions and comparisons of portfolios, projects, and program management, portfolio management relationships and the roles and responsibilities of the portfolio manager, examine the importance of understanding how portfolio management processes function within the organization and relate the importance of portfolio management processes and Process Groups, examine the importance of portfolio management processes, explore their interactions, and how to properly monitor and control portfolios. This course is aligned to PMI's® The Standard for Portfolio Management. Project Management Foundations (Prince2-aligned) This course introduces you to project management practices and standards advocated by the PRINCE2 methodology. The PRINCE2 methodology is recognized as an international standard for process-based project management. PRINCE2 is a project management method designed to provide a framework for a wide variety of disciplines and activities required within a project. It provides an overview of the planning and control components in a PRINCE2-aligned project, specifically Organization, Business Case, Plans, Controls, Change Control, and Configuration Management. This course introduces the components of a PRINCE2-aligned project; Quality in a Project Environment and Management of Risk. It covers quality management principles, quality roles and responsibilities, and the quality path. It also explorers risk management principles, the risk management cycle and tools for managing project risk. The PRINCE2 project management system’s framework consists of eight distinctive processes that define the management activities of a project's life cycle. They encompass all activities related to starting up, initiating, planning, directing, controlling, managing and closing a project. The eight processes provide a consistent set of Computer Insight Learning Center Course Catalog guidelines that represent the minimum requirements for a properly managed project. They may be applied to various types of projects and are completely scalable to projects of any size. Project Management Essentials - (PMBOK® Guide Fourth Edition-aligned) This course provides an overview of the project management discipline as outlined in A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK® Guide) - Fourth Edition published by the Project Management Institute (PMI®). Specifically, it introduces the characteristics of a project, the responsibilities that accompany project management, and the differences between portfolios, programs, and projects. The course will identify key project management concepts and terms, explore the PMBOK® Knowledge Areas, and provide information about the variables that can influence project outcomes. It will also cover the project stakeholders and the organizational influences on a project. This course provides a foundational knowledge base reflecting the most up-to-date project management information so learners can effectively put principles to work at their own organizations. The course will identify key project management concepts and terms, explore the PMBOK® Guide, and the project management Knowledge Areas. This course provides a foundational knowledge base reflecting the most up-to-date project management information so learners can effectively put principles to work at their own organizations. This course provides a foundational knowledge base reflecting the most up-to-date project management information so learners can effectively put principles to work at their own organizations. Project Management Essentials - (PMBOK® Guide – Third Edition-aligned) This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the project management discipline, examine the characteristics of a project, learn to distinguish between projects and operations, identify key project management concepts and terms, define project phases and recognize the differences between project and product life cycles, identify the five Process Groups outlined in the Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK® Guide, learn how the Process Groups work together, how the Process Groups and Knowledge Areas relate, discover how a project is started, develop a repertoire of planning best practices to be used on the job, be prepared for the PMI® Project Management Professional (PMP) certification exam and demonstrate new learning in a simulation activity. Project Integration Management (PMBOK® Guide Fourth Edition-aligned) In this course, learners will be given an overview of the Project Integration Management knowledge area. They'll be introduced to best practices outlined in A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK® Guide) – Fourth Edition published by the Project Management Institute (PMI®). Specifically, learners will Computer Insight Learning Center be introduced to Project Integration Management and its processes, the project charter, including the statement of work and business case. They'll also be introduced to the project management plan. This course provides a foundational knowledge base reflecting the most up-todate project management information so learners can effectively put principles to work at their own organizations. This course will equip project managers with skills to manage change in an integrated fashion so that, for example, changes to scope are reflected appropriately in the quality, schedule, and cost baselines. The Project Integration Management knowledge area includes six processes, ranging from the creation of the project charter at the beginning of a project through to the close of a project or phase. This course covers the inputs, tools and techniques, and outputs of the third and fourth processes: Direct and Manage Project Execution and Monitor and Control Project Work. Through interactive learning strategies and realistic scenarios, the learner explores these concepts and gains a better understanding of the project integrative processes in action. This course will equip project managers with the tools and techniques to manage project change in an integrated fashion and to close out phases and projects so that all aspects are brought to a controlled close. The Project Integration Management knowledge area includes six processes, ranging from the creation of the project charter at the beginning of a project through to the close of a project or phase. This course covers the inputs, tools and techniques, and outputs of the fifth and sixth processes: Perform Integrated Change Control and Close Project or Phase. Project Integration Management (PMBOK® Guide Third Edition-aligned) This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the importance of project integration management to project performance, examine the inputs, tools and technologies, and outputs of the processes in project management: directing and managing project execution, monitoring and controlling project work, initiating integrated change control, and closing the project or project phase. This course is aligned with "A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge" (PMBOK® Guide). Project Scope Management (PMBOK® Guide Fourth Edition-aligned) This course will highlight the importance of project scope management to project performance. Through interactive learning strategies and realistic scenarios, the learner will explore these concepts and gain a better understanding of the inputs to, the tools and techniques for, and the outputs of the Project Scope Management processes. This course covers all the activities related to planning scope management and developing a project scope statement. Specifically, learners will be introduced to the first two processes in the Project Scope Management knowledge area – Collect Requirements and Define Scope. Learners will be introduced to best practices outlined in A Guide to the Project Management Page 83 Course Catalog Body of Knowledge (PMBOK Guide) - Fourth Edition published by the Project Management Institute (PMI). This course provides a foundational knowledge base reflecting the most up-to-date project management information so learners can effectively put principles to work at their own organizations. This course will highlight the importance of the WBS and how it relates to the overall success of a project. Through interactive learning strategies and real-life scenarios, the learner will explore these concepts and gain a better understanding of the project management processes related to creating and verifying a work breakdown structure. This course will cover the project inputs, tools and techniques, and outputs of the Create Work Breakdown Structure process, the third process in the Project Scope Management knowledge area. Project Scope Management (PMBOK® Guide - Third Edition-aligned) This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the importance of project scope management to project performance, examine the project inputs, tools and techniques, and outputs of the scope management processes that deal with creating work breakdown structures, accepting the completed project scope, and controlling changes to the scope of the project. This course is aligned with "A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge" (PMBOK® Guide). Project Time Management (PMBOK® Guide - Third Edition-aligned) This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the inputs, tools, techniques, and outputs of the Project Time Management processes that deal with defining project activities, sequencing project activities using the Precedence Diagramming Method, and estimating the resources needed to complete these activities, examine the basic principles of creating and maintaining a project schedule, explore these concepts and gain a better understanding of the project time management processes in action. This course is aligned with "A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge" (PMBOK® Guide). Project Cost Management (PMBOK® Guide -Third Edition-aligned) This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: examine the importance of project cost management to project performance, explore the project inputs, tools and techniques and outputs involved in the Project Cost Management processes, explore these concepts and gain a better understanding of the processes, learn about the inputs, tools and techniques, and outputs for the Cost Budgeting and Cost Control processes. This course is aligned with "A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge" (PMBOK® Guide). Page 84 Project Quality Management (PMBOK® Guide - Third Edition-aligned) This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the quality management system by examining policies, procedures, and the following processes: Quality Planning, Perform Quality Assurance and Perform Quality Control, explore these concepts and gain a better understanding of the inputs, tools and techniques, and outputs of the Project Quality Management processes, prepare project managers to perform Project Quality Management processesacquire a foundation for executing the quality management plans for individual projects and create continuous improvement of processes from one project to the next. This course is aligned with "A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge" (PMBOK® Guide). Project Human Resource Management (PMBOK® Guide - Third Edition-aligned) This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: examine the importance of Project Human Resource Management to project performance, explore the basic elements of Project Human Resource Management and the inputs, tools and techniques, and outputs of the process, examine the inputs, tools and techniques and outputs of acquiring, developing, and managing a project team and demonstrate new learning in a simulation activity. This course is aligned with "A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge" (PMBOK® Guide). Project Communications Management (PMBOK® Guide - Third Edition-aligned) This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore project Communications Planning and Information Distribution, examine best practices outlined in the Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK® Guide), explore communication barriers and techniques for improving communications, performance reporting and managing stakeholders, identify how the inputs to performance reporting and managing stakeholders are used, select examples of tools and techniques for performance and managing stakeholders and demonstrate new learning in a simulation activity. This course will assist in preparing the learner for the PMBOK® certification exam and is aligned with "A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge" (PMBOK® Guide). Project Risk Management (PMBOK® Guide - Third Edition-aligned) This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: learn when and how to plan for risks and how to identify risks proactively and at the time they occur, learn qualitative and quantitative risk analysis techniques that will enable you to identify the probability of various levels of risk and to assess the impact of both negative and positive risks on objectives, budget and schedule, learn how to plan effectively for responding to risk, and how to monitor and control risk over the life of Computer Insight Learning Center Course Catalog the project. This course is aligned with "A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge" (PMBOK® Guide). Project Procurement Management (PMBOK® Guide Third Edition-aligned) This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the processes involved in Project Procurement Management and how these processes interact with the overall project life cycle, obtain the skills and knowledge required to enable you to: plan purchases and acquisitions, document contractual requirements, identify potential sellers, and get the relevant information, quotations, and proposals from potential sellers to achieve project success, focus on seller selection, contract administration and contract closure, obtain the skills and knowledge required to manage these areas of Project Procurement Management and demonstrate new learning in a simulation activity. This course is aligned with "A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge" (PMBOK® Guide). Managing Software Project Outsourcing This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: recognize the strategies, the benefits, and risks that are associated with an outsource project and plan an successful outsourcing deal. Students will learn to plan and develop an outsourcing project and establish the project quality standards and milestones. Students will also learn to assess the tangible and intangible performance of an outsourcing partnership and determine when to terminate the relationship Project Management Professional Responsibility This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore techniques for making ethical choices, contract elements for legal requirements and how to manage conflicts of interest, examine ways to share lessons learned and to enhance personal abilities, explore the common areas of stakeholder conflict and how to wend your way through the conflict negotiation process, examine the need to respect cultural differences and learn how to achieve success in a crosscultural situation. Project Management for IT Professionals This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore project management with a special focus on managing IT projects, give you the knowledge and skills you need to define the activities involved in your project's development process, learn what you can do to manage these activities and what steps you can take to increase efficiencies for delivering successful projects, learn about tools to manage scope, time, and cost that will aid in the successful control and execution of your project, demonstrate new learning in simulation activities and test their knowledge in a testing environment by writing Final Exam: Project Management for IT Professionals. Computer Insight Learning Center Strategic Project Management for IT Projects This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: learn about the processes involved in developing a strategic position for your next IT project, learn new procedures and techniques that will improve your project management skills, examine methods to calculate work estimates, identify the risks associated with individual tasks, learn mitigation strategies to help you reduce the risks identified in your work estimates, examine methods of establishing authority and accountability in an IT project to ensure the roles of all project stakeholders are defined, eliminate budgeting problems by learning techniques to manage project costs, learn how to manage client changes to reduce negative impacts on project plan and scope changes, demonstrate new learning in a simulation activity and test your knowledge in a testing environment by writing Final Exam: Strategic Project Management for IT Projects. Advanced Project Leadership This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: successfully manage high profile projects in large corporations by learning how to navigate different organization types, and what role project management plays in the different organization types. You will acquire the skills necessary to determine company strategy and the process to use that knowledge to determine whether or not the project supports company strategy. You will learn what questions to use when preparing a Project Charter that is consistent with company strategy. You will learn how to understand the corporate environment, in particular as it relates to high-profile projects. You will learn how to identify different types of stakeholders, and how they may influence the project. You will learn how to deal with stakeholders Hidden Agendas. You will also learn about project sponsors, and how their position in an organization's structure affects their responsibilities towards a project. You will learn how to help the inexperienced sponsor be successful. You will also learn how to execute projects in a Functional Organization, the most prevalent and difficult environment for project management. You will learn to consider both the monetary and non-monetary value of a project, first of all by understanding how a project supports strategy. You will learn how to calculate Earned Value, Return on Investment and Net Present Value. They will also learn how to interpret the results to make decisions about the value of a project. You will learn about the characteristics of Internal, Client and Research and Development Projects and how the valuation techniques apply to each. Finally, you will explore the problems faced when implementing project management, the value of project management, while identifying the barriers faced when selling project management to senior executives and the process for implementing project management as project. Page 85 Course Catalog Team Building Curriculum Creating High-performance On-site and Virtual Teams This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: learn techniques for setting up a successful team that can be applied to an on-site or a virtual environment, strategies for selecting highperforming team members, gain the knowledge and skills for setting goals and establishing ground rules, learn approaches for building a cohesive team culture through participation, explore the necessary guidelines and strategies to lead on-site and virtual teams, examine techniques for strengthening your team and for evaluating team effectiveness and strategies for sustaining high performance, facilitate a highperformance on-site or virtual team and demonstrate new learning in simulation activities. Participating in Teams This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: learn tools, techniques and tips to help you--the team member--help your team develop a "one for all, all for one" mentality, explore some motivational techniques to apply from the get-go so that potential problems are averted, learn how to promote and maintain a creative and productive atmosphere, ways to communicate productively and non-judgmentally, to listen effectively and assert yourself and to provide and receive constructive feedback, learn strategies and techniques to help you become an effective and valued member of your team, strategies that will help you create a successful team experience for everyone on the team, including yourself and demonstrate new learning in a simulation activity. collaboration, and leadership skills needed as a business analyst, identify new business opportunities, scope and define the new business opportunity, prepare the business case and conduct the risk assessment, examine how to classify roles within a project, the techniques used to draw up a list of stakeholders, examine how to identify and manage requirements risk, track metrics for projects and products, explore methods of creating a requirements communication plan and conducting a formal review and sign-off of documented requirements, assess and select a final solution, support the implementation of that solution and perform postimplementation activities. This course is aligned with the International Institute of Business Analysis (IIBA) Body of Knowledge™ and is designed to assist in the preparation for the IIBA Certified Business Analysis Professional (CBAP) certification. Sales Curriculum Field Sales Skills This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the basics of the field sales approach, learn about its value and the importance of customer perceptions, examine the premises for choosing the field sales approach, how it compares with a purely product-focused approach and the planning, implementation, and closing steps for superior field sales performance, learn tips for managing time, territory, and paperwork in ways that will enhance performance and the bottom line, provides sales strategies to change your customers' perceptions of you from vendor to sales consultant, practice improving the flow of a sales call, handle objections and close a sale as you participate in role plays. Business Analysis Territorial Account Sales Skills This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: learn about the territorial account sales approach for successful sales, how to select target accounts based upon specific selection criteria and start the process of account planning, learn about research, how to gather information from public sources, as well as how to gain an insider’s view, explore the five TAS search elements and how to apply them to researching your customer's business structure, key players and business fit, explore how to conduct research meetings to gather desired information, how to effectively close and follow up on your research meetings, about communication and coaching relationships, how to plan and develop a high-impact presentation, explore ways to successfully deliver the presentation to your client audience, learn how to follow up your presentation and maintain your sales momentum and demonstrate new learning in a simulation activity. Certified Business Analysis Professional (CBAP) This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: examine the role of the business analyst, the core concepts of business analysis, and the associated knowledge areas, examine the knowledge, Inside Sales Skills This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: learn the three premises of the inside sales approach, the structure of this approach, and the six buying roles, explore strategies for making a Making Teams Work: Capitalizing on Conflict This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: identify the stages of conflict, how to build a positive approach to conflict at the time your team is launched, recognize why teams stop working, identify why battles begin, learn how to target team problems and develop the skills to discuss problems as a team, work with different personality styles and deal with difficult team members, develop the skills to conquer conflict through communication, identify the steps to active listening, recognize how to use feedback in your teams, learn how to bring out the best in people, get conflict out in the open and use continuous improvement and teamwork principles, perform evaluations which focus on evaluating behavioral change and demonstrate new learning in a simulation activity. Page 86 Computer Insight Learning Center Course Catalog successful initial contact with a customer, learn the steps involved in a sales presentation, how to determine the most effective sales strategy for your sales call and how to determine the customer's valuation of your product or service, explore the steps for making the transition in both one-call and multiple-call closes, examine the characteristics of an effective inbound sales presentation, the features, benefits and value of a solution, learn how to conduct an effective inbound sales presentation and the strategies to use in presenting to various buying roles, examine how to close an inbound sales call and demonstrate new learning in a simulation activity. Strategic Account Sales Skills This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: learn about the strategic account sales (SAS) approach for successful sales, explore the premises and strategy behind the approach, learn how to select target accounts based on specific selection criteria and start the process of account planning, learn about the major components of the strategic account sales (SAS) approach, research, communication, presentation, how to follow up your presentation and maintain your sales momentum and demonstrate new learning in a simulation activity. Sales Team Management This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: identify stages of sales team development, where to look for qualified sales team candidates and what to look for in submitted resumes, explore methods for conducting interviews, use a sales skills assessment tool to help you choose the best people for your sales team, learn how to keep sales teams motivated by creating a team identity, building team morale and rewarding your team, examine how to set sales team goals, explore the key steps for delivering constructive feedback, how to make your sales team meetings more effective, learn about various types of written communication and their appropriate use in certain situations, examine ways to communicate with virtual sales team members and demonstrate new learning in a simulation activity. Selling at the Executive Level This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the initial stage of an executivelevel sale, how best to prepare for subsequent meetings and negotiations, examine the analysis and planning processes required to direct executive-level sale tasks and events towards a positive outcome, examine the stages and rules that will gain you a win/win solution, learn how to handle customer strategies and still close the deal on terms that keep both your company and your customer happy, explore how knowledge of various corporate cultures will give you a customer compatible approach that safeguards and maximizes your account revenue and demonstrate new learning in simulation activities. Computer Insight Learning Center Sales University Sales Orientation: Professional Selling in the Knowledge Economy This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the principles, strategies and skills that will help you reach your personal and professional goals, examine important aspects of being a professional salesperson and how life-long learning is vital to the professional salesperson, learn the timeless principles of success, examine the new laws driving the knowledge economy, explore the proven strategies that will position you for successful selling and demonstrate new learning in a simulation activity. Sales University Sales Math 101: Developing a Sales Plan for Success This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: learn how to recognize the value of your time and how to manage it, so as to maximize your return on the time you invest in your business (your ROTI), explore a series of mathematical tools that can be used to quantify a sales plan for success, a time management model for getting the greatest return on the most important asset any sales professional has to sell: time, help you to set and achieve sales goal, prioritize your tasks and manage the precious time you have. Sales University Sales Manufacturing: A Success Model This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the principles of Sales Manufacturing and how to approach the prospecting and business development stages of the system to insure you have sufficient "raw materials" to determine the successful operation of your sales machine, view your business from a holistic perspective and build the sales machine that best fits your specific business, in a way that will best produce the business results required for achieving your sales production goals and demonstrate new learning in a simulation activity. Sales University Communication 101 This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: understand the fundamentals of interpersonal communications and understand how these foundations of interpersonal communications impact your sales communications, examine communications strategies that will help you most effectively send and receive sales messages to and from your clients, explore information on vocal qualities, examine the fundamentals of communicating over the phone and how to sell most effectively over the phone, learn how to use the telephone to achieve personal sales success, listen for various verbal cues and demonstrate new learning in a simulation activity. Sales Presentations This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: identify the causes and effects of poor presentations, and the critical front-end preparations for a sales presentation, from both a theoretical and physical standpoint. You will identify the various types of Page 87 Course Catalog sales presentations, and identify the key elements of an excellent presentation. You will learn how to design an effective sales presentation, the elements that will set your presentation apart from your competitors, and how to engage your audience. You will discover ways to overcome presentation challenges, and how to incorporate technology into your presentation. You will learn how to use body language and other delivery techniques to deliver an effective presentation, techniques for reducing nervousness, as well as pitfalls to avoid during presentations. In addition, you will learn about guidelines for delivering a client-focused presentation and elements that you can use within your presentation to effectively support your message. You will also learn techniques for using visual aids, how to adapt your presentation to respond to changing circumstances, and how to evaluate your performance. Competitive Selling This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: gain insight and knowledge for sales professionals on differentiating their product or service when compared to their competitor and how they can build value for the customer. This course will also provide the insight on why sales are lost to the competition, and will help sales professionals reduce the likelihood of losing to their competitors. The courses will provide perspectives on how to increase the perceived value of your offerings in the eyes of the customer and to decrease the perceived value offered by your competitors. This course will help provide critical perspectives on factors affecting value and how to determine value in a product or service. The importance of competitive advantage and how to make competitive advantage work is covered. Further, ways in which you can identify strengths and weaknesses, create customer profiles, develop a selling strategy, and continuously provide value to meet customer needs is covered. Sales Negotiation This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: approach negotiation and how best to prepare effective negotiation strategies to increase profitability in your sales cycle. You will learn what it takes to develop and build mutually beneficial negotiation relationships, as well as best practices in improving your negotiation communication among new and existing business relationships. Additionally, you will learn how to prepare a strong foundation by exploring specific pre-negotiation steps that will leave you feeling confident and prepared for your next negotiation session. You will learn about common negotiating strategies, factors that should be considered when choosing a strategy, and how to create the proper atmosphere for negotiations. Elements that can derail negotiations as well as guidelines to help keep them on track will be covered as well as how to deal with demanding clients and how to adapt when competitors are fighting for your business. You will also learn to use problem-solving techniques to reach mutually-satisfying agreements and how to develop creative options for mutual gain. The negotiation process, the key players in Page 88 a negotiation, and ways to maintain control of the negotiation will be covered as well as guidelines for dealing with difficult people and strategies for dealing with less-than-ideal scenarios and outcomes. After completing this course, you will be prepared to negotiate successfully with people in a variety of roles. Sales Forecasting This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: understand the importance of sales forecasting, develop a sales forecast, and emphasize teamwork to realize your goals. You will learn how to apply the principles of forecasting to your own accounts. Specifically, you will learn how to use different types of forecasting, as well as how to avoid excessive detail in your forecasts. You will also learn how to reduce forecasting errors and how to predict the likelihood of winning a sale. You will learn how your forecast is tied to revenue goals and how it is used by various business functions within your company. How to apply quantitative and qualitative forecasting methods to your accounts is covered in addition to the fundamentals of time series and regression forecasting methods. You will also learn how to use market research and expert judgment to create forecasts. Finally, you will learn how to integrate, implement, and evaluate forecasting methods. Relationship Management This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: understand the importance of developing a relationship with a client in which you serve not as a salesperson, but as a trusted advisor. You will learn what unique needs clients have as a result of the Information Age and the importance that trust plays in turning clients into loyal customers. You will also learn what specific roles you must fulfill to become a client's trusted advisor and how your emotional intelligence will assist you in the process. You will learn how to identify who you should be selling to within a client organization and how to determine whether or not that client is a good match for your own firm. You will learn how to create and conduct an effective needs assessment and how to turn this needs assessment into a shared vision with your client. You will also learn specific action items to help you build trust with a client, which will enable you to become a coach and ultimately an advisor to your customer. How to extend the client relationship by fulfilling client needs and turning client objections into opportunities will be covered, as well as the differences between short-term and long-term customer relationships, and the causes and advantages of these relationships. You will also identify methods of keeping and extending the client relationship into future endeavors. Finally, you will learn about techniques for measuring success in the client relationship, and which techniques might be most effective for you. Computer Insight Learning Center Course Catalog Customer Service Curriculum Customer Service and Communications Skills This course is for people who are responsible for providing customer service. Communicate a message effectively by identifying the receiver, choosing a proper channel, responding to feedback, and overcome a variety of common forms of interference. Develop the skills to be a critical listener and how to respond appropriately to speakers. Project a positive image on the telephone, properly address callers, and establish good rapport. Identify the challenges of a call center and the guidelines to follow in order to provide excellent service. Learn to manage incoming and outgoing information. Identify and manage stress. HDI – Help Desk Analyst This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: describe the phases in the evolution of the support industry and the trends that have influenced Support Center services. The course provides information about the responsibilities of Support Centers, HDAs, and customers and provides an overview of the processes involved in a Support Center. It covers the key concepts related to managing processes including incident management, problem management, change management, knowledge management, quality management, security management, and business continuance management. This course also covers service metrics and service measures such as conducting and distributing surveys. In addition, this course covers sourcing types and the Service Level Agreement (SLA). The course discusses the communication and interpersonal skills required to handle the responsibilities of an HDA and provides an overview of the tasks involved in handling calls. The course discusses the listening, rapport-building, and verbal skills that an HDA should possess as well as information on e-mail etiquette and incident documentation. The course discusses various steps in the problem-solving process, the details about gathering information, diagnosing problems, determining possible solutions, evaluating options, and determining a course of action. Furthermore, this course provides information about taking the ownership of problems, escalating problems, and documenting problems. The key concepts related to the common technologies used in Support Centers, such as automated telephone systems, voice applications, Computer Telephony Integration (CTI), remote control, and self-help technologies is covered. Furthermore, this course covers the fundamentals of computers, which include the hardware and software components of a computer and the basics of networking. HDI – Help Desk Manager This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: understand the responsibilities, elements, and key aspects of a Support Center, challenges faced by a Support Center and strategies that need to be implemented for its growth. In addition, the course covers the purpose of service ethics and benefits of Computer Insight Learning Center following standard procedures. The course covers methods of personal development and the global perspective of Support Centers. Concepts related to customer advocacy and negotiation are covered as well as information-gathering techniques and concepts related to questioning, creative-thinking, projectmanagement, reporting, and presentation skills. An HDM's role in shaping the strategic vision of a Support Center is reviewed as well as key concepts related to leadership and teamwork in a Support Center. The course covers techniques to market a Support Center and key concepts related to return on investment (ROI), and sourcing and staffing in a Support Center. Basic concepts related to various aspects of operational management in a Support Center are covered, including Service Level Management (SLM) and service delivery. Additionally, the course covers various types of support technologies used in a Support Center to provide services to customers. The course covers concepts related to integrating support methods, such as a Private Branch Exchange (PBX), central exchange services (Centrex), an automated call distributor (ACD), and Computer Telephony Integration (CTI). Additionally, the course covers concepts related to performance metrics, customer satisfaction surveys, and benchmarking. HDI – Customer Service Representative, Professionalism This course will familiarize the individual with the basic role of the CSR and the environment in which he performs his duties, including typical roles of the CSR in a support environment, basic tasks accomplished by the CSR, the support center and customer's role in a support environment, how the support center has evolved, and company and support center best practices. This course is intended to introduce the learner to the basic levels of service commitments and attitude expected of customer service representatives. Best practices, personal accountability, enhancing the image of the organization, and the work environment are covered. This course will familiarize the learner with the underlying benefits and skills needed to establish team and customer relationships. Teamwork is a critical component of a support center. This course looks at the individual responsibilities of each team member, as well as the team as a whole. It also addresses the role of strong leadership in building and maintaining successful teams. In a support center, customer relationships are everything – and communication is king! Many customer problems are caused by communication breakdowns. This course explores how to avoid communication breakdowns by involving customers in problem solving, and being able to communicate effectively in the global community, where cross-cultural issues abound. This course prepares individuals interested in the CSR certification, which is targeted at individuals wishing to qualify for work in a customer support center or help desk environment. HDI - Customer Service Representative, Skills This course is intended to show the proper procedures and processes needed to provide effective customer Page 89 Course Catalog service: how to properly support a customer, how to overcome communication problems, and how to use active listening. This course explains how to adapt to the different communication types and identifies the common emotions that customers experience when contacting the support center. It also explains how to adapt your writing skills to communicate through e-mail and to document incidents. This course is intended to show the proper methods needed to resolve conflicts, manage time, and manage stress. It also highlights the importance of a positive approach and attitude in bringing customer interactions to a satisfactory conclusion. This course helps to prepare learners interested in the Customer Service Representative (CSR) certification, which is targeted at individuals wishing to qualify to work in a customer support center or help desk environment. HDI - Customer Service Representative, Process This course is intended to show the proper procedures and processes needed to provide effective customer service: how to properly support a customer, how to provide accurate documentation, and how to handle difficult customers. This course examines the processes involved in incident management and how a support center can use them to best effect. The course introduces the concepts behind incident management, demonstrates how to deal with and close incidents correctly, and teaches how to apply Service Level Agreement terms and Quality Assurance principles. This course is intended to demonstrate the management and measurement tools a professional CSR is expected to use when dealing with individual customers and participating in the overall operation of the Support Center. The skills and knowledge required include how to use tools associated with problem, change, knowledge, and security management. This course describes how to properly support an irrational customer, handle emotional and rambling customers, and how and when to escalate customer complaints. This course helps to prepare learners to work in a customer support center/help desk environment. This course helps to prepare learners interested in the Customer Service Representative (CSR) Certification, which is targeted to individuals wishing to qualify to work in a customer support center/help desk environment. HDI - Customer Support Specialist, Professionalism This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore typical roles of the CSS in a support environment, basic tasks accomplished by the CSS, the support center and customer's role in a support environment, examine how the support center has evolved and explore company and support center best practices, instruct the learner in the Help Desk Institute's (HDI) basic levels of service commitments and attitude, best practices, personal accountability, enhancing the image of the organization and the work environment, examine the benefits and skills needed to establish team and customer relationships, explore the role of strong leadership in building and maintaining successful teams, how to avoid communication breakdowns by involving Page 90 customers in problem solving, communicate effectively in the global community, prepare individuals interested in the Help Desk Institute (HDI) Customer Support Specialist (CSS) certification and demonstrate new learning in a simulation activity. HDI - Customer Support Specialist This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the proper procedures and processes needed to provide effective customer service: how to properly support a customer, how to overcome communication problems and how to use active listening, examine how to adapt to the different communication types and the common emotions that customers experience when contacting the support center, explore how to adapt writing skills to communicate through e-mail and to document incidents, examine the proper methods needed to resolve conflicts, manage time, and manage stress, the importance of a positive approach and attitude in bringing customer interactions to a satisfactory conclusion, prepare learners interested in the Help Desk Institute's (HDI) Customer Support Specialist (CSS) certification and demonstrate new learning in a simulation activity. HDI - Customer Support Specialist, Process This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: examine the proper procedures and processes needed to provide effective customer service, explore the concepts behind incident management, examine how to deal with and close incidents correctly, how to apply Service Level Agreement terms and Quality Assurance principles, examine the management and measurement tools a professional CSS is expected to use when dealing with individual customers and participating in the overall operation of the Support Center, how to use tools associated with problem, change, knowledge, and security management and prepare learners interested in the HDI Customer Support Specialist (CSS) Certification. How to Excel at Customer Service This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore building the foundation of good service, identify on-the-job issues that are barriers to service excellence, gain the know-how to be a dynamic force within your own division, team, or group culture, increase commitment to service, boosting performance, productivity, and success, learn about the dynamics of client expectations, master methods of compiling customer data and input, explore how to align your services with each of your clients, gain techniques for personalizing customer interaction, develop communication skills that defuse customer complaints, accept responsibility for errors, explore the steps to guiding customers toward a solution to a problem or issue and demonstrate new learning in simulation activities. Computer Insight Learning Center Course Catalog Excellence in Service In this course, students review the skills that they, and their direct reports, need to possess to relate effectively to customers. This course helps students develop the skills needed to effectively relate to customers and exceed their expectations. They learn to differentiate between internal and external customers and make sure their customers are completely satisfied. In addition, students will learn how to effectively solve customers' problems and benefit from their complaints. Students will learn how to build rapport with the customers, and how nonverbal communication is interpreted by customers. Telephone skills, including how to project professionalism and how to provide quality customer service over the telephone are discussed, as well as communicating effectively through e-mail. Students will learn what customers really want from their organization and how they evaluate your service, as well as how to create and implement effective service standards. Students will learn how to create a customer service climate, as well as how to provide memorable service on a regular basis. In addition, students will learn how to understand customers' experiences, encourage loyalty from them, and form a partnership with them. Frontline Call Center Skills This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: examine all of the aspects of a call center, handling different personalities, questioning skills and telephone skills, communicate effectively and professionally with your call center customers, explore the necessary information and tools required to professionally handle customer service calls in a call center environment, acquire finely tuned communication skills, learn how to save your and your customer's time, learn which principles and techniques of selling, professional presentation approaches and telemarketing laws apply to you and demonstrate new learning in a simulation activity. Measuring Customer Satisfaction This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: examine the elements of an effective customer satisfaction system, learn how to discover what your customers want before you try to measure whether you're delivering it, learn to use the principles of survey design to develop a customer satisfaction survey that works, explore factors that influence selection of the survey method, learn to design the survey instrument itself, examine how to transform data into information that can be acted on, learn the tools of basic statistical analysis as well as those that show relationships and allow you to plan improvements, explore how to move from understanding your customer satisfaction situation to implementing improvements to increase satisfaction and demonstrate new learning in a simulation activity. Internal Customer Service This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore how your internal customers help your organization to survive and prosper, help to Computer Insight Learning Center motivate your employees, meet their needs, and promote a satisfying environment to work within, improve people's morale, productivity, and external customer service, give great service to your internal customers so people you work with can see, hear, and feel that they are valued, resulting in increased performance and a positive and productive working environment, learn the art of sustaining excellent service and recovering the situation when things go wrong, examine the pitfalls that can occur and follow a set of useful techniques and guidelines to salvage internal customer relationships, increase your chances of sustaining customer service excellence and demonstrate new learning in a simulation activity. Internal Customer Service Agent Skills This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: help CSAs understand their essential functions as well as the context and importance of their work, examine methods of making call centers effective, by balancing customer needs against limited resources, explore professional issues such as call-center ethics and call protocol; procedures and techniques for handling calls and gaining customer confidence and questioning and listening skills to help you address customer concerns more effectively, examine effective techniques for handling aggressive callers, develop strategies to manage their time and to cope with the stresses associated with the job, learn effective methods for proposing and presenting solutions, handling objections and demonstrate new learning is a simulation activity. Technical Support Agent Skills This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: examine how the role of the technical support agent (TSA, explore the characteristics of the modern contact center as a customer-centric model, examine how the customer-centric focus affects the TSA's role in the contact center, explore the attributes and skills a TSA needs for success in the modern contact center, examine contact center technology and TSA activities, explore instruction and practice to help the TSA use that technology effectively, acquire skills to be better equipped to handle a wide range of technical support situations in today's contact center, identify customer behavior, manage job responsibilities by identifying the causes of stress, prevention methods and time management skills and demonstrate new learning in a simulation activity. Managing A Customer-Focused Department This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore what characteristics customers want to see demonstrated, explore the common causes of the gaps between what customers want and what they receive from your company, map the service process to see more easily where the process can be streamlined for the customer and where the necessary improvements can be made, learn how to prioritize changes, how to select the most appropriate method for Page 91 Course Catalog the task, how to work with them to create a customerfocused environment that fulfills customers' expectations while still achieving corporate goals, learn how to measure the elements of performance that impact on customer service, how to empower and motivate team members to give them the power and impetus to act on the customer's behalf when the occasion demands and demonstrate new learning in a simulation activity. IT Infrastructure Library (ITIL) Foundations V3 This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore using service management as a practice for IT companies, examine how value is created through service assets and how these service assets can perform better through service automation, explore the four main activities in the Service Strategy process, the processes that affect Service Strategy, help IT organizations create the design specifications to provide these IT services, explore the Service Design and Service Transition processes, understand Service Operation with the Service Lifecycle, understand the Service Operation processes within the ITIL Service Lifecycle and examine how CSIs will improve the services they offer their customers. IT Infrastructure Library (ITIL) Foundations This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore IT service management (ITSM) and one service support function--the service desk--and one service support process--incident management, examine two service support processes: configuration management and release management, explore two service delivery processes: service level management and capacity management, examine two of the service delivery processes: IT service continuity management and availability management, a service delivery process-financial management--and a function known as security management. This course is intended to help learners prepare for the IT Service Management Foundation Certificate exam. Inbound Call Center Management This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: identify customer care benefits, recognize the effect of environmental factors on productivity, apply the processes to turn the phone answering service into a business center, understand the value of linking with the rest of the organization, employ methods to give customers the service they want, learn how to select the best candidates, accommodate agent diversity and become aware of union and nonunion personnel policies, learn about calculating agent requirements, building workforce schedules, and conquering employee absenteeism, explore procedures that are necessary to keep a call center running smoothly, examine the people-management skills that will ensure the success of your call center, examine the full range of call center performance metrics, explore where the metrics come from, what they reflect on, and how they can be analyzed to improve performance. Page 92 Consulting Skills Consulting with the External Client This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: explore the role of an external consultant, examine how you can deliver outstanding performance to clients, how to know your clients and their needs, how to understand their organization and what they expect from you, how to recognize all the stakeholders and the real decision makers within an organization and build teams that can function quickly and effectively, diagnose each situation correctly, evaluate the strategic position of the client organization, set milestones to check on performance regularly and implement monitoring and control systems, make proposals workable, review any consulting project and enable you to identify improvement opportunities to continue your own personal development and demonstrate new learning in a simulation activity. Consulting with the Internal Client This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: help you to become a more effective internal consultant, learn how to communicate effectively, manage meetings more successfully, present your findings with clarity and impact, negotiate your way to a desired outcome and manage all internal projects to time and budget, enable you to understand your clients' needs clearly, adjust your approach to the project accordingly and take an appropriate role within the team, build an effective and successful team that can function quickly and effectively, focus on decision-making tools and models, explore how to manage and implement change successfully, review internal consulting projects, complete successful handoffs, identify improvement opportunities and demonstrate new learning in a simulation activity. Internal Consulting for the Technical Professional This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: learn the basic skills necessary to succeed as consultants, identify the consultant's role, examine techniques for establishing effective relationships with clients, how to approach contracting, the considerations that are most important, and how you should approach the contracting meeting, explore content to help consultants understand interviews and surveys as useful data collection tools, review useful data analysis methods, inform clients of the results in a productive way, help technical professionals acting as internal consultants to recognize resistance and deal with it appropriately to ensure a positive consulting experience. Industry Foundations Industry Overviews This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: examine a high-level view of several major industry environments such as automotive, oil and gas, pharmaceutical, food and beverage, health care, Computer Insight Learning Center Course Catalog banking, manufacturing, retail, telecommunications and insurance, explore relevant business and regulatory issues, issues and challenges that the industries are facing in North America and globally, examine innovative and strategic solutions the industries are using to overcome them, help learners get a feel for the industries and discover some of the successful strategies the key players are applying. Industry Overview Series This course will provide learners with the tools necessary to: examine a roadmap for the rapidly converging IT world, identify regulatory factors and business drivers, explore industry challenges and examples of current strategic solutions, examine how the government works with businesses, the regulatory and business factors driving change, the challenges facing the implementation of e-government, and strategic management and enterprise solutions. role of cryptology and crypotographic tools. It introduces client and server side security. The course covers search engines and portals, on-line shopping and resource management software. It also covers Enterprise resource planning and interactive communication software. This course covers establishing acceptable use policies, email etiquette, company-employee communication and employeeemployee communication. It also covers guidelines for building the Intranet and establishing document sharing. Marketing strategies, customer relationship management, and selling-chain management is covered. It examines supply-chain management and the changes needed to create Internet-enabled supply-chain management, establish business-business relationships and electronic procurement. e-Commerce This course provides the learner with an overview of the state of e-commerce today. It defines electronic commerce and discusses electronic commerce elements. An overview of business-to-consumer and business-to-business electronic commerce is given. This course also addresses issues and technologies available for companies wishing to engage in e-commerce. The course explores the costs as well as the potential benefits of e-commerce. A survey of e-commerce strategies and an overview containing implementation descriptions will help the student better understand the basis of costs associated with e-commerce. The course also explores the impact of security issues on ecommerce implementation. The course provides the learner with information and case studies highlighting the issues associated with E-commerce Implementation, and addresses the relationship between costs and benefits. e-Business The course focuses on the history, trends, and opportunities around the movement towards e-Business. It compares and contrasts eCommerce and e-Business. The course explores the technical infrastructure needed to support an eBusiness initiative. It focuses on the subapplication level, examining network and protocol options and requirements. It introduces some of the major players in the market and business drivers that could affect an organization's choices. The course reviews the tools, languages and technologies that help drive the e-Business infrastructure. It also covers the strengths and weaknesses of each tool, language and technology. It covers higher-level software and hardware choices such as web browsers, web servers, web application servers and web enabled databases. The course examines the security risks and requirements of an eBusiness environment e.g. viruses and hoaxes etc. It covers the inherent lack of Internet security and goes on to cover creating security strategies and policies. It also covers security schemas and tools. It explains the Computer Insight Learning Center Page 93 HOME TECHNOLOGY INTEGRATION Advanced and Emerging Home Technologies The Advanced and Emerging Home Technologies course presents the new technologies that have already begun to influence the HTI industry. The course discusses wireless protocol specifications such as WiFi, ZigBee™, Bluetooth, Ultra Wideband (UWB), and Zensys’ Z-Wave © wireless RF communication protocol in terms of their growing importance for HTI. The course also discusses the miscellaneous HTI subsystems such as automated lifts, automated doors and windows, and motorized screens. Students learn about the fundamental concepts and components of the advanced and emerging technologies. They learn to differentiate the technologies from so-called legacy technologies, such as Radio Frequency wireless modems for serial communication, dial-up modems, and X10, which are already incorporated in HTI. They also develop the required background knowledge to enter into further training in technical areas directly relevant to each of the advanced technologies, Business Communication The Business Communication course is designed to help students acquire effective oral, written, and non-verbal communication skills. Students learn about different communication styles, barriers to communication, and ways to overcome these barriers. They also learn about strategies for improving interpersonal communication, which are essential for understanding and building rapport with clients. Students learn to manage conflicts and tackle stressful situations. Computer and Networking Fundamentals The Computer and Networking Fundamental course provides an overview of the basic computer and networking operations. The course discusses CPUs, motherboards, storage technologies, and operation systems. It also describes networking principles, types of networks, and the process of setting up the Internet on a home computer. Students learn to install, configure, and troubleshoot a computer. They also utilize troubleshooting procedures, system tools, and utilities to monitor the performance of a PC, optimize system resources, and correct common problems. Customer Support and Service Management The Customer Support and Service Management course aims to equip students with skills essential for building customer relationship and providing service and support. The course caters to the unique needs of HTI customer support services because it uses examples specific to the HTI industry. It also discusses various strategies for customer relationship management. Students acquire business etiquette and are trained in managing conflicts and stressful situations. Computer Insight Learning Center Effective Sales Strategies The Effective Sales Strategies course equips students with skills essential for selling HTI systems, products, and services in a profitable manner. The course discusses the nuances of the sales process. Students learn to gauge customer psychology and discuss various strategies for identifying, meeting, and convincing prospective customers and making sales deals. The course utilizes application-oriented strategies that help students assess and improve their current skills. Electrical and Electronic Fundamentals The Electrical and Electronic Fundamentals course focuses on the basic concepts and skills that students will require when they work with electrical equipment in a residential location. The course discusses the fundamental principles of electricity and electronics and the function of various devices such as resistors, capacitors, amplifiers, and oscillators. Different types of circuits and their applications are also discussed. Students will use electrical test equipment and diagnostic tools. They will also learn about safety measures, codes, and rules and regulations that must be followed for preventing mishaps. Home Entertainment Systems The Home Entertainment Systems course discusses the implementation of distributed audio and video systems in a residential location. The course introduces basic concepts of audio and video signals and discusses the devices and components that constitute home entertainment systems. It also discusses the current industry standards, rules, and regulations that govern home audio-video system installation and implementation. Students learn how to plan, design, install, and troubleshoot entertainment systems installed in a household, based on client requirements and other technical considerations. The installation of entertainment systems is discussed for both new and retrofit constructions. Home Network Design and Configuration The Home Network Design and Configuration course provides students the knowledge and skills required for designing, implementing, and maintaining a home network. Students learn about components of a home network, their functions, and procedures for installing these components. They learn about networking protocols, network operating systems, network addressing, and security issues to be managed when setting up a home network. Students also learn to troubleshoot and manage a home network. Home System Automation and Integration The Home System Automation and Integration course discusses how to bring all the home subsystems together and create a fully integrated home. The course Page 94 Course Catalog describes the process of setting up and programming automation controllers for complete home automation. Students learn to troubleshoot and identify technical problems with system user interfaces or control processors. They also identify integration standards and learn about the organizations responsible for defining these standards. Home Technology: Tools, Products, and Services The Home Technology: Tools, Products, and Services course presents the major commercial participants, common practices, and prevalent consumer perception of HTI benefits. The course discusses the concept of an Integrated Home Network (IHN) and the tools, equipment, and expertise required to build it. The course also describes the historical events that have led the industry to its current state as well as the working principles, design approach, and technical and marketing concepts. Students learn how to use industry information to better qualify sales prospects for HTI products, systems, and services and to better support customers. They develop a broad understanding of the various products and systems for meeting customer requirements. Lighting, Temperature, and Water Control Systems The Lighting, Temperature, and Water Control Systems course discusses effective management of three energy and utility-based systems — lighting; heating, ventilation, and air-conditioning (HVAC); and water — through implementation of home technology. It introduces the basic concepts of the three systems and discusses the devices and components used to automate and manage lighting, HVAC, and water systems. The course also discusses the current industry standards, rules, and regulations pertaining to the three systems. Students learn how to plan, design, install, and configure the three systems based on client requirements and other technical considerations. They also learn how to detect and troubleshoot common problems. Project Management This Project Management course describes the need for effective project management in technology projects. The course discusses project planning, scheduling, risk management, and effective project control. Students learn about team management and pre-project and postproject activities that need to be performed for an HTI project. They also learn how to document plans such as schematic and floor plans. of alarms and detectors. Students learn how to plan, design, install, and configure home security and access control systems, based on client requirements and other technical considerations. They also learn how to identify and troubleshoot common problems. Technical Graphics The Technical Graphics course provides students with a technological edge in designing and drafting. The course introduces fundamental concepts of Computer-Aided Design (CAD) and its relevance in the Home Technology industry. The course describes how to create, manipulate, and dimension objects in a drawing. Students learn to create auxiliary view, sectional view, and multi-view drawings using CAD software. They also learn to create and interpret floor plans and wiring schematics. Technical Mathematics The Technical Mathematics course provides students with mathematical skills they will require in their day-today functions as HTI professionals. The course includes topics on number systems, algebra, analytic geometry, and fundamental trigonometry. The course uses examples and problems that students will encounter and will be expected to solve on the job. Telecommunication Systems The Telecommunication course introduces students to the fundamentals of the telecommunication system. Students are instructed on the design, installation, and configuration of home telecommunication systems, including advanced wired and wireless systems. They learn to install in-house services, such as voice mail, intercom, and call conferencing. Students also learn about testing and troubleshooting procedures. Wiring Installation The Wiring Installation course introduces the basics of wires, cables, and connectors used in residential wiring. It discusses low and high voltage wiring and their application in households. The course delves into details of structured wiring. Students learn to perform prewiring, rough-in, and trim-out operations. They examine the nuances of wiring in both new and retrofit constructions. Students also learn about wiring standards, safety standards, and rules and regulations that govern wiring installation and implementation. Security, Surveillance, and Access Control Systems The Security, Surveillance, and Access Control Systems course discusses the working principles, design, and installation of home security and access control systems. It describes wired and wireless security systems and explains gadgets such as sensors, security panels, zone commanders, and CCTVs that are a part of security systems. It also discusses various access-restriction systems such as card readers and biometric access control systems. The course delves into different types Computer Insight Learning Center Page 95 MEDICAL Computerized Medical Billing This course serves as an introduction to current medical software applications. Emphasis is placed on medical accounting records, patient scheduling, patient billing, and maintaining health records on the computer. Students will learn and practice the fundamentals of a computerized accounting system for a medical provider. Success in this course requires a basic level of competency with computers and word processing, spreadsheet, and database (electronic records) concepts. Health Insurance Processing This course will provide students with the knowledge and skills needed to form the basis to become a medical insurance specialist. Students will learn the procedures used to file electronic insurance claims, as well as CMS 1500 paper form claims and its use to file claims. Students will learn about claim adjudication, reimbursement, follow-up, and record retention. Students will gain a fundamental understanding of claim requirements of health care payers such as Medicare, Medicaid, TRICARE and CHAMPVA, Blue Cross and Blue Shield, Workers compensation and disability. Students will also be given an overview of the electronic HIPAA 837I and UB-92 paper claim forms, used by hospitals to submit claims. This course will prepare students to effectively and efficiently submit claims in accordance with payer requirements. Medical Coding This course will provide students with the knowledge and skills needed to form the basis to become a medical insurance specialist. Students will learn about medical coding guidelines and principles in order to verify the diagnosis and procedure codes used to report patients' conditions on insurance claims and encounter forms. Students will gain a fundamental understanding of current diagnostic and procedural coding. This will prepare students to effectively and efficiently submit claims in accordance with payer requirements. Computer Insight Learning Center Medical Office Procedures This course is designed to acquaint students with the specific knowledge and skills needed to pursue a career as a medical office assistant. Students will learn about the tasks involved in being an administrative medical assistant, how to manage patient records, how to maintain the appointment schedule, and draft medical correspondence. Students will also learn procedures for preparing and filing patient charts, and the legal and ethical issues surrounding confidentiality of information. Medical Terminology Basic This course introduces the medical terminology, spelling, and definitions that are needed to be successful in a health-related career. Exercises focus on learning prefixes, suffixes, root words, and combining forms. Students will learn medical abbreviations, acronyms, and medical symbols in order to achieve fluency with terminology used in a medical office environment. Medical Terminology Advanced This course continues to build upon the Medical Terminology Basic course, by teaching spelling, and definitions that relate to various body systems. Exercises focus on learning prefixes, suffixes, root words, and combining forms. Students will learn medical abbreviations, acronyms, and medical symbols in order to achieve fluency with terminology used in a medical office environment. Introduction to Medical Transcription This course will provide students with the knowledge and skills needed to form the basis to become a medical transcriptionist. Students will learn to apply written communication skills, use designated references, review and apply medical terminology, maintain a medical word list, follow dictation instructions, apply basic medical transcription guidelines, develop transcribing speed and accuracy, transcribe and create appropriate medical documents and gain skill in editing and proofing documents. Page 96
